Home

Argus ONE User`s Guide

1. Copy this contour and paste it into a spreadsheet to reshape it Vertex X s Coordinate N Ctarainoutine Ey Argus 1 Name De se S 2 Points Count Yalue 5 1 4 pos Y pos 0 9525 0 937770 5 00944 1 09361 5 08 497417 0 681944 479776 0 9525 0 987 75 Vertex Y s Coordinate Contour s vertices pasted in a spreadsheet Now copy the contour from the spreadsheet or editor and paste it back into the layer Be sure to delete the previous contour first otherwise Argus ONE will not allow you to paste the corrected contour as it will overlap the original one Contour s value Contour s name Name EE Points Count Value Number of vertices 1 E 4 s pos Y pos 1 x 5 1 1 The contour s fixed coordinates Duplicating a Contour EOE U1 EE Domain Outline JE amp Argus oe es Paste the fixed contour To duplicate a contour use the above explained contours coping and pasting techniques However if you want to paste the duplicated contour in the same layer you must first move the original copy to the side such that when you paste the duplicated contour it will not overlap it Argus ONE User s Guide Chapter 2 Working with Information Layers 113 Setting Your Views View v Opaque Contours Shy Canigur trez v Show Contour Name Show Contour Value Shaw Danfaey igor Show Hide H
2. K S wen 1 Observation wen 2 F TAVAN BORIS YOURE ETERS a wy APES A gr are Rea Bem an PARRIN AE Node names and icons are shown Node names are hidden e To show nodes names from the View menu choose Show Node Name The menu item is marked with a check mark to its left To show and hide the node icon If you assign an icon to a node Argus ONE enables you to decide whether it shows on the screen This is useful when the nodes icons overlap or hide other nodes When creating a new project Argus ONE s default is set to visible node icon To hide node icons from the View menu choose Show Node Icon The check mark to the left of the menu item is removed H acqite TE 2 E ac quite E N S4reu Arou 5 00 10 00 15 00 p0 10 00 15 00 Node icons are shown A seams eS SERRI PAN 4 TASATAAN AA lt 2 ASR ESRD Lert As Sp vay ari OG EVATAVATANAS Node icons are hidden To show node icons from the View menu choose Show Node Icon The menu item is marked with a check mark to its left Argus ONE User s Guide 218 Part 3 View Opaque Elements v Show Element Name Show Element No v Show Element Icon v Show Nodes Show Node Name Show Node No p Show Node Icon Layers L Show Hide gt Hide
3. E E PrN a EN S kame ET emx 128 10 8 ay Formation 1 Top 110 m i Argus no 5 00 10 00 15 00 20 00 Argus ONE checks the De aj ist oe __ Contour value indicator validity of your contour as ey Pa TR as you record it If you a cross the contour itself oa or another contour fe Argus ONE beeps and s does not record the offending vertex J 5 ea J a lad If you reach the end of the window just move the cursor outwards and the window will scroll with you to reveal hidden areas of the drawing size Argus ONE User s Guide Chapter 2 Working with Information Layers 97 Constraining Cursor Movements Constraining the cursor enables you to create contour segments at specified angles To constrain cursor movements To constrain a line segment to 0 15 30 etc hold down the SHIFT key and drag at the approximate angle a i ae g Without SHIFT With SHIFT Deleting Vertices while Creating a Contour While you record a contour you might need to change a vertex location or delete it all together You can delete vertices while recording a contour To delete vertices during contour creation e Ifyou wish to backtrack just hit the DELETE key on the keyboard and the last recorded vertex will be erased You can delete back as many vertices as you wish until you finally delete the whole contour If you do delete the whole contour
4. Layer Type Icon Indicates Information pen Interpretation method Nearest Information rs Interpretation method Exact Information m Interpretation method Interpolation Information q Allow intersection is on Domain et Interpretation method Nearest Maps a Data et Grid Quadrilateral mesh Triangular mesh A a When a layer s icon is dimmed the layer has no objects When there are objects in the layer it s icon will be colored b Allow intersection is independent of the layer interpretation method and thus may appear with any of the icon variations of information type layers Argus ONE User s Guide 10 s4 Supplement version 4 View Toolbar The View toolbar at the top of the layers floater allows you to show and hide various attributes of objects in a layer You can do so without first making the layer active To change the viewing option of a layer 1 Click the line of the layer You do not have to activate the layer The toolbar will change to show the available view commands 2 Click the appropriate tool Collapsing and Expanding Groups of Layers By entering Group type layers you can group your layers into subjects Group layers allow you to e Show and hide all layers belonging to a group with one mouse click e Collapse a group in the layers floater To show and hide all layers belonging to a group e Click the eye icon of the group layer they belong to To Collapse a grou
5. Goto Contour Goto Position Mesh Info Ctrl F Contours Info Node Icon Element Icon Select one of the icons Source e Observation amp Pumping Disposal Site J Dump Site A Comtamination Source Head 52 Transients Select None to remove the node icon 3 Select the icon you wish and release the mouse button The selected nodes are assigned the icon e To remove an icon assigned to a node select the None menu item Editing Elements Moving Elements An element is the basic object of a mesh Argus ONE enables you to perform extensive editing operations on an element You can move detach join and reshape an element as well as edit the information associated with it When you move an element Argus ONE performs validity tests of the element s new location and shape Argus ONE will not allow you to relocate an element in one of two cases e If by relocating the element to its new position element overlapping occurs e If by relocating the element to its new position one of the elements it is connected to becomes acute Argus ONE User s Guide 228 Part 3 Argus ONE User s Guide Finite Element Meshes Argus ONE s default criteria for acute element is that one of its angles is smaller than 22 5 degrees see the chapter The Mathematics Beneath Argus ONE You may change this criteria as explained earlier in this chapter To move an element User action
6. Resizing the Grid When you resize the grid Argus ONE adds or deletes grid lines at the newly created or reduced grid area To resize the grid 1 Click drag the grid from one of its four corners An outline of the resized grid follows your cursor 2 Release the mouse button to resize the grid E Acquifer 2 By L rid_ Arou 4 10 00 4 L 15 0 i CL Z Sa tcqifer 2 NT To enlarge the grid stretch Grid lines are added in the it from one of its corners newly created grid area Argus ONE User s Guide 276 Part 4 Finite Difference Grids Deleting the Grid When you delete a grid you delete only the grid and its blocks All the grid layer and block parameters you have created for that grid layer are not deleted Once you create a new grid it assumes all the data structures you have created using the layer and block parameters To delete the grid e Hit the DELETE key on your keyboard The grid is deleted Locking and Unlocking the Grid To secure your work you can lock the grid A locked grid does not allow you to move resize or delete it Locking the grid also does not enable you to move grid lines Locked Grid When the grid is locked the small handle at the top left corner of the grid is in a vertical position and the three other corners are grayed When you or Argus ONE create a grid the grid is created i
7. Requiartesh Bae RegularMesh EE Men y g Arou g Argu OL 0 6p O ff fy Chapter 7 Editing and Refining a Mesh 237 Smoothing Elements Mesh smoothing is carried out by Argus ONE as part of the auto mesh generation procedure However to smooth parts of the mesh you have created manually or edited you can select these parts and smooth them The smoothing algorithm is an iterative procedure that moves the nodes to the center of gravity of their respective polygons To smooth elements 1 Select the elements you wish to smooth 2 In the tool palette click the Smooth fq button Node 147 Pos 16 3 6 S4rous 8 po 0 14 00 600 To smooth these elements select all elements or just the group to be smoothed and click the smooth button VAA S Eaa rey e Tto A ZA A To z ae ESES Argus ONE smooths the elements by moving each node to the center of gravity of Kor a7 the elements it is Abe at d FN ZA K connected to ASE CNV NEV Argus ONE User s Guide 238 Part 3 Finite Element Meshes Smoothing is achieved after a few iterations Argus ONE s default number of iterations is set to three Although we have found that after three iterations sufficient convergence is achieved you can change this default to any number above two To set the number of smoothing iterations 1 From the Specia
8. To learn more about the Search For command refer to chapter 6 Editing and Refining a Mesh and to chapter 8 Creating and Editing a Grid Your First Argus ONE Project 39 Exporting Your Project Selecting the Tab character as the delimiter will allow you to open the file in a spread sheet type application where all data columns will be arranged in separate columns Exporting the data you have created with Argus ONE enables you to input it to processing and modeling programs Exported data is saved to disk in ASCII format Choosing the Output Files Format Argus ONE enables you to export your mesh and grid data in any format you choose It allows you to set your own output format through the use of export templates you can define It also allows you to quickly export your data using a generic file format and a generic export template Each layer type in Argus ONE has its own generic file format and generic export template discussed in parts 3 and 4 of this manual Exporting your data using the generic file format is the fastest and simplest To export your mesh or grid 1 If you have not yet defined the link between information layers and the mesh or grid objects open the Layers dialog box and set the required links Make sure the active layer is the Mesh or Grid layer If you want to export only parts of the mesh or grid select these parts From the File menu choose Export Mesh or Export Gr
9. Contour name Contour Icon gt Contour icon Source Observation Pumping Disposal Site Dump Site Comtamination Source Head Transient Icon Size gt eS El Parameter None Argus MeshMaker User s Guide Click the icon popup well menu to choose an icon Sink Source y Observation 7 Pumping J Disposal Site amp Dump Site Contamination Supplements version 2 5 53 s2 5 To assign an icon to a contour or to a selection of contours You can also assign an icon to a selected contour or a group of contours by using the Contour Icon menu item under the Navigation menu 1 Use the stretch rectangle the lasso tool or shift click to add contours to the selection 2 From the Navigation menu select the Contour Icon popup menu and choose the required icon Navigation Zoom In 3 Zoom Out 3 Actual Size Reduce to Fit 3T Goto Contour Goto Position Contours Info Py ver Source Observation Pumping Disposal Site Dump Site Comtamination Source Head Transient Icon Size None To search contours by their icon this page should be placed after page 121 in the User s Guide You can instruct Argus ONE to search for contours by the icon assigned to them The Icon check box and appropriate popup menus have been added to support this capability
10. Select a reference point CO Relative to document Ca Supplement version 4 17 s4 Automatic Grid Rotation during Auto Grid Generation When auto grid generation takes place Argus ONE can automatically calculate the grid angle that will minimize the number of grid blocks and thus also the number of inactive blocks In projects created by version 4 or later automatic grid rotation is the default behavior To enable or disable automatic grid rotation 1 From the Special menu select Preferences 2 Click the Grid Magic Wand to select the auto grid generation preferences pane 3 To enable automatic grid rotation check the Create Rotated Grid check box 4 To disable automatic grid rotation uncheck the Create Rotated Grid check box 5 Click the OK button Preferences Grid Generation Mark blocks as inactive When block center is out of the domain When any part of the block is out of the domain Check to enable automatic grid rotation EJ Create Rotated Grid Using automatic grid rotation When this option is selected in the grid preferences the following dialog will appear when you click the magic wand above a domain contour to be grided The dialog allows you to decide whether you wish to use auto rotation and if not what at which angle to rotate the grid Argus ONE User s Guide 18 s4 Supplement version 4 Argus ON
11. o o U o Search for Contours That Bly Formation 1 thickness Is v From_y o Tofo ZIM Transmisivity 1 Is v From v 0 Tolo EI Contour Name CJ ER Icon Is v None v Check the o Is v Close v Contour box and select an Icon When Finished Replace Selection By Found Contours Add Found Contours To Current Selection Remove Found Contours From Current Selection Argus ONE User s Guide 54s2 5 Supplements version 2 5 Point object one point contour visual representation Since you can now assign icons to contours Argus ONE assigns a point object a default icon of a source However using the new Contour Icon menu you can assign the point object any icon of your choice E Aquifer z E Aquifer EE Ey Domain Outline B S4reus ey _Domain outline _ gt S4reus 5 90 10 00 15 00 5 00 10 00 15 00 oe Old point objects a a visual representation New point objects visual representation New point objects with icons assigned to them The Clipboard Preferences dialog New Contours Copying and Pasting
12. Name amp Syntax BlockOnBoundary Arguments no arguments Description amp Return Value Returns True 1 if block has at least one side on the grid edge or block is inactive Otherwise returns False 0 Name amp Syntax Column Arguments no arguments Description amp Return Value Returns the column number the block belongs to Chapter 3 Layer Parameters 155 Name amp Syntax Arguments CountObjectsInBlock layer_name layer_name contour_type contour_type optional Description amp Return Value The name of the layer for which you need to count the number of objects of type contour_type intersecting the block or contained in it 0 for Point objects 1 for Open Contour objects 2 for Close Contour objects Returns the number of objects of type contour_type in layer layer_name intersecting or contained in the block If contour_type is omitted returns the total number of all objects intersecting or contained in the block Example The function CountObjectsInBlock Domain Layer counts the number of objects in the layer Domain Layer intersecting or contained by the block and returns 0 if the block is not intersected by or contains no objects 1 if the block is intersected by or contains one object of any type N if the block is intersected by or contain Example The function CountObjectsIn s N obj
13. Layers Floater New Functionality Goto exact position given by X and coordinates Two new columns of icons have been added to the layers floater The Collapse Expand Group icons column and the Layer Indicator icons column A View toolbar at the floater s top enables quick access to view commands Click to collapse all layers in the group Click the eye icon of a group layer to show hide all of its layers TA Domain Outline1 N iJ i cu v N ci Ed a ez ez ez ze ez xz xz Zz xz r E gt ewm D Layer indicator Shows layer type mmn a oe Density lt TriMesht E7 Quad Mesh1 Grid1 i Datal Maps1 Full Group ja Domain Outline test TriMesh QuadMesh Grid Data Maps View toolbar Shortcuts to View menu commands Each layer type has a different set of viewing commands You can change the viewing options of a layer even if it is not the active layer empty full layer and interpretation type Supplement version4 9s4 Layer Indicators The layer indicators are a set of dynamically changing icons indicating the layer type and some other characteristics of the layer A quick glance at the layers list will reveal to you the e Layer type e Ifthe layer contains objects e The interpretation method Information type layers The following table lists the icons and their meaning
14. Progress Dialog box Press the keyboard sequence to halt import The keyboard combination on Windows and Unix platforms is z CTRL C Importing picture Em untitled b Maps l 4rous De il 8 00 700 North sled Cm m 19 Argus ONE User s Guide 20 Part 1 A project window with a domain outline contour in creation It is irrelevant whether you record the contour clockwise or counter clockwise Argus ONE takes care of such trivial chores for you It also checks the validity of your contour as you record it If you cross the contour itself it will beep and will not record the illegal vertex Argus ONE User s Guide Basic Things to Know About Argus ONE To create a domain outline 1 Using the Layer Selection Menu or Button activate the Domain Outline layer by bringing it to be the front most Click the Polygon tool in the tool palette Your cursor will change from an arrow amp to a cross Click the cursor where you want to begin creating the outline contour polygon Move the cursor to the point where you would like to have the second vertex of the polygon and click Repeat this step until you re ready to close the outline contour When you re ready to finish double click the last vertex and close the outline contour
15. There are one or more objects in the current layer Element creation tool Allows you to manually create elements A mesh layer is the active layer A e The Magic Wand Click the magic wand anywhere within a domain outline contour to automatically mesh that domain In a mesh layer when the domain layer associated with it contains a domain outline contour The Detach tool Detaches the selected elements from the mesh In a mesh layer containing two or more connected elements ak i The Smooth button Smooth the selected elements In a mesh layer when one or more groups of elements are selected gt The Refine button Splits the selected elements into four similar elements It also splits the surrounding elements into two In a mesh layer when an element or some groups of elements are selected To learn more about using the mesh tools refer to chapter 5 Meshing a Domain and chapter 6 Editing and Refining a Mesh Argus ONE User s Guide 56 Part 2 Grid layer tools Argus ONE User s Guide Basics for Using Argus ONE Grid layers tool palette The grid layer tool palette contain all the tools you need to easily create and edit a grid and its object the blocks To operate on the grid objects select a tool and use it on the appropriate object To resize move or delete the grid you must first open the handle on its top left
16. You can control the number of segments Argus ONE will subdivide an arc and a circle into You do so by telling Argus ONE what is the angle by which it should subdivide arcs and circles 1 From the Special menu choose Preferences The Preferences dialog appears Click the clipboard preferences icon to select clipboard preferences Select the current angle in the angle text edit box Type in the angle by which Argus ONE will subdivide arcs and circles Click the OK button ar Ww N Argus MeshMaker User s Guide Supplements version 2 5 2382 5 The Preferences dialog Preferences Clipboard Preference OK When copying arcs to Information layer convert it to segments every degrese ae ay ee Type in the elimiter character for contour P y Copy Paste required angle EJ Copy contour name EJ Copy contour parameter values The clipboard preferences icon Post Processing Tools and Objects With the introduction of scientific visualization tools Argus ONE now allows you to perform all of your post processing tasks in the same workplace you prepare your data for your model This enables you to easily investigate your model output with respect to your model input Post Processing objects also enable you to visually study the data you assigned to meshes and grids before you export them to you numerical model If for instance you interpolated the distribution of a physical
17. cee eeeeeeeereeeeeees 50 s2 5 New Contours Capabilities cgsinscsed ccosucahecateacd ice caatatesees anesanadnasdee doen adedanedaade ees aanenays 52 2 5 New Parameters Tags ssississeiivsccesaisceeacedevasedeasegesatanscnacauscecadenss an udealecnneuedanceavasoeenavedens 56 82 5 New Argus ONE Export Macross acccssciverscsesdqstesgestgenstdegeascebeescedesssoadaeassnaetasnssadesbebone 58 s2 5 Miscellaneous New Features ssessseseseeeeseesesseesresresserererressesseestesstesteseesresessreeseeseee 59 s2 5 INew Examples Om DISK zerion a ia E A TAA eels 62 s2 5 Argus ONE User s Guide 482 5 Supplements version 2 5 Working with Data Layers Overview Data type layers serve as containers of discrete information Data type layers are very fast in handling large numbers of data points Information in data type layers is static Use Data type layers to visually investigate your model results Information in data type layers can be linked to other layers and used in expressions In some cases your data is created or sampled on discrete points in space Discrete data might be created by a sampling procedure such as when ocean bathymetry is measured from a ship or when the data was created on a grid or on a mesh by some kind of a numerical procedure The latter is very common when you work with numerical models The model s results are calculated and are thus available on a grid or a mesh When your discrete inform
18. 1 Select the blocks to be assigned an icon 2 From the Information menu choose Block Icon a popup dialog opens Navigation Zoom In zoom Out 2 Actual Size Reduce to Fit 3T Goto Block Goto Position Grid Info Blocks Info Block Icon gt Select one of the icons Source eS Observation 9 Pumping 7 Disposal Site jj Dump Site A Comtamination Source Heads Transient _ Select none to remove the block icon 3 Select the icon you wish and release the mouse button The selected blocks are assigned the icon e To remove an icon assigned to a block select the None menu item Searching the Grid Database As you add information to your project using the Information layers and block information fields you re actually building a database Argus ONE enables you to perform extensive and complex searches of the blocks based on their data The Search For command is the graphical interface to the query language you use to build your queries It allows you to perform searches based on all the types of data assigned to a block e Block row and column e Block icon e Block data originating from linked parameters It also enables you to differentiate boundary and domain blocks Argus ONE User s Guide 284 Part 4 Finite Difference Grids You can use these searching capabilities to orientate within the project or to create selection groups for exporting specia
19. An open contour is used to mark internal boundaries such as rivers and faults lying along lines When you enter an open contour within a domain outline contour it tells Argus ONE to create elements along the open contour such that the elements sides do not cross the open contour line This capability allows for the solution to avoid mass transfer through internal line boundaries for instance and to apply boundary conditions along an open contour Assigning an open contour a mesh density value forces the meshing engine to reduce elements sizes to the required density in the vicinity of the contour A simple domain outline contour with an open contour Elements lie along the open contour The Point Object Contour A point object is used to mark internal point boundaries representing sources sinks and point loads such as wells When you enter a point object within a domain outline contour it tells Argus ONE meshing module to create a node at the point object s location This capability allows you to input to your simulator the required boundary conditions at the point object s location Assigning a point object contour a mesh density value forces the meshing engine to reduce elements sizes to the specified density around that point File Edit Yiew Special Navigation Mesh rs S amp Argu A simple domain outline contour with a point object A node is created at the point
20. LT is 146 9 168 en Reon Element 88 Nodes 33 83 17 Neighbors 89 87 29 bo 5 00 10 00 15 00 SES VEO Y DEE RX AENA E BENE a SIRO VAN Only the smallest 0 3 cm density requirement is fulfilled the elements within the 1 0 cm specified density contour are smaller than specified to allow for a smooth growth from 0 3 cm elements You can create mesh density contours anywhere around a domain layer For example to specify the mesh density around parts of the domain boundary just create there a density contour and assign it the required element size File Edit Yiew Special Navigation emx 13 5 y 16 3 Element 213 Nodes 171 173 172 Neighbors 214218 212 Lhe The mesh gradually iaae AVAVAVAV EV AW AU ALU ANT A No ds from the Ps CAV AV ANY ENTS expands from the lower IXY anana TAATA ae lt Default mesh density set to 2 0 cm density to the default BES density assigned to the POOR domain outline contour TAVAT RO PAA VA AA x 5 ZX TET Say area assigned 0 2 cm mesh density pa 2 k OK val A PP A EN GEAT A ae AS BY 4 RDA OOO AT ALAN a Kee x NY a KAAS E i Vy Argus ONE User s Guide Chapter 6 MeshingaDomain 211 Assigning Domain Contour Objects Mesh Densities As you have read in the beginning of this chapter domain outline contours are where you assign the mesh default density You can also assign other domain contours
21. New York State Massachusetts A text graphic object Polyline graphic objects To import additional DXF files If you have more than one map you need to import you can repeat steps 2 and 3 for as many DXF files as you have or you can create additional Maps layers and import the different DXF files into different Maps layers Using a number of maps layers will enable you to control the visibility of the different maps Argus ONE User s Guide 70 Part 2 A Argus ONE window with a weather front map overlaid on the state lines map Argus ONE User s Guide Basics for Using Argus ONE For instance if you need to bring in a state line map of the area and a weather fronts map importing them into separate maps layers will enable you to present both of them or just one of them StateLinesMap To paste contours in a Maps layer You can copy any number and types of Information contours from information layers and paste them into a Maps type layer 1 In an information layer select the contours 2 From the Edit menu choose Copy 3 Activate the maps layer by clicking the appropriate arrow in the Layers Selection Button or choose it from the Layers popup menu 4 From the File menu choose Paste You can also copy contours from other project windows To import a Argus ONE generic contour file 1 While in a Maps type layer
22. Searching for Contours in an Information Layer 119 Using Contours Parameters to Define Search Criteria 120 To Search an Information Layer 120 Expanding the Search Scope 122 Argus ONE User s Guide 92 Part 2 Basics for Using Argus ONE Overview Argus ONE User s Guide Argus ONE enables you to incorporate quantitative information in three major methods in Information type layers Data type layers and on numerical objects such as mesh nodes and elements or grid blocks Using the first two and linking numerical objects to the information stored in Information and Data type layers is the most recommended method When using the latter your data is lost every time you re mesh grid your domain Storing your data in Information type layers is accomplished through the use of the Point Open and Close Contour objects In this chapter you will learn how to create edit copy paste import and export these objects Using Data type layers is described in detail in the Supplement chapter In the next chapter you will learn how to link and manipulate information from different layers and create complex expressions As you ll find out these manipulations can save you considerable coding in your simulator Although contours are used in Argus ONE in two different contexts the Information type layers and the Domain type layers they are created using the same techniques While in an Information type layer contours are used to describe
23. Tool s name and function The Arrow tool The default tool in all layers Allows you to select edit and move objects Tool can be activated when Always Map Layer tools The Lasso tool Allows you to select all objects within an arbitrary shape There are one or more objects in the current layer Tools popup arrow The Line tool Allows you to draw a line A maps type layer is the active layer The Rectangle tool Allows you to draw a rectangle A maps type layer is the active layer The Arc tool Allows you to draw an arc A maps type layer is the active layer The Circle tool Allows you to draw a circle A maps type layer is the active layer Eid le a a SN A The Polygon tool Allows you to draw a close polygon Or The open polygon tool Allows you to draw an open polygon A maps type layer is the active layer Argus MeshMaker User s Guide Supplements version 2 5 2182 5 Drawing graphic objects in maps type layers the following two page should be placed after page 68 in the User s Guide You can now draw graphic objects directly in Argus ONE s Maps type layers This allows you to annotate your project s backgrounds and to create contours of exact shapes You can copy these objects from a maps type layer and paste them in other maps type layers or paste them in information type layers If you study an analytic problem or a prob
24. You can now turn off the drawing of grid lines This might prove handy if you evaluate the grid by color using the color palette and popup menu Grid Example To show hide grid lines From the View menu select Block Boundary Line 6 rid Ea m ple EEE e ES 4rous fen ed id ed ed ed se est sa p est st a se aed ee esse ee em e ee is E Supplements version 3 55 s3 New Data Layer Capabilities Show Layers Window L Layers 3K Show Hide gt Hide Others Show All Colors Calculate Colors Show Values A number of new data layer capabilities have been added These include e Spreadsheet like window for viewing the values and locations of data points e You can add remove and rename data layer parameters e You can select the interpolation method which will be applied to the data when interpolated onto mesh or grid layers Viewing Data Layer Values You can now view the values assigned to data type layers data points The spreadsheet like window allows you to scroll through the data points and view their X Y positions and associated values To view data points values 1 Activate the data type layer for which you wish to view the values at data points 2 From the View menu select Show Values The data is read from the data layer and presented in a new window type which opens above your main project window
25. lf you move a node its name and icon move with it Element Information and Block Information dialog boxes x 2 68 y 8 19 Element 121 Nodes 5 106 6 Neighbors 122 123 2 p0 BORK F a J 2 7 a SW KO KAA P BS 1 B D c 5 o Li 7 eae 7 Cc 7 Rar An AZE po gt RIKSA S Your First Argus ONE Project 37 See 4 00 i 29 Z H AN ZN SF VER 2 a TSE WANE We EXTS AY PSNIN A iSANY AEX 4 EX BORER BOO WAS i KV o NA SES S W AA A A x oe aN e Z SY PRAZA Source 3 Ay Source 2 To edit element and block information Double clicking an element or a selected group of elements brings up the Element Information dialog box where you can edit element information by following the same steps you have used to edit node information Double clicking a block or a selected group of blocks brings up the Block Information dialog box where you can edit block information by following the same steps you have used to edit node information Node 2 Node 3 50 He eyes 0 1 100 101 Element name A Finite Element Icon Parameter Y alue Units Initial Condition Boundary Condit BC Value Permeability Temperature Cancel nter x 3 Center y 7 1 Area 1 4 Cell is Active Yalue Units Cancel Parameter Initial Condition Boundary Condit BC Yalue Permeab
26. shortcuts for moving showing and hiding layers 80 319 Show a layer 79 Show and hide a layer 76 Show and hide block centers 272 Show and hide block numbers 272 Show and hide element names 219 Show and hide element numbers 218 Show and hide node numbers 218 Show and hide nodes names 216 Show and hide the block icon 273 Show and hide the contour s name 114 Show and hide the contour s value 113 Show and hide the element icon 220 Show and hide the node icon 217 Show and hide the nodes highlight 216 show a layer 79 113 showing layers 304 showing layers Keyboard shortcuts 80 Size box or window frame 50 small segments effect Disable 199 Smooth elements 237 smoothing iterations Set the number of 206 238 smoothing iterations Setting the number of 206 Start a new project 5 Start creating a close contour 96 stretch band Selecting multiple objects using the 86 T Tabular information source 93 template editing End 172 Argus ONE User s Guide 320 template Edita 171 template Load a from a disk file 173 Title bar 50 Tool palette 54 tool palette Domain layers 57 tool palette Grid layers 56 tool palette Information layers 57 tool palette Maps layers 57 tool palette Mesh layers 55 tools Zoom 54 transparent blocks 270 transparent elements 214 U Undo a command 82 Undoing commands 82 units Real world 62 units Screen 62 Unlock the grid 277 Using node element and block names
27. t Export expression PositionX E15 5 End line The first line block will use the comma character to delimit the NodeNumber from the PositionX The second will use the TAB character to do the same To insert any text literal within a file use the Export expression as explained above Another example Start a new line Export expression EL Export expression ElementNumber 18 Export expression RG Export expression Mesh Domain Number I5 Export expression Bs Export expression NthNodeNum 1 18 Export expression NthNodeNum 2 18 Export expression NthNodeNum 3 18 End line Using the above example with the comma character as the delimiter will produce a line looking like this ta L 83 RG 25 3 44 557 11 Chapter 5 Exporting a Project 183 Dynamic Arguments Interpretation and Resolving Dynamic arguments are interpreted and resolved during export Layer parameters and expressions are also evaluated during the export process Dynamic arguments include general arguments such as the Basename as well as loop iterators such as the Row and Column Resolving Basename While exporting a mesh layer using the following template the SBaseName dynamic argument will be replaced by the file name supplied in the Save As dialog Redirect output to SBasenameS nod Node Command Node Command End File Redirect output to SBasenam
28. values of type contour_type in parameter parameter_name intersecting or contained in the block If contour_type is omitted returns the weighted sum of values of all objects intersecting or contained in the block Example The function WSumObjectsInBlock Fractures Layer 1 computes the product of each intersecting or contained segment length by its value and sums them If contour_type is 0 or if it is omitted and a point object is encountered WSumObjectsInBlock returns the value of the point object In these highlighted blocks the function WSumObjectsInBlock Fractures Layer 1 returns the sum of the two products of the length of intersecting segments multiplied by their contour value Chapter 3 Layer Parameters 159 Creating and Editing Expressions Calculator panel MAE ADEEL pag Lo LIL You create and edit expressions in the expression dialog The expression dialog can be invoked from the layers dialog and from the export template dialog In both it allows you to access all operators functions and layer parameters Using the expression dialog you can create complex expressions without typing thus reducing typing errors in your expressions to minimum However if you prefer you can still enter a whole expression by hand or paste them from another text editor The Expression Dialog The expression dialog is like a small calculator It is made up of t
29. 8 s3 Expression Dialog New Appearance and Functionality 11 s3 Support of DXF Blocks esri ieee eek tude boil A E a ba aha O 13 s3 Scaling of Object Layers and Projects 0 2 eee eee eee eee 14 s3 Using Information Dialogs with Multiple Selected Objects 16 s3 New Parameter Types on aa a E wi a ela E ale de le ee BA Oat 18 s3 New Functions 3 0 ick ela phere cet bake Seti bev E EEEE Geel neu ede heer aes 24 s3 New Functionality in Information Layers 0 0 0 0 ee eee eee eee 36 s3 New Functionality in Mesh Layers 0 0 0 0 eee eee ee eee 42 s3 New Grid Layer Capabilities 2 0 0 eee eee eee 49 s3 New Data Layer Capabilities 2 0 0 0 cee eee eee 55 s3 New Maps Layer Capabilities 0 0 0 eee ce eee 57 s3 New Export Template Dialog and New Script Commands 61 s3 Argus ONE User s Guide 433 Supplements version 3 Compatibility Issues Argus ONE User s Guide Full backwards compatibility exists between version 3 and version 2 5c This means that you can open Argus ONE files created with version 2 5c in Argus ONE version 3 However you can not open files which will be saved under version 3 with version 2 5c We suggest that until you are certain that all functions operate as you were accustomed to in version 2 5c you save backup copies of your files created with version 2 5c Also if you have enough disk space do not erase you
30. Formation Thickness to a mesh or a grid layer If you export this mesh or grid each element node or block will be automatically assigned the correct intensity value No matter how many times you edit change and refine your mesh or grid every object in them will always be assigned the correct thickness intensity value Argus ONE User s Guide 126 Part 2 Basics for Using Argus ONE Creating and Manipulating Layer Parameters Argus ONE User s Guide You can create remove rename reorder and change layer parameters at any time You operate on layer parameters in the Layers dialog box To create a layer parameter When you create a new layer parameter its line is entered after the line that is selected when you click the New or Duplicate buttons 1 From Layers Selection menu in the information ruler choose Layers The Layers dialog box opens 2 In the Layers upper list select the layer s line 3 In the Parameters control panel click the New button A new parameter is created When you create a new layer it is assigned an initial name The initial name is always the string New Parameter unless this layer already has a parameter in that name In this case the string New Parameter is suffixed by the next available digit starting from 1 For instance if there exists a layer parameter by the name New Parameter 1 a newly created layer parameter will automatically be named New Paramete
31. Select next text box Select next button check box radio button dial Move right or left within a text box Move up and down in a list box Press the default button highlighted Mouse Shortcuts Press this key Macintosh Other Platforms tab tab tab gt or gt or Tord Tort enter OF 5 enter OF 5 Double clicking in different layers in certain areas and in some objects opens a dialog box for you To do this Double click here Open the Node Information dialog Open the Element Information dialog Open the Block Information dialog Open the Contour Information dialog A node An element a block A contour Argus ONE User s Guide 304 Appendixes Keyboard and Mouse Combinations Argus ONE User s Guide To do this Macintosh Detach a node oP a Detach a selection of elements ap H Zoom in from the cursor position RE Zoom out from the cursor position ae Zoom to 100 percent zoom level oy in the zoom by percent box Keyboard and Mouse Other Platforms CTRL P CTRL 5 the selected elements ALT B SHIFT ALT B CTRL in the zoom by percent box Hiding Showing and Moving Between Layers Using the following key combinations enables you to quickly move between layers and set their visibility To do this Keyboard and Mouse Macintosh Other Platforms Move to the next visible layer ap 4 CTRL Move to the previous visible ae
32. SinH number number Real number Returns the hyperbolic sine of number Example SinH 3 returns 10 0179 Argus ONE User s Guide 144 Part 2 Basics for Using Argus ONE Name amp Syntax Tan number Arguments number Description amp Return Value Real number in radians if the angle is in degrees multiply it by 7 180 to convert it to radians Returns the tangent of number number 2k 1 1 Cycle T Example Tan 3 141592654 returns 4 L0207e 10 Name amp Syntax TanH number Arguments number Description amp Return Value Real number or any expression that can be evaluated to a real number Returns the hyperbolic tangent of number Example Tan 12 Geometric Functions Argus ONE User s Guide returns 1 00 Name amp Syntax X Arguments no arguments Description amp Return Value Returns the X coordinate of the evaluation context Example X in an element context returns the X coordinate of the element center In information type layers returns the X coordinate of a contour s first vertex Name amp Syntax Y Arguments no arguments Description amp Return Value Returns the Y coordinate of the evaluation context Example Y in an element context returns the Y coordinate of the element center In information type layers returns the Y coordi
33. command Argus ONE opens the following dialog box 2 Enter the minimal allowed angle of your choice 3 Click the OK button Enter the minimum angle criteria for acute elements You may even set the minimum value to 0 degrees but at your own risk Argus ONE will not perform acute element validity tests It will however still not allow you to create or reshape elements to be of zero area Chapter 7 Moving a node User action and Argus ONE s reaction Editing and Refining a Mesh 223 Argus ONE s automatic validity testing 1 To move a node simply drag it An outline of the new shape of the connected elements follows your mouse movement while also showing you the original node position 2 All elements connected to the relocated node are reshaped to accommodate for the new node location 3 Release the mouse button The node relocates to its new position If you release the node in a position where it causes element overlapping Argus ONE beeps and relocates the illegally moved node to its original location If while moving the node you stretch some elements so that their minimal angle becomes smaller than specified in the Preferences dialog box Argus ONE presents a warning alert and relocates the node to its original position Argus ONE User s Guide 224 Part 3 Finite Element Meshes When the node being dragged is in the vicinity of another node Argus ONE snaps the dragged node to t
34. v Opaque Elements Show Element Name Show Element No v Show Element Icon Show Nodes v Show Node Name Show Node No v Show Node Icon Layers L Show Hide gt Hide Others 38H Show All Show Info Ruler Colors Calculate colors Elements icons are shown in elements Elements icons are hidden large enough to contain their icon To see the other icons Zoom in To show elements icons from the View menu choose Show Element Icon The menu item is marked with a check mark to its left To read about assigning nodes and elements names and icons refer to the following section in this chapter Argus ONE User s Guide Chapter 7 Editing and Refining a Mesh 221 Selecting Elements and Nodes To edit nodes and elements you must first select them Selecting them tells Argus ONE that your actions are to affect the selected objects To learn about selection techniques refer to the chapter The Argus ONE Workplace Selecting Nodes Only When in the mesh layer Argus ONE enables you to select elements nodes or both elements and nodes Selecting an element or a group of elements selects all nodes belonging to the selected elements You can also select nodes only This is very helpful if you want to assign a group of nodes the same value for instance to select some boundary nodes and assign them special boundary conditions To select nodes only Use any of the te
35. 1 Select the element its node you want to detach 2 Hold down the COMMAND key Macintosh CTRL key other platform The cursor changes into a detach cursor s 3 Bring the cursor over the node you wish to detach the cursor changes into a hollow tool 5 4 Drag the node you want to detach into the selected element If the detached node was an internal node highlighted as a hollow circle it changes to a boundary node highlighted as a full circle A new node is created Argus ONE assigns the newly created node all the information you have manually assigned to the node it has been detached from including its name and icon but assigns it a new and unique node number Argus ONE User s Guide 226 Part 3 Finite Element Meshes Use manual overrides carefully Argus ONE User s Guide Assigning Node Information A node is actually a detailed data structure The node data structure contains its location name icon and data from the other layers Argus ONE allows you to access all data types To read about creating node and element parameters refer to chapter 3 The following table summarizes node data Node Data Description Access Node Position X and Y coordinates Move by mouse Node Name Any string Nodes Info dialog Node Icon One of ten pre Nodes Info dialog and configured icons Node Icon menu item Data from linked layers Any real number Through mesh layer parameters referenced parameters an
36. 2 73 y 18 4 Domain Outline w Domain Qutline 1 Argus bs 1 2 00 1 4 0 1 Oo on the screen represents Cm v in the real world gt k cal it Argus ONE User s Guide 64 Argus ONE User s Guide Part 2 Basics for Using Argus ONE The coordinates direction You can change the coordinate system s directions by selecting the appropriate radio button The origin of the coordinate system and the rulers change to comply with the new directions The following four screen shots demonstrate the four available coordinate system directions and how Argus ONE changes the workplace to reflect the different directions untitled 3 Color v Coordinate system z Le xJ TAVARAY ATA OEY Aa Oe SRA untitled 3 Color v Coordinate system 5 es ER Saye SAM DAA Sa ey ap r aTa DFAA NAN RTTE INAS Rah ral c Coordinate system OTESH y pole ce eg TSS Saar SESS Fo eat S ies Ad Oye SE pyaar En eZ Si Coordinate system Gaos Chapter 1 The Argus ONE Workplace 65 Enlarging drawing size decreases maximum zoom level The Drawing Size When you open a new project Argus ONE sets the drawing size to some default Argus ONE does not allow you to create move or stretch objects out of the current drawing size However you can move objects that were imported to
37. 255 import Example of a file ready for 105 Inactive layers and selected objects 80 Information layers tool palette 57 Information layers value 53 Information ruler 52 information contours Seeing through 115 information layer Search an 120 information type layer Create an 31 information type layer Creating an 31 Install Argus ONE for Macintosh xv Install Argus ONE for MS windows xiv Install Argus ONE for UNIX workstations xv interpolate method 118 Interpretation of contour data 33 islands Adding to a domain outline contour 98 J Joining nodes 224 K key combinations Choosing commands 301 Keyboard conventions xiv Keyboard shortcuts for moving showing and hiding layers 80 L lasso tool Selecting multiple objects using the 86 layer parameter Create a 126 layer parameter Duplicate a 132 layer parameters Creating and manipulating 126 layer selection button Using to show and hide layers 80 layer s interpretation method Set or change 119 layer s name Change the 74 layer s type Set the 76 layer s units Set the 75 layer Create a new 74 layer Duplicate a 77 layer Hide a 79 113 layer Remove a 77 layer Select a 74 layer show a 215 271 layer Turn active 76 layers dialog box Open the 73 layers order Change 77 Layers hide others 79 Layers hiding 78 113 215 270 Layers Show all and hide others 79 layers Grid related 67 315 layers Inactive and selected objects 8
38. 62 Part 2 Argus ONE User s Guide Basics for Using Argus ONE The rulers reflect your scale and screen units only in 100 percent zoom level Changing the zoom level is equivalent to changing the scale and vise a versa If you are not comfortable working in your current 100 percent zoom level you can change the scale to enlarge or reduce your objects sizes on the screen Screen units There are three available screen units e Centimeters e Millimeters e Inches Choosing the setting means that at 100 percent zoom level one tick mark on the ruler will be of length one 1 over number of real world units inches Changing the screen units between the three available options reduces or enlarges the screen object size accordingly If for instance you change the screen units from centimeters to millimeters all objects are scaled by the ratio lt centimeters millimeters gt 1 10 To choose the screen units e Select the desired units form the screen units popup menu Real World units Real World units are nothing but a name presented in the information ruler Changing the Real World units from meters to kilometers for instance has no effect on your project window or on the size of your object on the screen To choose the Real World units e Select the desired units form the Real World units popup menu Argus ONE assumes that you use a 72 dpi dots per inch screen with an aspect ratio of 1 This insures the WYSIWYG
39. A mesh An element A node A grid A block parameter parameter parameter parameter parameter expression is expression is expression is expression is expression is edited edited edited edited edited The Functions and Parameters list This scrolling list presents all the functions or parameters belonging to the functions group or layer selected in the Functions Groups and Layers list To insert a function or a parameter into the Expression Editor Panel double click the function or parameter It is inserted at the insertion point BlockArea BlockCenterx BlockCenter BlockGradx BlockGrad Blocklcon BlocklsActive BlockOnBoundary Double click a parameter to insert it in the expression editor Elev Bot Unit1 Thickness Uniti Initial Head Unit1 Kx Unit Kz Unit Double click a function to insert Sp_Vield Unit it in the expression editor Snr hana geet A na lin Chapter 3 Layer Parameters 161 The expression editor panel The expression editor is where the expression you create is presented It is a text editor in a list dialog allowing you to scroll up and down to see the full length of the expression You can use all the keyboard characters cursor keys DELETE key and copy and paste keyboard shortcuts This enables you to copy and paste a whole expression or part of an expression from an external source or from another parameter expression Formation 1 Top Formation 1 thickness C
40. Argus ONE is also an application development environment for developing and deploying graphical user interfaces for numerical models GIS Argus ONE provides a user environment where geospatial map type information or coverages may be easily synthesized in preparation for use as input to numerical models As in other GIS systems the various types of geospatial information are stored and viewed in coverages or layers which the user may view and interact with on screen Conceptual Model Mesh and grid layers which are also available are used to automatically create meshes and grids onto which a discrete realization of the real continuous world described in the geospatial layers is synthesized Information is synthesized using mathematical logical and spatial functions to define relations between layers These relations form a conceptual model which represents the relations between geospatial entities as they are articulated by the underlying concepts of the model being used On Demand Synthesis and Analysis of Information ODISA ensures that your information is always model ready Regardless of changes you introduce in your information or meshes Argus ONE automatically synthesizes the information according to the relations and rules set by the conceptual model to ensure your data is ready to be exported to your model Model Independent Export scripting enables you to export the synthesized information to input files fo
41. Argus ONE joins the last and first vertices If you have mistakenly clicked a vertex you do not want to have just hit the DELETE key on the keyboard and the last recorded vertex will be erased You can delete back as many vertices as you wish until you finally delete the whole polygon untitled etd y 8 39 E Domain Outline 0 Bi Argus po y 2 00 4 00 6 00 a Color x Digitized vertices are highlighted No Flow Zone 2 The cursor First vertex First Last Vertex indicator Once you have double clicked the last vertex a dialog box appears asking you for the required average density of the grid within the newly created domain outline contour The density of the grid is defined by Argus ONE as the default block size you would like to have Contour Information dialog box the first parameter is the Default Density value Your First Argus ONE Project 21 Please enter value for this contour Contour is Closed Contour Information Number of vertices 23 i Contour area 32 266975 Static Text Box Contour perimeter 86 490189 Contour Name Text Edit Contour name Domain Outline Box Parameter Yalue Units Density Contour Parameters amp Values List To make a reasonable choice look at the rulers and determine over how many units o
42. Chart Info Axes Lables Chart values for layer Grid 10 2624 10 2624 0 50195 Selecting discontinuous rows Selecting discontinuous columns To select whole columns You may select whole columns of cells 1 Click the column name cell 2 To add more columns to the selection use the methods described above while clicking in the columns name cell Argus ONE User s Guide 46 s4 Supplement version 4 Controlling Charts In addition to controlling the values to be charted and the chart size you can control the chart type the chart axes and labels These are performed in the Chart Info Axes and Labels panes The Chart Info Pane The chart info pane allows you to set the chart type to select whether data is in rows or columns to set the chart view to add marks at data points to overlay the chart with another chart and to add a legend Column Bar Area Axes Lables Chart chart type Line Data in Chart view Marks overlay with h i i XY Points another data Marks Side by Side sel Relative Check to i 0I Show legend Square Small remove the Column gap a sa legena Column overlap o Malta Small plus Dot Set the column gap or overlap Type in the number of the row or column dataset which will overlay the current dataset The Chart Axes Pane The chart axes pane allows you to control the X and Y axes of the
43. Construct Export Template Redirect output to BaseName Start a new line Export expression NumElements G8 Export expression NumNodes G8 The script Export expression NumElemParameters G8 Export expression NumNodeParameters G8 commands End line i list Loop for Nodes Start a new line Remove Export expression N G0 f Export expression NodeNumber G8 a a Export expression PositionX 68 Redirect output to file BaseName f Base Name The argument editing control panel changes according to the script command being edited The Else Script Command The Else script command enables you to simplify and shorten complex and nested If blocks It also speeds the execution of the actual export operation All lines below an Else line and up to the matching Endif are nested within that Else command You can implement an Elseif command by inserting an If statement following an Else statement To insert an Else script command e Locate the Else command in the commands list and double click it Argus ONE User s Guide 64 s3 Supplements version 3 Argus ONE User s Guide Defining Setting and Using Variables Variables dramatically improve the export template functionality Together with the loop for variable and else script commands they take the Argus ONE export scripts a big step towards a full programming environment Using variables enables you to
44. Number of Row There are Number of block parameters matrices after each there is an empty line Possible Pitfalls Argus ONE does not check that the data you read correspond to the grid the triangulation is read from To avoid problems you must be certain that the information you import fully correspond to the referenced grid Argus ONE User s Guide 16 s2 5 Supplements version 2 5 Creating Additional Data Type Layers You can create as many data type layers as you need As you will learn later in this chapter a data layer can have as many layer parameters as you need You can create as many data type layers as you need To Create a New Data Layer Creating a new data layer is no different then creating other Argus ONE layers 1 page 31 Layer type popup menu choose Data Follow the instruction in section Creating an Information Type Layer on After you ve clicked the New button and a new layer was created From the Layers Domain Outline Mesh Mesh1 Grid Grid Density z Density z Maps Density Q Information Mesh Grid Grid Information Information Maps Mesh Maps Information Grid Domain R mea Layer Parameters Name Units New Layer Value When probed for value use Nearest Contour method v Parameter DOme 1 Click and hold the mo
45. Redirect output to Loop for Nodes Loop to export BaseName Boundary Nodes Only If NodeOnBoundary This if statement is true for boundary nodes Start a new line End file Export expression NodeNumber I8 Export expression PositionX E15 5 Export expression PositionY E15 5 End line End if End loop The comments you insert in a script are not exported Argus ONE User s Guide 182 Part 2 In this line the delimiter is a comma In this line the delimiter is a TAB Argus ONE User s Guide Basics for Using Argus ONE To comment your export file and to add literals To add remarks to your export file use the Export expression command with a literal For instance to make your template write the string My first export file at the top of the file Redirect output to SBaseName Start a new line Export expression End line End file My first export file Using the literal in an expression allows you to specify different delimiters at different places in a line or different delimiters in different lines For instance the following example uses two different delimiters Start a new line Export expression NodeNumber 18 Export expression Export expression PositionX E15 5 End line Start a new line Export expression NodeNumber 18 Export expression
46. The window name is comprised of the name of the project and of the data layer 20S crid Example DataType Layer Saez Data values for layer DataType The data layer name x Y Transmisiy Replenishm Porosity 2 The par ameter S names 15 4 2 9 60001 93 309 16 4 73333 9 60001 51 1217 17 5 26667 9 60001 46 4164 18 5 8 9 60001 85 9652 19 7 4 9 60001 127 647 Spreadsheet like rows a ETLN ESTE and columns of the 21 10 6 9 60001 160 503 l 22 12 2 9 60001 119 109 parameter values 23 12 7333 9 60001 64 6016 24 13 2667 9 60001 67 1304 25 13 8 9 60001 112 463 am The Y coordinates of the data points The X coordinates of the data points The data points numbers The larger the number of points and parameters the longer it takes to open the window Argus ONE User s Guide 56 s3 Supplements version 3 Argus ONE User s Guide To update the Show Values window If you replace the data in a data layer by reading or importing a new data set or if you remove add or rename data layer parameters the data presented in the Show Values window is not updated If the Show Values window is open you need to close and open it again to update the information presented Renaming Adding and Removing Data Layer Parameters You can now also rename add and remove data layer parameters To rename data layer parameters After you import data from a file all parameters
47. click OK to confirm your choice Click the Delimiter button in the Arguments Editing control panel to insert a dynamic delimiter 10 Click the Loop button Argus ONE User s Guide 180 Part 2 Basics for Using Argus ONE Argus ONE User s Guide 11 In the Arguments Editing control panel choose Element Parameters from the popup menu 12 Click the Expression button in the Script Commands control panel 13 In the Arguments Editing control panel click the Delimiter button 14 In the Arguments Editing control panel type Parameter Loop for Elements Start a new line Export expression ElementNumber 18 Loop for Element Parameters Export expression SParameterS F10 4 End loop End line End loop Tip Inserting a dynamic delimiter in the loop over parameters before the Parameter will insert a delimiter before each new entry in the line and will not insert a delimiter at the end of the line where it is not needed These two nested loops will loop over the mesh elements and for each element export a line containing the element number followed by the number of parameters associated with each element Name Syntax Arguments Matrix Export matrix any valid expression End matrix e This command can not be included in a Line command e This command is a block command The Matrix command enables you to export an expression for each cell in a grid layer using on
48. from the File menu choose Import Text File 2 In the Open dialog box choose the file and click the Open button The file is imported into the active Maps layer To learn about Argus ONE contour file generic format how to import copy and paste contours refer to chapter 2 Working with Information Layers Note If you are in a very high zoom level the object s highlighted handles might be outside of your current view To make sure the object is selected zoom out to reveal at least one of its handles Chapter 1 The Argus ONE Workplace 71 Coordinate system considerations When you import and paste graphic objects from sources external to the current project you must take into account the possibility that the source and target coordinate systems might differ They might differ in scale units coordinate system direction drawing size and origin If they do the objects you bring in might look different from what you expect be completely out of the current drawing size or too small to be noticed in the current zoom level To select a graphic object 1 Make sure the layer in which you want to select the object is the active layer 2 Place the cursor at some point along the object s outline and click the mouse button Handles at the four corners of the object s enclosing rectangle are highlighted to indicate it is selected You can move delete and copy selected objects amj StateLin
49. ie Controlling other parameters You can also control the following parameters e Show Hide axes e Show Hide legend e Keep Ignore ratio When keep ratio is off the objects frame horizontal vertical ratio overrides the coordinate system ratio e Revert the X axis e Revert the Y axis Argus MeshMaker User s Guide Supplements version 2 5 3582 5 Creating and Editing a Contour Diagram The Contour diagram post processing object enables you to contour the intensity distribution of a parameter in a plane while letting you control the size location minimum maximum contour value axes and legend Argus ONE creates a contour diagram by performing the following sequence of operations 1 It automatically calculates or reads your specifications for the minimum and maximum values and the interval at which contours should be plotted 2 From the above information it calculates the contour values that should be plotted 3 It then loops over the triangulation triangles read from the source data layer to find which contours intersect each of the triangles and records the intersection points Finding the intersection points is performed using a linear interpolation scheme along the triangulation triangles sides To create a Contour Diagram Make sure you have at least one data layer into which a data set was read From the Layers menu select the maps layer in which you wish to create the post processing o
50. islands and their distance from external outline vertices The internal distance between Point objects sources sinks and their distance from domain outline contour vertices The internal distance between Open Contour objects and their distance from domain outline contour vertices Argus ONE s MeshMaker modules weigh the user defined densities such that the smallest must apply and the larger are recommendations It gradually increases the element size from the smallest size required by you up to your largest required size while keeping the elements as close to equal edges triangles as possible The Mathematics Beneath Argus ONE 45 Auto Mesh Generation Argus ONE s meshing modules use a proprietary improved Delaunay triangulation algorithm The auto mesh generation is based on three main algorithms the mesh density the tessellation and the smoothing Together with the mesh density tool Argus ONE allows you to easily mesh complex geometries including islands and half islands resulting in meshes with no acute elements The meshing module default criteria for acute elements is set to 22 5 degrees as recommended by Strang and Fix in their book An Analysis of the Finite Element Method however you may override this criteria Our tests show that finite element meshes of thousands of elements created without using the mesh density layer contain usually no more than 2 pro mil acute elements When using
51. lines there is an empty line Matrix describing block parameters For each parameter value a matrix of Number of Rows by Number of Columns describing the blocks parameter value BlockParam BlockParam 3 BlockParam umber of Columns 1 BlockParam BlockParam BlockParam umber of Columns 2 BlockParam 3 BlockParam 3 BlockParam numberof Columns 3 BlockParam Number of Rows BlockParam 21 BlockParam Number of Columns Number of Row After this matrix there is an empty line There are Number of block parameters matrices Important note Grid Block is the block located at the smallest X and Y coordinates in the current coordinate system All grid blocks are numbered in the positive X and Y direction Empty fields and sequential delimiters are not allowed If the file does not fully adhere to the above format Argus ONE alerts you and halts import You may also read files exported from a Argus ONE grid layer using the default export format provided you used a SPACE or TAB as the delimiters To read more about the grid export default format refer to Chapter 10 Built in Export File Format on page 293 Argus MeshMaker User s Guide Supplements version 2 5 1582 5 To import grid data without triangulation information 1 Make sure that the data you are about to import correspond to a Argus ONE grid and that you did not change or edit that grid
52. parameter_name contour_type optional Description amp Return Value The name of an information type layer parameter in which you need to calculate the weighted sum of objects of type contour_type intersecting the contour or contained in it The weighted sum is defined as the sum of the products of each intersecting segment length multiplied by its value 0 for Point objects 1 for Open Contour objects 2 for Close Contour objects Returns the weighted sum of objects values of type contour_type in parameter parameter_name intersecting or contained in the contour If contour_type is omitted returns the weighted sum of values of all objects intersecting or contained in the contour Example The function WSumObjectsInCo ntour Fractures Layer 1 computes the product of each intersecting or contained segment length by its value and sums them For additional examples refer to the functions WsumObjectsInElement and WSumObjectsInBlock Supplements version 3 31 s3 New Grid Layer Functions Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value CountBlocks condition condition can be any logical expression condition returning True 1 or False 0 Returns the number of blocks in a grid layer which satisfy the condition Example Some models require that you provide the number of blocks satisfying a condition These may be the number of blocks in which you specify
53. to Smoothing mesh you can no more stop it Progress Dialog box Press the keyboard sequence to halt meshing The keyboard combination _ on Windows and Unix platforms is Te CTRL C Press Cmd to abort When you click the magic wand to start meshing Argus ONE estimates the total number of elements you are about to create If you this estimate is over 3000 elements Argus ONE warns you by opening a dialog informing you of the estimated number of elements it is about to create Meshing in progress a Auto Mesh Generator is about to create a mesh with approxematly 33000 elements Are you sure you want to continue Click the OK button to continue or the Cancel button to end meshing Meshing Multiple Domains If you need to mesh a number of domains in one mesh layer you do not need to mesh them sequentially by clicking the magic wand in each of them You can use the Mesh All command under the Special menu When you select this command Argus ONE opens the Mesh All dialog asking you how to treat special cases while it is meshing multiple domains _ Mesh All Instruct Argus ONE what to do when one of Please specify mesh generation options the domain outlines to be meshed lies above a density contour assigned a zero When encountering a density contour with value of zero value Skip meshing the parent domain Ignore this contour Whe
54. use the Help menu or click the help button in a dialog your browser will open to present the appropriate section in the on line help o Netscape Argus ONE Introduction B Forward Reload Home Search Guide Images Print Security Stop Arou Main Help Menu Interware Inc This online help is intended to allow you to quickly access information regarding elements of the Argus ONE workplace and is organized according to its main components This help utility will be continuously updated and you are welcome to send your suggestions on how to make it more useful e Introduction e Advanced Meshing e Layers Dialog e Expression Dialog e Search Dialog e Export Template e Functions e Support e Free PIES e TechNotes Fax 516 942 5040 Phone 516 931 4725 Support email support argusint com Marketing email marketing argusint com New features in FTP site Web Site e veriin2 5 ftp iiftp argusint com http diwww argusint com Yersion3 Supplement version4 25 s4 Zoom to Fit The zoom to fit command enables you to set your view so that all objects in your document fit in the current window size To Zoom to Fit e From the Navigation menu select Zoom to Fit Not all objects fit in the current window size Navigation Zoom In Zoom Out Actual Size zoom to Fit 3T Goto Contour Goto Position Contour
55. whole number Example Ceil 45 1 Returns 46 0 Ceil 45 9 Returns 46 0 Name amp Syntax Floor number Arguments number Description amp Return Value Rounds number real down to the nearest whole number Example Floor 45 1 Returns 45 0 Floor 45 9 Returns 45 0 Name amp Syntax Rand Arguments no arguments Description amp Return Value Returns a random real number between 0 and 1 New Contour Functions Name amp Syntax EffectiveValue parameter_name Arguments parameter_name Description amp Return Value The name of the parameter or layer with which contours in the current layer will be intersected Returns the sum of areas created by the intersection of a contour and the contours in the layer parameter_name belongs to multiplied by the respective values of these contours Supplement version 4 31 s4 Example In the following illustration the hatched contour belongs to a layer in which one of the parameters is assigned the expression EffectiveValue layer_name parameter_name where layer_name is the layer in which the other contours reside The hatched contour is intersected with the contours in the referenced layer and returns the value A 10 C 10 B 20 D 30 where A B C and D are the areas of intersection between the hatched contour and the contours in the referenced layer and
56. yields the following mesh Minimal angle descriptive statistics Domain meshed with element growth rate set to maximum Mean 46 9642363 Standard Error 0 18170233 File Edit Yiew Special Navigation Median 47 825 emx 7 83 y 4 59 Mesh 2 Mode 47 71 Element i Nodes 639 640 594 Neighbors 931 903 901 g Arou Standard Deviation 6 7694789 z Variance 45 8258446 Kurtosis 0 07393574 Skewness 0 6480442 Range 35 45 Minimum 24 04 Maximum 59 49 Minimal angle histogram Number of nodes 845 Number of acute elements below 22 59 0 The resulting mesh has only three quarters of the number of elements and no acute elements However as you can see from the descriptive statistics the average element minimal angle is 2 degrees smaller Also from the histogram one can deduce that more elements are further away from equilateral triangles Argus ONE User s Guide Chapter 6 Meshing a Domain 205 To set element growth rate to minimum If your major concern is elements shape and you are prepared to accept higher number of nodes you can set the element growth to minimum e In the preferences dialog drag the Element Growth Rate dial to the left most Element growth rate _ The previous example re meshed with element growth rate set to minimum yields the following mesh Minimal angle descriptive statistics Domain meshed with element growth rate set to minimum Mean 50 8060756 Standard Error 0 1029
57. 1 7E 308 Erroneous values resulting from invalid parameter expressions circullar reference etc are exported as NaN Not a Number Non Exportable Mesh Variables Only node and element names and icons are not exportable Built in Export File Format Argus ONE s built in export supports the following file format for exporting meshes Data fields can be delimited by the Tab Space or Comma or any other string of characters The first line of a mesh export file Number of Elements Number of Nodes Number of mesh amp Number of mesh amp node parameters element parameters A line describing a node There are Number of Nodes lines describing the nodes They are ordered from node number 1 to Number of Nodes Each node line starts with the character N denoting Node N Number X Y Name Value of first node or mesh Value of last node or mesh parameter parameter Argus ONE User s Guide 252 Part 3 Finite Element Meshes A line describing an element There are Number of elements lines describing the elements They are ordered from element number 1 to Number of elements Each element line starts with the character E denoting Element The connectivity list that is the three node numbers of each element are ordered counter clockwise in a right coordinate system and clockwise in a left coordinate system E Number FirstNode Second Node Third Node Value of first Value of
58. 5 The value returned for the element 21 is the sum of the light polygon area 0 8 multiplied by 20 16 and that of the dark one 0 5 multiplied by 10 5 Argus ONE User s Guide 34 s3 Supplements version 3 Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value Elementicon no arguments Returns the index integer of the icon assigned to the element If the element is not assigned an icon returns 0 zero Icons are indexed from 1 according to their order of appearance in the Element Icon pop up menu Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value ElementName no arguments Returns the name string assigned to the element If the element is not assigned a name returns an empty string The return value is case sensitive Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value NthNodeX node_num 1 2 3 or 4 4onlyin Returns the X position of the quad mesh layers element s node_num node Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value NthNodeY node_num 1 2 3 or 4 4 onlyin Returns the Y position of the quad mesh layers element s node_num node New Node Functions Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value NodeAboveCnir layer_name The name of the layer in which you want layer_name to check if the node lies above any epsilon epsilon contour object within an epsilon range Returns the
59. 6 67259e 11 From the Edit menu select Edit Global Variables Select the line of the variable you want to remove Click the Remove button at the bottom of the dialog Argus ONE User s Guide 22 s4 Supplement version 4 Argus ONE User s Guide Using Global Variables Global variables can be accessed from the expression dialog both when it is invoked from the layers dialog and when it is invoked from the Edit template dialog The expression dialog groups all global variables under a group named Variables Global to differentiate them from export template variables To use a global variable 1 Open the expression dialog 2 Inthe Functions and Layers list select the Variables Global group 3 In the right list double click the variable you wish to enter to the expression or type its name G_a C ldealGasConstant Expression Functions Layer Contour PIEs String Mathematical Layers Domain Outline Density TriMesh QuadMesh Grid Data Variables Global AtomicMassUnit Avogadro c g Global 1 Gm IdealGasConstant Universal_g The Global Variables list Select and double click the variable to enter it into the expression text edit box above Select the Global Variables group to view all available variables in the list to the right Using Global Variables in Export Templates If you are creating your own interfac
60. 64188 Node 1 224 Center y 6 78337 Node 2 247 menu Area 0 19844 Node 3 225 Well Min angle 302749 Element name Source f gt Icon Source gt Observation Parameter alue Units Pumping Jy Formation 1 Top J Disposal Site jj Transmisivity 1 5 ft 2 se Dump Site A Formation 1 Bot Comtamination Source if Conductivity 1 Head Porosity 1 30 B 1 F Transient Formation 2 Bot 3 None Element s parameters values An overridden elemen parameter value Argus ONE User s Guide 232 Part 3 Finite Element Meshes Creating Elements Manually Argus ONE User s Guide Argus ONE enables you to create elements manually This might become useful when you want to fine tune the mesh at specific areas To Manually Create an Element 1 From the tool palette select the Manual Element Creation tool i 2 Click the mouse button where you want to record the first node do not release the mouse button yet 3 While holding the mouse button drag the mouse to the second node s location The line following your mouse movement is the first side of the element 4 Click the mouse button where you want to create the second node The second node is created and the element s first side is fixed 5 Release the mouse button The two remaining sides of the element follow your mouse movements 6 Click the mouse button where you want to create the third node The element is created and filled wit
61. Another case would be describing boundary conditions A boundary condition is defined by its type and value so to describe boundary conditions you would create two parameters The third reason is the ability to create and assign complex and elaborate expressions based on information parameters to other parameters For example you need to compute the intensity of a physical phenomenon defined as the difference between its ceiling and floor values at each element node or block However you have received two maps describing the ceiling and floor distributions To assign the intensity to an element node or a block you would only have to create a parameter expression subtracting the two and link it to the mesh or grid layers As you will learn in the following sections a layer parameter can be a constant a link to another layer and a complex expression including constants links mathematical and layer specific functions A layer parameter is context sensitive that is it is evaluated at the current layer context For instance a mesh layer parameter which points to an information layer will calculate its value at elements centers and node positions for any mesh you create Argus ONE layers can be assigned as many parameters as you need When you create an Information type layer it is automatically assigned a layer parameter bearing the layer s name Mesh and Grid type layers can also be assigned as many parameters as you need but when
62. Argus ONE User s Guide 40 s3 Supplements version 3 since one could not ascertain that an open contour object in a boundary condition layer would lie precisely under the domain outline contour The disadvantage of using the epsilon option is that it is scale dependent Using the new contour copying and pasting capabilities you can now copy the part of the domain outline on which boundary conditions are to be defined and paste it in the boundary condition layer such that it is positioned precisely below the domain outline To copy parts of a domain outline into a boundary condition layer 1 Ina domain layer select all vertices you want to copy and paste in the boundary condition layer 2 From the File menu select Copy 3 Activate the boundary condition layer and hide the domain layer 4 From the File menu select Paste Argus ONE User s Guide E EEEE ON iE ed EEE T i EU ed TE cnx 7957 695 ns T Boundary Condition 0 aI Argus ki 4rous O ee a aa eee E De 3 Color 5 j i s If in the above screen capture the part of the domain outline is copied to an information layer you can use the node mesh function NodeAboveCntr layer_name to automatically locate all nodes which lie above the part of the contour copied to the information layer If the value of a boundary condition needs to be applied with respect to the length of the boun
63. Argus ONE brings up an alert describing the problem and does not record the element lf you set the Minimal Angle criteria in the Preferences dialog to zero degrees you may accidentally try to create zero area elements Argus ONE User s Guide 234 Part 3 Finite Element Meshes To create an element using existing nodes When creating an element manually you can record any of its nodes within existing nodes When the Element Creation cursor lies over an existing node it changes its appearance into a hollow cross If you click the tool on an existing node Argus ONE does not record a new node For instance if you want to fill the hole in this mesh Constraining cursor movements Using the cursor constraining functions you can create right angle triangles equal sided triangles etc The Angle constraining function is explained in detail in part 2 chapter 1 Refining Elements Argus ONE User s Guide To refine the mesh at a specific zone you can either use the mesh density contour techniques and remesh or use the techniques explained in the following paragraphs When using the Refinement button Argus ONE splits each selected element into four similar elements If the element to be refined has neighbors that are not to be refined Argus ONE splits them into two elements to avoid transition elements Chapter 7 Editing and Refining a Mesh 235 This method s disadvantage is that it tends to degrade the adj
64. Contours To Current Selection Remove Found Contours From Current Selection Chapter 2 Working with Information Layers 121 Defining a search criteria In the following paragraphs each of the fields and options in the search dialog are explained Choosing the contours parameters to be searched You can create a search criteria containing up to three of the layers parameters If you need to define a search criteria based on more parameters execute one search for the first three and then define and execute more searches using the Add Found To Current Selection option e From each of the three Parameters popup menus choose the parameter to be searched for and assign its range Check the check box Bly Formation 1 Top Is Not vj From v 125 4 To 254 82 m v E Formation 1 Top EE x Formation 1 thicknes Transmisivity 1 E 125 4 To 254 82 To search for contours names Assigning names to very special contours can help you to orientate within an Information layer e Enter the icon and specify the search criteria Check the check box Contour Name Does v Match Exactly v K Contour Name US n f Contain Does Not Match Exactly Start With End With To search for contours icon Assigning icons to very special contours can help you to orientate within an Information layer To read about assigning icons refer to the Supplement e Enter the name and specify the search crit
65. Densities in Different Domain Areas You can give Argus ONE a complex description of different areas where you want to have different mesh densities When Argus ONE interprets your mesh density requirements it follows the three following rules 1 The smallest required mesh density in an area of the mesh is mandatory 2 The mesh should not contain acute elements 3 The number of nodes in the mesh should be kept minimal Argus ONE fills areas designated by mesh density contours with the lowest density with elements of the size you ve specified From areas designated with the smallest mesh density Argus ONE will gradually increase the elements size up to the upper limit you ve specified It might however not achieve the upper limit in order to maintain the element s shape and not create acute or obtuse elements Argus ONE gradually increases the element s size from the values specified by the two mesh density contours The elements are expanded to a size as close as possible to the mesh density of the domain outline contour in this example 2 cm File Edit Yiew Special Navigation TE a a thks E RAS KR are lt b poe BORN Go IANG Wily HERE VV pa BESA NN waa The two specified mesh densities are kept Argus ONE User s Guide 210 Part 3 Finite Element Meshes In the following examples the two mesh density contours were created close to each other File Edit Yiew Special Navigation
66. ESENS H Reduce mesh density when the default local density Allow Intersection triangular and is higher than the distance between the following Scale quadrilateral meshes objects amp Adjacent contour vertices amp Point objects and contour objects amp Point Objects amp Contour objects Drawing Size Scale and Units Preferences Manual Calculation Calculate Now al Ignore vertices on the Domain Outline that lie approximately on a straight line Preferences Meshing Preferences Quad mesh only OK CO Enhanced cleanup E Don t allow triangle shaped quadrilateral elements EJ Include diagonals in Band Width calculation The Quadrilateral Meshing preferences panel Controls affect only quadrilateral meshes Argus ONE User s Guide Supplements version 3 43 s3 Control of Node Creation above Domain Outline Vertices The Argus ONE meshing algorithm places nodes above the domain outline according to two rules where a vertex exists and between existing vertices according to the computed density If the distance between two adjacent vertices along the domain outline is smaller than the user specified density the computed density in that area is reduced to fit this small distance Sometimes however such vertices although very close to each other are located along a straight line or an approximately straight line In such cases such vertices might be red
67. File The Import Data dialog opens 3 In the Import Data dialog check the Grid data check box and the Read triangulation from file check box Also check the appropriate grid type Block or Line centered 4 Locate and open the same file Controlling Grid Numbering Up to version 3 grid numbering was fixed to the coordinate system Block number 1 1 was always fixed to the coordinate origin and row and column numbers increased with the direction of positive Y and X respectively You can now set the rows and columns numbering to increase with either positive or negative X and Y coordinates The grid numbering setting is layer specific The default setting has remained unchanged To change row numbering 1 Activate the grid layer in which you wish to change the numbering direction 2 To view your changes on line from the view menu select Show Block No 3 From the Edit menu select Grid direction and the required Y direction Supplements version3 51 s3 To change column numbering 1 Activate the grid layer in which you wish to change the numbering direction 2 From the Edit menu select Grid direction and the required X direction Cant Undo Cut 36H Copy a6 C Paste 36 UD Clear Select All 38A Search For F Find Next 8G Grid Type gt eC SCL Positive H Toggle Active amp Y Negative H Se SE positwey BY default row and Select Negative X to Select Negative Y
68. First vertex First Last Vertex indicator 7 Once you have double clicked the last vertex a dialog box appears asking you for the required average density of the mesh within the newly created domain outline contour The density of the mesh is defined by Argus ONE as the average element size you would like to have SS Contour Information SS Please enter value for this J contour Contour is Closed Number of vertices 23 Contour area 32 Contour perimeter 86 Contour Information Static Text Box Contour name Domain Outline Contour Name Text Edit Box Parameter Density Yalue Units Contour Parameters amp Values List To make a reasonable choice look at the rulers and determine over how many units of ruler you want the average element to span 8 Type this number in the text edit box and click the OK button If you wish to change your choice later on you can do so by double clicking the contour which brings up this dialog again You will see later how you can define different mesh densities for different zones of the mesh You can also name the contour The name you give it will be drawn on it and will enable you to locate the contour by its name A project window showing a Domain Outline contour with islands holes Your First Argus ONE Project 11 To create a hole an opening or an island in the domain you could continue using the Polygon tool and using the same technique you
69. H Hide Mesh Hide Permeability The domain outline Hide Grid contour is visible since the Hide Density Hide Maps domain layer is visible Show Info Ruler Colors Calculate colors Zooming When you want to edit a part of the grid that is too small to edit in the current Argus ONE s default zoom level Zoom In or to select large areas of the grid Zoom Out to refrain zoom level is set to 100 from tedious autoscroll A detailed discussion about zooming is presented in percent the chapter The Argus ONE Workplace To zoom in 1 From the tool palette choose the Magnifying Glass 2 Stretch the tool around the area of interest Acquifer 2E E acqifte BSS pE R E A amp 4rou 8 00 When zooming using 2 SSSSSSSRNSSSRNTRS SNS the zooming tools R NAS eee FAA TAn Nnu Argus ONE centers the zoomed view AS N y ii E B a illite Ys Yl f Argus ONE User s Guide N far Saving a project saves the zoom level too White 272 Part 4 Finite Difference Grids Showing and Hiding Block Information Some of the information you can assign to blocks as well as information automatically assigned to them by Argus ONE can be graphically presented on the screen You can show and hide this information so that your workplace does not become cluttered To show and hide block centers You can instruct Argus ONE to draw a sm
70. In these highlighted elements the function IX as at SumObjectsInElement Fractures ANI Layer 1 returns the sum of the two contour values Example The function SumObjectsInElement Well Layer 0 can be used to sum the values of the specified variable at the point objects which are in the layer Well Layer and that are contained by the element If divided by CountObjectsInElement Well Layer 0 it shall return the average value of the specified function Argus ONE User s Guide 46 s2 5 Supplements version 2 5 Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value WSumObjectsinElement parameter_name The name of an information parameter_name type layer parameter in which contour_type you need to calculate the weighted sum of objects of type contour_type intersecting the element or contained in it The weighted sum is defined as the sum of the products of each intersecting segment length multiplied by its value contour_type 0 for Point objects optional 1 for Open Contour objects 2 for Close Contour objects Returns the weighted sum of objects values of type contour_type in parameter parameter_name intersecting or contained in the element If contour_type is omitted returns the weighted sum of values of all objects intersecting or contained in the element Example The function WSumObjectsInElement Fractures Layer 1 computes the product of each intersecting or
71. Information Layers You can import digitize and edit any type of spatial and nodal information such as boundary conditions point sources and sinks topography and physical parameters into information layers Using this information you can define the domain s outline and the required mesh and grid densities and automatically assign physical information to mesh and grid objects You can mathematically manipulate the information to calculate quantities such as formation s thickness effective nodal replenishments etc e Data Layers You can import and read scattered data data on grids and data on meshes into Data layers to visualize your model results and to interpolate such data onto your meshes and grids e Maps Layers You can import text DXF GIS shape files and images into Maps layers to create background maps to help you navigate through your problem domain annotate these maps with CAD drawing tools and create post processing visualization objects of your information distribution and model results Mesh and Grid Modules Finite Element Mesh Layers You can automatically create complex finite element meshes and edit them manually You can automatically assign data stored in information layers to elements and or nodes and manipulate that information with respect to mesh parameters such as the element area You can use complex search criteria to select groups of elements or nodes answering the specified criteria Finally you can export the
72. It is highly recommended that you read them since they contain information not mentioned elsewhere in the four parts of the User s Guide untitled Geographic B4rgus Macintosh Look Before You Begin xiii File Edit View Special Navigation Look Geographic s 100 1 00 Motif Look 5p 10 00 T View v Special v _ Navigation untied Look v B Windows Look aoe Argus Geographic HS Argus 5p 10 00 15 0 OpenLook Look When instructions for the various windowing systems differ you ll see a note such as In Argus ONE for Windows or In Argus ONE for the Macintosh Follow the procedures that apply to you The user s guide is intended for Argus ONE users of all experience levels To help you learn and use Argus ONE efficiently this manual is organized by tasks beginning with the most common tasks and moving on to more advanced Argus ONE features Before you start using Argus ONE it s important to understand the terms and notational conventions used in this documentation General Conventions e The world choo
73. Ler KY T Kee PSE eV re ee LAA AAN IIE IS BLUTI ETS PPS SIS S F SOARS PISA Sy ERIN BS a AAZ X A oe NAN RS NIS N amp Wi 7 p ara WAV YQ A SZ a a Selected Group of Elements Editing nodes and elements You can delete reshape and detach elements However you can t delete nodes as such A node is an integral part of an element Hence it is deleted only when all the elements it belongs to are deleted Argus ONE User s Guide 16 Part 1 Basic Things to Know About Argus ONE To delete and move elements User action and Argus ONE s reaction Argus ONE s automatic validity testing e To delete an element or a group of elements select it and hit the DELETE key on your keyboard If you release the elements in a position where they overlap other elements Argus ONE presents a warning alert and relocates the illegally moved elements to their original location e To move an element or a group of elements select it and move the mouse while pressing down the mouse button An outline of the elements you re moving follows your mouse movements If while moving the elements you stretch some elements so that their minimal angle becomes smaller than specified in the Preferences dialog Argus ONE will present a warning alert and will relocate the elements to their original position e Release the mouse button and the elements redraw themselves in
74. Nearest Contour method Exact Contour method Interpolation method SCANN2D 1 J NN2D PIE Interpolators appear PSL ERO below the Argus generic renet Corio Ea AO metho interpolator 3rd on the menu Changing Information Type Layers to Data Type Layers You may change information type layers to data type layers and vice a versa If the layer contain objects an alert will come up warning you that you are about to delete all objects in that layer This layer has overidden values changing the layer type will clear them Do you want to continue Argus ONE User s Guide 36 s4 Supplement version 4 New Maps Layer Capabilities Argus ONE User s Guide A number of new maps layer capabilities have been added These include e Place Images e Text annotation tool using system font e Directly visualize data from mesh and grid layers e Smooth contours in contour map post processing objects e New look of post processing objects dialogs e Resize objects by click drag Images Placing images allow you to better orientate in your domain and digitize information from images Images can be placed in Maps type layers Since Images are opaque it is recommended that you place images that cover the same area on the screen in different Maps type layers This will allow you better control of image visibility by using the show hide layer command and by using the promote demote layer option Supported formats T
75. ONE User s Guide Chapter 2 Working with Information Layers Overview 92 Contour Maps Objects 93 Contour Parameters and Values 94 Contours and Contour Maps Definitions 95 The Rules 95 Argus ONE Remembers these Rules for You 95 Creating Contours 96 To Start Creating a Close Contour 96 Constraining Cursor Movements 97 Deleting Vertices while Creating a Contour 97 Closing the Contour 97 Assigning the Contour a Value 97 Adding Islands to a Domain Outline Contour 98 Creating Open Contours 99 Creating Point Objects 100 Editing Contours 101 Selecting Contours 102 Deleting Contours 102 Moving Contours 103 Reshaping a Contour 103 Changing the Contour s Values and Name 103 Importing Contours 104 To Import Contours 104 Contours Data Format 104 Adjusting the Coordinate Systems 108 Validity Tests 108 Exporting Contours 109 Choosing the Delimiter 109 To Export Contours from a Layer to a File 109 An Example of an Exported Domain Outline Contour 110 Copying and Pasting Contours 110 To Copy Contours 111 Taking Advantage of Copying and Pasting Contours 111 Duplicating a Contour 112 Setting Your Views 113 Showing and Hiding Layers 113 Zooming 113 Showing and Hiding Contour Information 113 Seeing Through Information Contours 115 Contours Interpretation Methods 116 The Nearest Contour Method 116 The Exact Contour Method 117 The Interpolate Method 118 Setting the Contours Interpretation Method 119
76. Others 38H Show All v Show Info Ruler Colors Calculate colors Note Elements numbers are dynamic Do not count on them unless you are through with deleting elements or renumbering the mesh Argus ONE User s Guide Finite Element Meshes To show and hide nodes numbers Argus ONE automatically assigns each node in a mesh layer a unique node number and enables you to decide whether node numbers are shown or hidden This is useful when the node numbers overlap or hide other nodes When creating a new project Argus ONE s default is set to hide node numbers To show nodes numbers from the View menu choose Show Node No A check mark is added to the left of the menu EOE Ac quifer NT S4reu 4 00 3 6 00 p E Acquifer ie SDA JE aio 3 Ey K 244 ad Node numbers are hidden Node numbers are shown To hide nodes numbers from the View menu choose Show Node No The check mark to the left of the menu item is removed To show and hide elements numbers Argus ONE can mark each element with its number Elements are numbered by Argus ONE automatically as it creates them When you delete elements or renumber optimize the BandWidth the mesh Argus ONE changes the numbering of the elements Although the elements numbers are dynamic you may still want to relate to them at times Argus ONE presents the number at the center of the
77. Parameter OO Type Layer Params Block Params 4 Layer Parameters 127 Creating grid and block type parameters Click the radio button to set the parameter type For further reading about object specific parameters and functions refer to the sections Layer Specific Functions and Creating and Editing Expressions later in this chapter Creating a layer parameter an example For instance to describe boundary conditions types and values create an information type layer set it to Exact Contour method and name it The main parameter might hold the boundary condition type where 0 zero denotes no boundary condition 1 denotes Dirichlet type 2 denotes Neumann type and 3 denotes mixed boundary condition These are mere suggestions you can use any naming and type assignment numbering Type Real MA Name Units Domain Outline Density Mesh 2 Grid v Density L Permeability v e Layer Parameters 2 Name Units V Boundary Conditions BC 0123 pa 2 o S iS Q a KR Domain Mesh Grid Information Information Boundary Conditions Type BC 0123 Information When probed for value use Exact Contour method Layer Control Panel Click to create a new layer parameter Parameter Control Panel Argus ONE User s Guide 128 Part 2 Basics for Using Argus ONE Argus ONE User s Guide To create a second layer parameter to hold th
78. Part 4 A domain outline contour with an open contour A domain outline contour with a Point object Finite Difference Grids The Open Contour An open contour is used to mark internal boundaries such as rivers and faults lying along lines You can use the block functions CountObjectsInBlockQ SumObjectsInBlock and WSumObjectsInBlock to assign the blocks values from all contours but this capability is especially important when combined with open contours Assigning an open contour a grid density value forces the grid engine to reduce columns and rows sizes to the required density in enclosing rectangle of the open contour A simple domain outline contour with an open contour The domain outline contour was assigned a grid density of 0 5 units producing a regular grid of 0 5 size blocks The open contour was assigned grid density of 0 2 thus producing a denser grid around its enclosing rectangle The Point Object Contour A point object is used to mark internal point boundaries representing sources sinks and point loads such as wells You can use the block functions CountObjectsInBlock SumObjectsInBlockQ and WSumObjectsInBlock to assign the blocks values from all contours but this capability is especially important when combined with point contours Although you can assign grid density to a point object the AGG ignores it To specify a grid density around po
79. Position command instead of scrolling 1 From the Information menu choose Goto Position Argus ONE presents you with the following dialog tS Goto where Position 0 00 1100 00 if l Valid X and Y range Position 0 00 1100 00 f Please type a number in the valid range Enter position s X and Y Out of range alert 2 Enter the X coordinate and hit the TAB key to move to the Y field 3 Enter the Y coordinate 4 Click the OK button Argus ONE scrolls the position entered to the center of the window Goto Contour When in an Information or Domain type layer you can use the Goto Contour name command to find a contour You need type only the first number of layers differentiating it from other contours 1 From the Information menu choose Goto Contour Argus ONE presents you with the following dialog Goto The contour ttttt was not found qe name 2 Enter the contour s full name or just few of its first characters 3 Click the OK button Argus ONE scrolls the to the first created vertex of that contour and selects the contour If the name you entered was not found an alert is presented Using the Search For Command The Search For command can be used to navigate within a project The objects answering the search criteria are selected To read more about using the Search For command refer to chapters 3 7 and 9 Argus
80. The area marked B which is not intersected by a contour is multiplied by a different value according to the referenced layer interpretation method See also Effective ValueQ for contours mesh elements and grid blocks Supplement version4 35 s4 New Functionality in Information Type Layers PIE interpolators developed by third parties are supported by their respective developers Information type layers now support Plug In Extensions PIEs interpolators Also you may change an information type layer to a data type layer and vise a versa at any time Using PIE Interpolators in Information Type Layers Information type layers allow for the use of an interpolator With the introduction of Argus PIEs you can use interpolators developed by others or yourself as the interpretation method for contours in information layers Using an interpolator as the interpretation method for contours in information type layers is recommended only when the layer contains point objects To select a PIE interpolator 1 Open the layers dialog 2 Select the layer its interpretation method you want to change 3 From the interpretation method popup menu at the bottom of the dialog select the required interpolator Layers D Done Es Informatior TriMesh Q TriMesh re QuadMesh Quad Mesh Grid Crid z Data Datar xe Maps Maps Layer Parameters Name Units Density Real o
81. View vy Special v Navigation v 15 Argus 8 00 10 00 12 00 14 00 Mim G MEEA N ANNY T E Wl p lol De Fek LT Tritt ES Since this density contour s enclosing rectangle is a square block size is reduced evenly horizontally and vertically Argus MeshMaker User s Guide All block manual overridden values are deleted as well Chapter 9 Creating and Editing a Grid 269 Controlling Automatic Grid Generation When you click the Magic Wand above a domain outline contour Argus ONE analyzes the shape and densities of the domain outline contours and the densities in the density layer and estimates the number of grid blocks to be created If your domain and grid densities definitions are about to create above 3000 grid blocks Argus ONE warns you by bringing up a dialog informing you of the estimated number of blocks it is about to create l Auto Grid Generator is about to create a grid with approxematly 25000 blocks Are you sure you want to continue C _Cancel Click the OK button to continue or the Cancel button to end auto grid generation When auto grid generation is in progress a progress dialog is presented Progress Dialog box Press the keyboard sequence to halt automatic grid generation The cba RAR be keyboard combination on Windows E and Unix platforms is CTRL C ani Halting AGG will create the grid but halt automat
82. What You See Is What You Get looks and that circles for instance look like circles and not like ellipses If your screen specifications are different read the installation guide to change your basic Argus ONE settings to compensate for these differences Chapter 1 The Argus ONE Workplace 63 The Scale If information related to your project is supplied to you in real world units it might happen that your domain outline is for instance given in millions of meters Setting the scale and origin enables you to work comfortably in Argus ONE s workplace while maintaining the real coordinates in which your data must be exported to your numerical model For a given screen units the scale is defined as the ratio of the number of screen units over the number of real units ae number of screen units number of real world units Changing the scale allows you to reduce or enlarge objects appearance on the screen All of Argus ONE s objects will be scaled including contours meshes grids and picts For instance to enlarge the screen appearance of the contour in the following example change the number of real world units from 1 to 0 5 or change the number of screen units from 1 to 2 2 EMN untitled E em x 5 36 y 17 5 Domain Outline MA amp Domain Outline 1 Argu Ope pe SO o on the screen represents h in the real world 8 nl eu ET E titled EEEa cmx
83. While you create paste import and edit contours Argus ONE performs validity tests of your actions to make sure that contours you create comply with the above described basic rules of contour maps Each time you violate one of these rules Argus ONE beeps or opens an alert and does not allow you to complete the illegal operation Argus ONE User s Guide 96 Part 2 Basics for Using Argus ONE Creating Contours To Start Creating a Close Contour 1 Make sure the active layer is the layer you wish to create a contour in g 2 If you are digitizing the contour from a background picture in the maps layer zoom in so that you can easily digitize in the resolution you need S 3 Select the Close Polygon tool from the tool palette it has a slightly different lt icon in domain type layers and information layers g 4 Click the cursor where you want to begin creating the contour Close E 5 Move the cursor to the point where you want to have the next vertex and Polygon tool click Continue this step until you re ready to close the contour 2 A gray line connecting the first vertex with the last recorded vertex follows your cursor movements This helps you remember where is the first vertex 6 When you are ready to close the contour double click the last vertex S Dv Close 5 Important note Itis irrelevant whether you record the contour clockwise or Polygon tool 3 counter clockwise
84. a grid manually or manually refine it you can use the Magic Wand to automatically deactivate blocks without re griding the domain When you export your grid Argus ONE exports a matrix of the blocks in the grid in which deactivated blocks are assigned the integer zero 0 and others the integer one 1 The function used to obtain these values is the BlockIsActive function Argus MeshMaker User s Guide Chapter 9 Creating and Editing a Grid 281 To automatically deactivate blocks in a manually refined grid 1 Make sure the active layer is the Grid Layer 2 From the tool palette choose the Magic Wand tool X 3 Click the Magic Wand anywhere within the grid The following dialog box appears A grid already exist in this layer i Do you wish to erase it and re grid or only set inactive blocks within the current grid Choosing the Re Grid button erases the existing grid and automatically grids the domain 4 To only deactivate blocks click the Deactivate button To manually deactivate a selected group of blocks in the grid 1 Select the group of blocks 2 Type the DELETE key on your keyboard Macintosh or BACKSPACE on all other platforms This deactivates all blocks in the selection active as well as inactive To manually reactivate a selected group of blocks in the grid 1 Select the group of blocks 2 Hold the OPTION key and type the DELETE key on your keyboard Macintosh or ALT BACKSPACE on a
85. above the area of interest The window is centered on the area of interest Argus ONE User s Guide 54 Part 2 Layer tools Color tools amp legend Zoom tools He fb Argus ONE User s Guide Basics for Using Argus ONE The Tool Palette The tool palette contains the tools you ll use most often during your work Tools help you perform tasks that demand your direct access to the working area such as selecting creating and editing objects Argus ONE tools are context sensitive that is they will operate when appropriate Some of the icons in the tool palette represent buttons rather than tools Buttons are activated highlighted only when a group of objects they operate on is selected The buttons are grouped at the bottom of the layer specific tools There are three tool groups in the tool palette The Color buttons and legend the Zoom tools and the Layer specific tools The layer specific tools in the palette are layer dependent That is depending on the layer you are currently working in the active layer some of them may be inactive dimmed or they may have a different shape The zoom tools At the bottom end of the tool palette you will find the zooming tools These allow you to zoom the view to the required size thus enabling you to view a specific zone of your work in more detail or to view the whole project at one glance Tool Tool s name and function Tool activated when The Zoo
86. an area out of the drawing size into it You may also enlarge and reduce the drawing size Zooming and Drawing Size When you enlarge or reduce the drawing size Argus ONE respectively reduces or enlarges the maximum available zoom size Drawing Size and Scale amp Units If you have completely used up your drawing size you can enlarge it again by enlarging the current scale This way each object on the screen is resized by the ratio of the current and the new scale while maintaining your maximum available drawing size To view the entire drawing size e Zoom down until you see the drawing size completely surrounded by a gray area Bay amp HatborMeshForZzoom Y ea SINEN NTN SOR a AN BO nee Satai LY The current drawing size he gray area is out of the drawing Size You can redefine the document s size to be up to 11 5x11 5 meters measured in any units As explained before the maximum drawing size is affected by the current zoom level and scale and is limited by maxint number of pixels Argus ONE User s Guide 66 Part 2 The Drawing Size dialog box Argus ONE User s Guide Basics for Using Argus ONE To set the Drawing Size 1 From the Special menu choose the Drawing Size command Argus ONE presents you with the following dialog box Drawing Size If the horizontal or vertical extent Please specify document size
87. and Argus ONE s reaction Argus ONE s automatic validity testing 1 To move an element or a group of elements select it and move the mouse while pressing down the mouse button An outline of the elements you re moving follows your mouse movement Ifyou release the elements in a position where they overlap other elements Argus ONE presents a warning alert and relocates the illegally moved elements to their original location 2 Release the mouse button and the elements redraw themselves in their new location If while moving the elements you stretch one of the connected elements so that its minimal angle becomes smaller than specified in the Preferences dialog Argus ONE presents a warning alert and relocates the elements to their original position Connected elements are distorted to adjust for the new location of the moved element You can also detach elements using the Detach Elements command from the Edit menu Cant Undo Cut 36H Copy 8C Paste U Clear Select All A Select Acute Elements Select Adjoining Search For Find Next Detach Elements Chapter 7 Editing and Refining a Mesh 229 Deleting Elements To delete elements all you have to do is select them and hit the DELETE key on your keyboard If you delete all the elements connected to a node the node is also deleted Elements numbering When you delete elements Argus ONE does not keep track of the original
88. and Argus does not recommend it since it might result in high percentage of acute elements If in certain areas of the domain the physical phenomena you solve for is highly anisotropic you might prefer to have acute elements this is a case in which you would consider disabling the small segments effect Disabling Small Segments Effect You enable or disable the small segments effect in the preferences dialog The preferences dialog is where you set all of Argus ONE preferences Argus ONE s preferences are document or window dependent that is they are saved per project When you set the preferences in one project they do not affect other project s preferences Chapter 6 Meshing a Domain 199 To open the preferences dialog e From the Special menu choose Preferences The preferences dialog opens Special Refine Elements Renumber Smooth Elements To open the mesh preferences controls e Click the Magic Wand icon The mesh preferences controls are presented Drawing Size Scale and Units Preferences _ Align To Grid Show Grid Lines Show Page Breaks Element growth rate Reduce mesh density when the default local density is higher than the distance between the following objects za Adjacent contour vertices amp Point objects and contour objects m Point objects amp Contour objects To disable the small segments effect e Click the first check box To enabl
89. and string They can be accessed from the expression dialog and thus can be introduced into any Argus ONE expression either into parameter expression or into export expression or variable Defining and Editing Global Variables You define a global variable by assigning it a name a type and a value To define a global variable 1 Sh 0 The Global Variable dialog opens From the Edit menu select Edit Global Variables Click the Add button at the bottom of the dialog to add a new variable Click in the name text edit box and type its name Click the Type popup menu to set the variables type Click in the Value text edit box and enter the value Name SS Global Variables Specify Global Variables Type AtomicMassUmit Real Avogadro Cc g Global 1 G String Gt Real Real Real Real vString Real IdealGasConstant Real Universal_g Add Real Remove Global ariables Value 1 66054e 27 6 0221 4e 23 2 99792e 08 9 80665 42 45 Hello World 3 14159 8 31451 6 67259e 11 i Click to remove a variable Click to add a variable To remove a global variable 1 The Global Variable dialog opens Specify Global Variables Name Type Value AtomicMassUmit YReal Avogadro Real c Real g Real Global 1 Real G_String vString G n Real IdealGasConstant Real Universal_g Real Pull down to set the variable s type Hello World 3 14159 8 31451
90. are named Imported Parameter 1 to Import Parameter n where n is the number of parameters in the file Naming the parameters allows you to more intuitively refer to them when you link them to other layers and when you view them in the Show Values window e To rename data layer parameters just type their new name in the Name field To delete data layer parameters When you import data from a file all the parameters listed in the file are read to the data layer If you do not wish to use some of them you can now delete them thus also reducing the size of the Argus ONE project file 1 In the layers dialog select the line of the data layer from the layers list 2 In the parameters list select the line of the data parameter to be removed 3 Click the Remove button in the parameter control panel Layers YE Name Units Domain Outline Density Mesh Grid DataType Data2 Remove Density Information M Dupticate Rainfall mm m 2 Information Topography 1 Top m 1Top Information Paste Layer Parameters Click to add a Name new parameter Transmisivity 1 lt Static Data Parameter Transmisivity 2 SS lt Static Data gt Click to remove Replenishment lt Static Data gt AA Static Data gt urice the selected Porosity 2 lt Static Data gt J parameter Boundary Condition Type lt Static Data gt BC Yalue lt Static Data Data Source Grid Lay
91. as explained in chapter Layer Parameters Order of Evaluation on page 22 2 Itis then evaluated from left to right Implicit conversions are automatically performed by Argus ONE to resolve undefined operations Examples 3 gt 1 4 14 3 2 a 5 2a a 3 gt 1 414 3 2 aTruel3 2 a 2 0 Since the operator is an undefined string operator the string 6699 a is first converted to an integer 10a 2 20 Supplements version 3 23 s3 Search Options for Supporting the Various Parameter Types The search dialog supports all the new parameter types available in Argus ONE The new Boolean and String types require special treatment in the search dialog When you select a parameter to be searched Argus ONE automatically sets the search criteria to fit the parameter type To define a search criteria for a string type parameter 1 Select a parameter If the parameter is a string parameter the From and to range popup menus automatically change to the Cont range popup menu and the Is negation popup menu changes to a Does popup menu 2 In the text edit box type the string or substring between quotation marks The search is case sensitive 3 From the negation popup menu select Does or Does not 4 From the range popup menu select Cont contain Exac exact Beg begin with or End end with 5 Select all other appropriate paramet
92. at different areas by using grid density contours in the grid density layer An information type layer assigned as the grid density layer is where you define the required grid densities To Define Grid Density Contours After creating a domain outline contour and assigning it a default grid density e Change the active layer to the layer associated as the grid density layer e Using the close contour tool create a contour around the area its density you want to change e When you end creating the contour Argus ONE asks you for the required density enter it in the text edit box If you are working in units of cm and want to have blocks of 0 5 cm side type 0 5 e Click the OK button A simple domain outline contour assigned default grid density of 0 7 cm al untitled _File v Edt v View vy Special v Navigation v cmx 11 6 y 17 8 Density n Density 0 2 S BArgus Llio 6 90 8 00 10 00 12 00 14 00 0 7 Density A grid density contour telling Argus ONE that blocks within this contour should have sides of 0 2 cm Argus MeshMaker User s Guide To make sure the density open contour is horizontal or vertical hold the SHIFT key while creating it Chapter 9 Creating and Editing a Grid 267 e To grid the domain move to the grid layer and click the Magic Wand anywhere within the domain outline contour yj untitled _File y Edt v Yiew Special v Navigation v OE Argus 10 00 12 00 1
93. boundary conditions Use this function in an export template to provide the model with the information required For instance if the model requires the number of blocks through which rivers are flowing create the expression CountBlocks CountObjectsInBlock River 1 0 Note Try not to use this function from within a grid parameter as it performs blocks 2 times New Block Functions Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value Blockicon no arguments Returns the index integer of the icon assigned to a block If the block is not assigned an icon returns 0 zero Icons are indexed from 1 according to their order of appearance in the Block Icon pop up menu Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value EffectiveValue Parameter_Name_ Intersects block boundary with all Parameter_name contours in the layer of Parameter_Name to create a set of polygons and returns the sum of polygons areas multiplied by their respective values Example See example about Effective Value for mesh elements on New Element Functions on page 33s Argus ONE User s Guide 32 s3 Supplements version 3 Argus ONE User s Guide New Mesh Layer Functions Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value BandWidth Returns the half bandwidth of a mesh with_diagonals with_dlagonals TF the optional argument with_diagonals is used returns the hal
94. can also use the position dialog to position and size your post processing objects Argus MeshMaker User s Guide Supplements version 2 5 4382 5 To position and size post processing objects 1 Select the object by clicking on it 2 From the Navigation menu select Object Info Or Double click the object The object s dialog opens to allow you to change the object appearance location and any other parameter 3 Click the Position button The Position Dialog box opens Check to overlay the Ea Scale and Position SEEE object and source Please set object information data enclosing rectangle CD Overlay Source Data Dimension Scale Specify the object s HH win azza E enil P OE dimensions ight ra pis the source data Position enclosing rectangle 5 00659 8 5 09659 6 91667 Bat Left Specify the object s frame top or bottom and left or right borders The Overlay Source Data option is not available for the 3D Surface and Cross Section post processing objects Moving post processing objects by click and drag and resizing and re positioning them using the position dialog enables you to easily arrange your objects for presentations or reports ZD EEEE Fowv aounida yin N g Argus 4 d r 4 L L 1 Argus ONE User s Guide 44s2 5 Supplements version 2 5 New Fu ncti ons
95. contained segment length by its value and sums them If contour_type is 0 or if it is omitted and a point object is encountered WSumObjectsInElement returns the value of the point object In these highlighted elements the function WSumObjectsInElement Fractures Layer 1 returns the sum of the two products of the length of intersecting segments multiplied by their contour value Argus MeshMaker User s Guide New Node Functions Supplements version 2 5 4782 5 Name amp Syntax NodeAboveCnir layer_name Arguments layer_name Description amp Return Value The name of the layer in which you want to check if a node lies above any contour object Returns the type of object the node lies above or within ayer_name 0 If the node does not lie above or within any contour 1 If the node lies above a point object 2 If the node lies above an open contour 3 If the node lies above a close contour 4 If the node lies inside a close contour NodeAboveCntr Domain returns 1 for the node above the point object NodeAboveCntr Domain returns 3 for all nodes above the close contour Example The function if NodeAboveCntr 1 NodeAboveCntr Domain returns 2 for nodes above the open contour NodeAboveCntr Domain returns 4 for all nodes inside the close contour BC 1 BC DefaultValue BC returns the value of the boundary condition assigne
96. corner A tool is active only when you can use it When a tool is not available it is dimmed to indicate you can not use it When you select a tool it highlights itself to indicate it is the active tool and the cursor changes its shape to suit the selected tool The different cursors are presented in the paragraph Mouse Cursors and Techniques later in this chapter Tool s name and function Tool can be activated when Ed 2 The Arrow tool The default tool in all layers Allows you to select edit and move objects Always The Lasso tool Allows to select all objects within an arbitrary shape There are one or more objects in the current layer Grid creation tool Allows you to manually create a grid A grid layer is the active layer and there is no other grid in that layer The Magic Wand Click the magic wand anywhere within a domain outline contour to automatically grid that domain In a grid layer when the domain layer associated with it contains a domain outline contour The Delete rows and columns tool Deletes the selected rows and columns In a grid layer containing a grid El The Add Row or Column tools Add a column or a row to the grid To select a tool click and hold the mouse button until the menu pops up Click drag the tool and it will add multiple rows or columns In a grid layer when within the grid To learn more about using the gr
97. dialog SCANN2D v1 uses normalized coordinates as described in the Rizzo and Dougherty paper cited above Therefore there are limitations on the amount of extrapolating that can be performed The version released in SRI_PIE2 is limited as follows 3 1 3 2 SCANN2D v1 allows interpolation extrapolation to points that lie within an estimation rectangle This estimation rectangle is defined by bottom left and top right coordinates of xmin xrange ymin yrange and xmax xrange ymax yrange respectively The terms xmin ymin xmax and ymax are the minimum and maximum x and y coordinates in the observational data that are being interpolated The terms xrange and yrange are xmax xmin and ymax ymin respectively In SCANN2D V1 any point outside of the allowed estimation rect angle is assigned the value 9999 which makes it easily detected during use Please contact Subterranean Research if your application requires an alternative estimation rectangle For Mac or Unix users The SRI_PIE2 DLL is not currently available for Macintosh or Unix computers If this is a critical need for your organization we would be happy to discuss it with you Keeping Current with SRI s PIEs and Helper Applications for Argus ONE This version of SRI s Plug In Extensions for Argus ONE SRI_PIE2 DLL is available free for Argus Argus ONE users Subterranean Research Inc plans to update its PIE for Argus Argus ONE at l
98. domain is automatically grided at this scale the X density block side length is reduced by the X scale 0 25x15 while the Y density remains the same Two objectives are achieved 1 The grid is less discretisized in the X direction and 2 Viewing zooming and editing is as convenient as working with non elongated domains You may at any time change the scale back to uniform X Y and view your domain in the real world projection Ips Ce ee eee In the real world projection X Y the blocks are elongated in the long axis of your problem domain Argus ONE User s Guide 28 s4 Supplement version 4 Argus ONE User s Guide The Scale and Units Dialog You switch between uniform and non uniform scaling in the Scale and Units dialog To set non uniform scaling In the toolbar click the Scale and Units tool ce Check the Non Uniform Scale radio button to set scale to non uniform Enter the number of real world units in the X direction Enter the number of real world units in the Y direction St aA Check the appropriate radio button to keep the drawing size or the printed size To set uniform scaling In the toolbar click the Scale and Units tool ce 1 2 Check the Uniform Scale radio button to set scale to uniform 3 Enter the number of real world units 4 Check the appropriate radio button to keep the drawing size or
99. e 4reus Element 50 Nodes 33 34 37 Neighbors 42 58 49 O 5 00 10 00 15 00 Chapter 1 The Argus ONE Workplace 53 Block information Whenever the cursor lies over a grid block the block s row and column are shown emx 10 9 y 16 8 Row 6 Col 6 E 5 00 Information Layers value When the currently active layer is an Information type layer including a Domain type layer the layer s name and the value of the layer s main parameter at the cursors location are shown The information presented reflects the interpretation mechanism applied to the layer cmx 8 61 y 14 6 _Bomain Outline v3 4reus Domain Outline 1 O 5 00 10 00 15 00 The Navigation window The square frame on the left corner of the information ruler is the navigation window The outer square frame is a reduced size representation of the drawing size The internal rectangle is a reduced size representation of the current window size The arbitrary shape or shapes presented in the navigation window are reduced size outlines of the contours in the active layer If the current layer is a mesh or a grid layer the contours in the domain layer associated with them are presented To focus your view on a specific area using the navigation window 1 Place the cursor above the internal rectangle Your cursor shape changes into a cross 2 Click drag the cursor to move the internal rectangle 3 Release the mouse button to place the internal rectangle
100. followed by 0 1 2 J0C octi The expression created is fete Conductivity 1XY 0 1 on pee z ae To read more about expressions refer to the following section in this chapter To change parameter ordering You can set the order in which parameters are listed in the parameter list The order you set in the parameter list is also the order in which these parameters appear in the Expression dialog parameters list Layer Parameters Name Units Permeability 1 Z md 12 Real Exact Contour method When probed for value use The parameter is the bottom parameter so you can t demote it Click the Up arrow to promote the selected parameter Argus ONE User s Guide 132 Part 2 Basics for Using Argus ONE To remove a parameter Removing a layer parameter deletes the parameter from the layer 1 In the Layers dialog box select the line its parameter you wish to remove 2 Inthe parameters list select the parameter to be removed 3 In the parameter control panel click the Remove button The parameter is deleted If the parameter you try to remove is referenced by an expression Argus ONE alerts you and enables you to either go on and delete it or cancel Caution this parameter is used in another layer s expression are you sure you want to remove it If you choose to go ahead and delete a referenced parameter on evaluation of the expression this parameter will return 0 minus int
101. how to enhance or improve them please contact SRI see address below Although the following documentation by Subterranean Research Inc SRD refers to use of their PIEs with data stored in data type layers these interpolators are also available in information type layers If an information layer contains close or open contours those are sent to the interpolator PIEs as a list of their vertices assigned the contours value Using SRI PIEs If you experience problems using these PIEs please contact SRI as well as Argus Argus does not warrant the use of these PIEs in any way Original Notes from SRI NOTES FOR SRI_PIE2 Intended for Wintel Windows 95 or NT machines Original Release date March 14 1997 Revision Date N A Copyright 1997 All Rights Reserved Subterranean Research Inc Burlington VT 05401 USA 802 658 8878 infodesk subterra com What does it do This PIE provides 3 different ways to interpolate data in Argus ONE data layers The methods and the names by which they are referenced in the Interpolation Method popup menu are e InvDistSq Inverse distance squared interpolator e NN2D Nearest Neighbor interpolator e SCANN2D v1 Version 1 of 2 D Neural Network classifier interpolator See technical notes below How to choose an interpolator from SRI_PIE2 In the Layers Dialog select the data layer whose data you want to interpolate using SRI_PIE2 See Argus ONE User s Guide p 56s in Supplement for ver
102. into the clipboard as a tab delimited text You can edit the rotation matrix yourself in a text editor and paste it in the 3D Surface dialog If the rotation matrix is not distance conserving Argus ONE presents you with the following dialog and does not change the current view f The pasted view is not a MeshMaker valid view Please check that the numbers are correct The enhanced setting buttons You can also fully control the object s view using the three sets of Pitch Yaw and Roll buttons G B Roll buttons Bi 2 Pitch buttons S w 5 Yaw buttons With these buttons you can set your view to the exact required one For instance if you want to set the view to From Bottom just turn the Pitch buttons to the required angle Pressure field viewed in default view Viewed using the default Yaw and Roll while changing the Pitch to view the surface from underneath Argus ONE User s Guide 30 s2 5 Supplements version 2 5 Controlling other parameters You can also control the following parameters e Show Hide triangulation View wire frame with or without Color and Shading e Show Hide legend e Show Hide Colors Triangles coloring according to the selected coloring parameter e Add Remove shading e Keep Ignore ratio When keep ratio is off the objects frame horizontal vertical ratio overrides the coordinate system ratio e Scale Factor A factor multiplying the Z val
103. its position X and Y to the layer being probed which returns the appropriate value The value a layer returns on a probe query is a function of the layer type and in information type layers it is a function of the contour interpretation method you choose for the linked layer Argus ONE supports three contour interpretation methods These three methods are designed to support three different types of data The Nearest Contour Method This method is designed for contours describing information such as topography and bathymetry The value at any point in a layer using the Nearest Contour method is that of the first enclosing contour Values in areas which are not enclosed by a contour are that of the nearest contour either close or open but not of a point object If the layer contains no contours the value at any point is set to the default value If there is only one contour in a layer either close or open the value at any point is that of that contour In the following example a grid is linked to an information layer named Topography The Topography layer was set to use the Nearest Contour interpretation method Notice that blocks values are changing along lines which are of equal distance from the outer most contours NearestContourMethod emx 3 94 y 19 2 Topography 80 A finite difference grid linked to an information layer describing the topography of a formation or the bathymetry of a la
104. layer active An active layer is the front most layer in which you can work e Click the left most field column A V mark is turned on to indicate the layer is active Information Paes ks Units New Layer Only one layer at a time can be active in a project window You can not turn a layer active if it is hidden you have to make it visible first Layers drawing order af The Active Laye Chapter 1 The Argus ONE Workplace 77 To change layers order You can set the order in which layers are listed in the layers list The order you set in the layers list is also the order in which the layers appear in the Layers Selection menu and in the Show Hide layers sub menu Layer ordering also defines the order in which they are drawn on the screen Layers are drawn after the active layer starting from the first in the list Name Units Type Domain Outline Domain Done Mesh Mesh Grid Grid Density Information Maps Maps Depth Information New Layer Information Domain Outline Pei ii ala This layer is the bottom Click the Up arrow to layer so you can t promote the selected layer demote it To remove a layer Removing a layer deletes the layer and its contents from the project 1 Select the layer to be removed 2 In the layers control panel click the Remove button The layer is deleted If the layer you try to remove serves as a Domain or Density layer to one of your me
105. layers Combined with the text rotation and object coloring capabilities your ability to prepare report quality documents with Argus ONE is greatly improved It also allows you to edit text objects imported from DXF files To allow for the new tool the Circle and Arc tools were combined into a group and appear under the circle popup menus To create text objects Activate a Maps type layer From the tool palette select the Text tool Click drag the mouse where you want the text to start Drag the stretch rectangle to the size of the required font oF OON Release the mouse button to open the Text Properties dialog Argus ONE User s Guide 58 s3 Supplements version 3 6 In the Text text edit box type the string 7 To rotate the text type the required angle in the Angle text edit box 8 Click the OK button Text Properties Text properties OK Cancel Angle 0 Type an angle to rotate the text Navigation Zoom In a Zoom Out 3 Actual Size Reduce to Fit T Text ATEXT OBJECT T Peer ype in a text Goto Goto Position Object Info h The text appears in the maps layer where you first clicked the text tool A TEXT OBJECT To edit text objects You can now edit all text objects those imported from DXF files and those created using the text tool 1 Double click a text object to open the Text Properties dialog Or Select the object and from the Navigatio
106. line of the parameter whose type you want to change 3 Click and hold the mouse button in the Type column to popup the Type menu 4 Select the required type and release the mouse button To change a parameter s type Changing a parameter s type is performed in the same way as setting its type However if you already manually assigned a value override value to that parameter for some of the objects in the layer the small arrow in the Type column will not be present indicating that you can not change the type while such manual values are assigned In this case you need to first close the layers dialog go to the layer and there remove all such values from object parameter s whose type you wish to change Then open the layers dialog and change the parameter s type Supplements version3 19s3 Layers VE Units Density Type G Domain Information Mesh Information C QuadMesh G Information Grid Data G Maps Name Domain Outline Density TriMesh Jandtype QuadMesh amp SuorceT ype z Grid cx Data z Maps z Layer Remove Me Duplicate Paste Layer Parameters Name S nteger YG ContourType lt String Gi ContourNamet Y Real if ContourTyped Parameter HS Coarse uorceT ype SourceName SourceLength_or_Area IsPointSource String lf ContourT yper Real Integer Boolean The Type popup menu Nearest Contour meth
107. menu Important note The smaller the dot size the faster it draws on the screen Ifyou have many data points and redraw is slow set the dot size to small Supplements version 2 5 How is Mesh and Grid Information Presented in Data Layers When you read information into data layers the layer presents the locations at which data is stored If the data was read from a mesh layer the data points locations are at the exact locations the of mesh nodes In case the data was read from a grid layer the data points locations are at the exact locations of block centers Triangular Mesh When reading information into a data layer from this mesh Data points are created at the locations of mesh nodes Block Centered Grid delejes oa Mod Re EES When reading information into a data layer from this block centered grid Data points are created at the locations of block centers joan csepesenen Seem iuar apar ar He Line Centered Grid Data points are created at the locations of block centers a data layer from this line centered grid Argus MeshMaker User s Guide Importing Information from Files If some of your information is available to you at scattered grid or mesh points stored in a file you can import this information into a data layer This enables you to interpolate such data onto your meshes and grids and to use Maps layers visualization objects to
108. mesh densities For example if you expect to have high gradients around a source sink described by a point object you can either create a mesh density contour in the mesh density layer around its location or just assign the point object describing it a mesh density To assign mesh density to other domain contour objects At the end of a contour object creation in a domain layer you are requested to assign it a mesh density e Enter the mesh density The following screen shot is of a point object assigned mesh density File Edit Yiew Special Navigation omx 15 7 y 18 2 Mesh S4reu Element 51 Nodes 6 5452 Neighbors 49 107 48 0 5 00 10 00 15 00 JVAVAVAVA TA a ATAYAYAVAVAYY NREX gt E My TPR RESY y7 Z WES FAP iS STAYS KO A i 19 X ZN WAVAVATAN ENA NIAN AK MA RAY COV ISREESSOK BAEENT TIORI OSNES AIII IODOA baw Open and close contours islands can be also assigned mesh densities Argus ONE User s Guide 212 Part 3 Special Refine Elements Renumber Smooth Elements Mesh All Drawing Size Scale and Units 3U Preferences R Align To Grid Show Grid Lines Show Page Breaks Argus ONE User s Guide Finite Element Meshes Controlling Automatic Mesh Generation You can terminate automatic mesh generation during meshing However when the message on the progress bar changes from Meshing in progress
109. mesh is evaluated at the evaluation context the element center for its value in the linked parameter This evaluation is carried out during each redraw of the screen If your mesh contains a large number of elements this re evaluation process slows the redraw considerably Coloring elements should be considered as a post processing feature You should not try to work with colors all the time but use colors when you need to preview a parameter s distribution in the elements If however you do wish to work with colors on at all times consider using the Manual Calculation command explained below Temporarily halting color evaluation If colors is on and you wish to stop color re evaluation immediately and even before all elements are redrawn in color press COMMAND period on the Macintosh or CTRL C on other platforms Color evaluation is halted and the redraw continues but in black and white mode Manual Calculation and Calculate Now Menus If your mesh or grid contain many elements or blocks which are linked to complex parameters screen redraws may temper with your work Using the Manual Calculation command under the Special menu you can now instruct Argus ONE to refrain from recalculating elements and block colors values at each redraw However you must be aware that when Manual Calculation is on the colors of elements and blocks as well as the values presented on the different information dialogs will not reflect any
110. mesh to the model of your choice e Finite Difference Grid Layers You can automatically create complex finite difference grids and edit them manually You can automatically assign data stored in information layers to the blocks and manipulate that information with respect to grid parameters such as the block area You can use complex search criteria to select groups of blocks answering the specified criteria Finally you can export the grid to the model of your choice xii Before You Begin See Chapter 5 Chapter 3 and supplements Programmable Export Modules Export Templates You can write export scripts which will export your data in the format required by your model Argus ONE Grid and Mesh Modules There are three different grid and mesh modules Finite Difference Grid module Triangular Finite Elements module and Quadrilateral Finite Elements module The three modules are always present within the Argus ONE workplace but only those you have purchased and registered will allow you to save and export unlimited number of nodes elements or blocks cells Unregistered modules are fully functional but do not allow you save information in their respective layers You can however export a limited number of nodes or blocks to allow you to experiment with unregistered modules Argus ONE Plug In Extensions PIEs Argus ONE User s Guide PIEs make Argus ONE a fully open and automated system to which users can easily interface stat
111. object s location Argus ONE User s Guide 196 Part 3 Finite Element Meshes Mesh Densities Automatically generated mesh using the default density assigned to the domain outline contour Argus ONE User s Guide Mesh density is defined in Argus ONE workplace as the length of the side of an element The larger the side length you set the larger the resulting elements and the lower the number of elements You define the density by two means the mesh density you assign to the domain outline contour referred to as the default density the density you assign to islands open contours and point objects in the domain layer and the density layer in which you assign different zones different mesh densities As explained later in this chapter there are also some other factors influencing the density of the mesh resulting from numerical considerations Default Mesh Density At the end of a domain outline contour creation Argus ONE prompts you for the mesh density of that contour The number you set tells Argus ONE what is the average size of the elements you would like to have in the domain You specify the mesh density in the current units as they appear on the rulers When Argus ONE meshes the domain it will try to produce a mesh such that all of its elements are as close as possible to equilateral triangles and that their sides are of a size as close as possible to the specified mesh density It does so by gradu
112. object to be drawn out of the canvas Manual Calculation and Calculate Now Menus As explained in Chapter 7 under Colors and Performance Considerations on page 247 color evaluation of elements takes place on each redraw of the screen This is also true for grid blocks If your mesh or grid contain many elements or blocks which are linked to complex parameters these screen redraws may temper with your work Using the Manual Calculation menu under the Special menu you can now instruct Argus ONE to refrain from recalculating elements and block colors at each redraw However you must be aware that when Manual Calculation is on the colors of elements and blocks as well as the values presented on the different information dialogs will not reflect any changes you have made from the time you turned manual Calculation on To update the values you can either select Calculate Now from the Special menu or turn Manual calculation off Argus MeshMaker User s Guide Supplements version 2 5 6182 5 Important Note To prevent you from exporting wrong information to your model Argus ONE automatically performs a Calculate Now command while exporting the data Save and Load Progress Bars Saving and loading large Argus ONE project files may take a long time When loading and saving Argus ONE presents you with a progress bar indicating the status of the save and load operations and specifies the file name Saving Flow Ar
113. objects in the shape file Click to select those you wish to import If a new information type layer is selected for import Argus ONE creates a new layer names it after the name of the shape file creates layer parameters using the fields names and types and imports the data If the objects imported reside outside the current drawing size Argus ONE will alert you and offer to resize it so that all new shapes will fit in the resized drawing area Argus ONE User s Guide 54 s4 Supplement version 4 The members of an N size array start at 0 and end at N 1 Argus ONE User s Guide Array PIEs A PIE named ArrayPIE is available for use within export templates It offers a one dimensional array which can be initialized assigned values and return them on call You can use as many arrays PIEs as you need within an export template by creating duplicates of the original ArrayPIE The name by which the PIE will be called from within the export template is the name you give it when you duplicate it If you want to use more than one such PIE you must have a unique name for each of the Array PIEs Calling Functions for Array PIEs There are four functions which are used to initialize the array load its members retrieve them and dispose the array The four functions are 1 ArraylInit n Initializes a one dimensional array of length n 2 ArraySet i v Sets the member i to value v 3 ArrayGet i Retrieves the v
114. of redundant information in the file Argus ONE now supports DXF blocks which enables you to import complex drawings from all applications supporting DXF format untitled Argus ONE User s Guide 14 s3 Supplements version 3 Scaling of Object Layers and Projects Special Refine Elements Renumber Smooth Elements Allow Intersection Drawing Size Scale and Units 3U Preferences 2R Manual Calculation Calculate Now Argus ONE User s Guide You can now scale all of Argus ONE objects The scale command allows you to scale selected objects a whole layer or a complete project This might prove useful in instances where some of the information imported into Argus ONE is in a different scale than other information already present in the project The following layer types allow you to either scale selected objects or scale the layer as a whole e Map type layers You can scale the following layer types but can not scale individual objects within them to refrain you from creating overlapping elements or illegal contours in information layers e All Information type layers including domain and density layers e Grid type layers e Mesh type layers e Data type layers Scaling options The many scaling options available allow you full control of what and how to scale You set the scale options in the Scale Objects dialog If you are
115. on MS Windows 95 and NT Since all of the Microsoft development environments used by Argus are not supporting non 32 bit clean code development we can no longer support 3 x versions of MS Windows Files created with Argus ONE on MS Windows 3 x versions are still supported and can be opened with Argus ONE version 4 running on MS Windows 95 and NT Registration of Argus ONE Version 4 If you are upgrading from an earlier version to version 4 you need to renew your registration with Argus If you purchased the upgrade you will be sent new registration and activation codes automatically You will then have to type them in the Registration Information Dialog which can be accessed from the About menu under the Help menu Argus ONE User s Guide 6 s4 Supplement version 4 User Interface Enhancements Many components of the user interface have been enhanced and new ones have been added The most notable ones are the toolbar the tool tips the information ruler which also shows help about tools and the help system Main Window s New Components and Changed Locations The following new components have been added to the main window e PIE menu Located to the right of the Windows menu e Help menu Located as the right most menu on the menu bar e Toolbar Located below the menu bar On the Mac below the drag bar Information Help ruler Located at the bottom of all windows and below the horizontal scroll bar in the main window e T
116. on the ASCII data format If you use your own models or models for which Argus ONE PIEs Interfaces do not exisit Argus ONE enables you to create the exact export format that will fit with your simulators import formats You do so by using the Programmable Export Templates module Creating and using export templates is discussed in detail in chapter 5 Exporting a Project If you are using Argus ONE with a ready made PIE the PIE takes care of defining the appropriate export template for you In this chapter you will learn about exporting your projects using the built in export format which is available as part of Argus ONE meshing modules You will also find out how to import meshes you have created elsewhere into Argus ONE Exporting a Mesh Argus ONE User s Guide Exporting the mesh you have created within Argus ONE and its related data enables you to input it to processing and modeling programs Range and Precision of Data All real data is internally handled by Argus ONE in double format The following table summarizes the range of real numbers Argus ONE can work with Type identifier Double Size bytes bits 10 64 Significand precision Bits 64 Decimal digits 15 Decimal range approximate Chapter 8 Exporting and Importing a Mesh 251 Type identifier Double Min negative 1 1E 308 Max neg norm computing platform dependent Min pos norm computing platform dependent Max positive
117. open the Position dialog Use the View Panel buttons to set the point of view Check to let Argus ONE automatically calculate the Z value factor or enter your choice Check to show colors based on the parameter selected for coloring 5 From the Layer popup menu select the data layer containing the parameter you wish to plot All data layers into which you have read or imported information are listed in the menu Layer v First Realization Data v First Realization Data f Second Realization Data Color Y Fressure Value Argus MeshMaker User s Guide Available data layers are listed in the menu A 3D Surface post processing object representing the pressure distribution in a flow filed around a cylinder Supplements version 2 5 2782 5 6 From the Value popup menu select the parameter to be visualized All the parameters that have been read or imported into the selected data layer are presented Layer First Realization Data Value W Pressure Color 7 If you wish to use another parameter to color the surface select it from the Color popup menu Again all the parameters that have been read or imported into the selected data layer are presented This feature enables you to plot the intensity distribution of a parameter on top of the elevation distribution of another parameter You could for instance use the concentration distribution as the coloring pa
118. or press the shortcut keys assigned to commonly used commands On the menus the shortcut key is shown to the right of the command You can choose some commands by clicking or double clicking certain areas of the project window For example clicking the Zoom In button is a quick way to choose the Zoom In command For a complete list of key and screen shortcuts see Appendix A Keyboard and Mouse Shortcuts Undoing Commands Undoing commands is a very powerful tool It enables you to carry your work without worrying too much about simple mistakes you make If you regret moving an object resizing or deleting it you can issue an undo command The undo command is always available for your last action To undo a command e From the Edit menu choose the Undo command Or On the Macintosh use the COMMAND Z keyboard shortcut On all other platforms use the CONTROL Z keyboard shortcut To redo an undone command You can also redo the command you have just undone After you used the Undo command the Undo menu item changes into the Redo menu item Mouse Cursors and Techniques Argus ONE User s Guide In Argus ONE s workplace the mouse cursor changes to reflect the different tools you are using to indicate that a time consuming process is in progress and to give you feedback about objects it lies above Cursor Shapes When you point the mouse to different parts of your screen the cursor s shape changes signifying the
119. other layers and use them in expressions To read more about using data layer parameters refer to Linking Data layers Parameters to Other Layers on page 17 and to Using Data Layer Parameters in Expressions on page 17 Layers Name Units Type Domain Outline Density G Domain Mesh Mesh Permeability Information Grid Grid GridLineCentered Grid Layer Density Information Data_GridBlockCeneterd Data barren Duplicate Data_GridLineCeneterd Data Layer Parameters Name Units Permeability vea G lt Static Data Parameter Initial Conditions Static Data gt I Bathymetry lt Static Data gt omar Formation Top lt Static Data gt tive Formation Bottom Static Data gt _ Multiple Add _ J Data layer parameters can not be manually added duplicated or removed You can only change Data Source Mesh Layer their order of Data layer parameters are automatically created appearance by when information is read or imported into the layer clicking the up and The source of data is indicated in this field down arrows Naming Data Layer Parameters Data layer parameters are named automatically When you read them from mesh and grid layer parameters they are named after the parameters that they were read from When you read data from a disk file the parameters are named sequentially as parameter0 parmaeter1 etc The line at th
120. processing objects The two panes available are the Chart pane and the Position pane To move between the panes e Click the tab its pane you want to open Supplement version 4 39 s4 Click the Chart tab to bring its pane to the front Click the Position tab to bring its pane to the front 3D Surface 3D Surface Please specify object information Position Layer v pata Value v Depth Color v depth From Front J Copyview OOO j EJ Calculate Automatically O Show triangles border J Show colors EJ Show legend E9 Add Shading From Right EED Reset view _ From Left Left lt r FromTop Paste View Scale Factor Please specify object information Chart Dimension 2 2225 Scale Width Height s5222 Position Right 17 3603 Ri Left 5 36222 Using Post Processing Visualization Objects to View Mesh and Grid Data Post processing objects can plot data directly read from mesh node parameters and grid and block parameters Thus to examine mesh and grid data you do not need to first read it into a data type layer All grid block mesh layer and node parameters will be listed in the layer popup menu in the post processing object dialog All mesh layers having Layer v node parameters and all grid layers hav
121. s Guide Supplement version4 51 s4 Name amp Syntax Arguments ContourintersectLength no arguments Description amp Return Value Returns the length defined by the intersection of a closed or open contour and a block or element Operates on the information type layer the Loop for Objects in Layer is set to Example In the following illustration the bottom left block is tested for ContourIntersectLength and returns for each of the two contours intersecting it the length of intersection marked by a thick line The lengths returned may exported added or manipulated using other functions Each block is tested in its turn loop for blocks with the 3 contours in the information layer the layer the loop over objects in layer refers to and returns the length of intersection with each of the contours which intersect it The bottom left block is intersected by the contour marked 10 and returns the length of this thick line The bottom left block is also intersected by the contour marked 20 and thus returns the length of intersection also marked by a thick line Argus ONE User s Guide 52 s4 Supplement version 4 Argus ONE User s Guide Looping Over Numbered Layers and Parameters The square brackets notation allows one to automatically concatenate layers and parameter names with a loop variable This allows you to repeat a sequence of an export temp
122. second vertex of the polygon and click Repeat this step until you re ready to close the outline contour If you have mistakenly clicked a vertex you do not want to have just hit the delete key on the keyboard and the last recorded vertex will be erased You can DELETE back as many vertices as you wish until you finally delete the whole polygon When you re ready to finish double click the last vertex and close the outline contour Argus ONE joins the last and first vertices Argus ONE User s Guide 10 Part 1 A project window with a domain outline contour in creation It is irrelevant whether you record the contour clockwise or counter clockwise Argus ONE takes care of such trivial chores for you It also checks the validity of your contour as you record it If you cross the contour itself it will beep and will not record the illegal vertex Contour Information dialog box the first parameter is the Default Density value Argus ONE User s Guide Basic Things to Know About Argus ONE untitled SLE x 1 1 y 8 39 toma one i 4 Bl Domain Outline 0 gus po A 2 90 A 4 0 A 6 0 A a S E a ee Digitized 2 vertices are hi i highlighted wegt Boundary N Flow No Flow Zone 2 A Wiese East s The cursor m South Boundary TY d North m iad a Til
123. signs are converted to characters Supplements version3 21 s3 Explicit conversion of Booleans Booleans are internally represented within ArgusNE as Integers where False is always represented as zero 0 and True can be any other integer For instance if the expression Count Ob ject sInBlock lLayer_name returns False that is no objects were found a zero 0 is returned If any other number of objects is found within a block the number found is returned and is presented as True Booleans are converted to Reals as Integers and to Strings as True or False Explicit conversion of Strings Strings are converted to other representations according to C language conventions When the conversion returns a non number a value of zero 0 or negative zero O is returned Since ArgusNE does not give any special indication to such a situation it is your responsibility to make sure strings are converted to other types in a controlled manner If a string starts with digits and continues with characters and is then converted to Real or Integer all digits up to the first character are converted to a number If the string starts with digits and contains the e character all digits up to the e character are converted to a number in scientific notation Conversions of Strings Parameter Expression Conversion Example Type or Value Type String String None abcd gt abcd 12 4 12 4 l e 1 gt le
124. size 1 Select the object or objects to be moved by clicking on its borders 2 Click drag the mouse to the new location An outline of the picture s rectangle follows your mouse movements 3 Release the mouse button to relocate the objects QSSSaaSSS_S__ _RRS gt untitled SSS stete mnes mor WS amp yoy 6 00 8 ai New York State The objec s enclosing rectangle outline Important note To undo moving an object select the Undo Drag command from the Edit menu to redo it after undoing it select the Redo Drag command from the Edit menu You can undo and redo the move paste import and delete commands Chapter 1 The Argus ONE Workplace 73 The Layers dialog box is where you define layers set the active and visible layers and define the link between layers Setting Your Layers Until now you have learned how to control the planar view of the Argus ONE workplace The layers stacked one on top of the other create the third dimension of the workplace The layers are containers of spatially distributed information and at the same time are information records which can hold many information fields which are referred to as layers parameters Setting and controlling your layers is performed in the Layers dialog box You can create edit delete and order your layers in this dialog To open the Layers dialog box e From the View menu
125. t CTRL layer Move to the next or previous visible layer and hide all other layers ge ir or Move to the next or previous visible layer either hidden or visible and show it E i ort SHIFT CTRL por T SHIFT ALT j or f Legend Appendix A Keyboard and Mouse Shortcuts 305 To do this Keyboard and Mouse Macintosh Other Platforms Move to the next or previous op ee Hi CTRL SHIFT ALT visible layer either hidden or visible and hide all others or T fOr t The following table summarizes the icons of the keyboard keys used in this manual Icon Meaning Macintosh Other Platforms Mouse Click Mouse Click A 7 Double Click Double Click oh SHIFT Key oe COMMAND Key me OPTION Key es CONTROL Key tab TAB Key TAB Key z5 RETURN Key RETURN Key enter ENTER Key ENTER Key Down Cursor Key Down Cursor Key Up Cursor Key Up Cursor Key gt Right Cursor Key Right Cursor Key E Left Cursor Key Left Cursor Key Argus ONE User s Guide 306 Appendixes Argus ONE User s Guide Subject Index Subject Index basename Resolving 183 Block loop iterator 184 Column loop iterator 184 Element loop iterator 184 N A 162 NaN 162 Node loop iterator 184 Parameter loop iterator 184 Row loop iterator 184 A acute element criteria Set the 222 acute elements Check your mesh for 208 acute elements Find out the total number of 208 Angle constr
126. temporarily store values for later use to use a variable inside loops and as loop iterators to test their value using an If statement etc The resulting export templates perform much faster and are easier to understand and debug To define a variable Any number of variables can be defined in an export template Variable definitions must be placed at the top of the template below the first comment line and above the first Redirect script command 1 Scroll to locate the Define Variable command in the commands list 2 Double click the Define Variable line The Define Variable command is inserted in the template editor and the expression editor allows you to name the variable and set its type to one of the four available types To set a variable You might want to set a variable s value to initialize it assign it another variable or expression set the upper limit of a loop etc 1 Scroll to locate the Set Variable command in the commands list 2 Double click the Set Variable line The Set Variable command is inserted in the template editor and the expression editor allows you to choose the variable and set its value Using Loop for Variables Loop for variables allow you to define any general loop Using loops will shorten your export templates and will expedite the actual export procedure To insert a loop for variable 1 From the commands list select and double click the loop command to insert it into the template ed
127. the Special menu select Preferences Preferences Meshing Preferences Quad and Tri mesh Number of smoothing iterations a 2 Select the ig Element growth rate C General Meshing mo ee preferences panel Reduce mesh density when the default local density 7 is higher than the distance between the following objects H Adjacent contour vertices 3 Uncheck to force amp Point objects and contour objects creation of nodes Ba Eb Point Objects above all domain DA FH Contour objects outline vertices al Ignore vertices on the Domain Outline that lie approximately on a straight line Click the General Meshing preferences panel Uncheck the Ignore vertices button SS Close the preferences dialog Ef fec t0 f1 gn orel er tices SENTE Domain Outline v ERA i A rgus n Density is reduced and nodes are placed above all domain vertices Supplements version3 45 s3 Enhanced Cleanup of Quadrilateral Meshes Under certain circumstances the smoothing algorithm might create ill shaped quad elements If such elements are created try to re mesh when the enhanced cleanup option is turned on To turn enhanced cleanup on 1 From the Special menu select Preferences 2 Click the Quadrilateral Meshing preferences panel 3 Check the Enhanced cleanup check box Preferences 3 Check the Meshing Prefere
128. the contours can be automatically transferred to the nodes elements or blocks in Mesh and Grid layers Each node element or block probes the information layers it is linked to and finds its value in them A node an element or a block receives the value of the first contour that encloses it You can also instruct Argus ONE to perform an interpolation of the values in an information type layer and to create complex mathematical relations involving information from any number and types of layers The Layers dialog box is where you define layers set the active and visible layers and define the link between the data in a layer and the nodes elements or blocks in the Mesh and Grid layers Your First Argus ONE Project 31 Creating an Information Type Layer 1 From the Layers Selection Menu choose Layers Or From the View menu choose Layers The Layers dialog appears Activate Deactivate Layer Show Hide Layer Set Layer Units Domain Outline D Mesh i Grid 5 Layer Control S Density Panel Maps Click to create a i new layer D Parameter 2 Control Panel NY v Q 2 KR Choose the contour interpretation method from the popup menu The Layers Dialog is where you create and maintain the layers skeleton of your project You can create remove and duplicate layers set their name units and type show hide activate or deactivate them and create links between them To create an informat
129. the first letters of the item on your keyboard Argus ONE User s Guide 14 s4 Supplement version 4 New Data Layers Capabilities Argus ONE User s Guide Three new features have been added to Data type layers e Evaluation of data layer parameters using colors e Reading data from grids at block centers e A progress bar indicating the time remaining for reading data from layers Evaluation of Data Layer Parameters using Colors As in Information Grid and Mesh type layers you can now visualize the values of data layer parameters using the Evaluate by Color method This allows you to quickly view the distribution of data To evaluate data by color 1 Make sure the active layer is a data type layer and that in contains data 2 In the tool palette click and hold the Color popup menu to open the parameters list 3 Select the parameter by which you wish to color the data points For a detailed discussion of how to control the color range see Chapter 1 The color tools and legend o untitled HB DEHA heene 10 Supplement version4 15 s4 Reading Data From Grids at Block Centers When using block centered grids the evaluation of block and grid parameters is performed at block centers To conform with this evaluation locations you can also read data from grids at block centers This will also allow you to compare simulation results with inputted gri
130. the following functions are new additions to the functions described in chapter 3 A number of new functions that have been added in version 2 5 are listed here by category New Element Functions The element functions that have been added are analogues to the block functions CountObjectsInBlock SumObjectsInBlock and WSumObjectsInBlock Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value CountObjectsinElement layer_name The name of the layer for which layer_name you need to count the number contour_type of objects of type contour_type intersecting the element or contained in it contour_type 0 for Point objects optional 1 for Open Contour objects 2 for Close Contour objects Returns the number of objects of type contour_type in layer layer_name intersecting or contained in the element If contour_type is omitted returns the total number of all objects intersecting or contained in the element Example The function CountObjectsInElement Domain Layer counts the number of objects in the layer Domain Layer intersecting or contained by the element and returns 0 if the element is not intersected by or contains no objects 1 if the element is intersected by or contains one object of any type N if the element is intersected by or contains N objects of any type lt 7 This highlighted element on top of the point object will return the value 1 for the function CountObjects
131. the linked parameter and the referenced parameter By linking two parameters you make the linked parameter point to the referenced parameter 1 2 3 Open the Layers dialog Select the layer in which you want to create a linked parameter In the parameter control panel click the New button to create the linked parameter and assign it a name Click and hold the mouse in the Value field of the newly created parameter line and select the Expression popup menu The Expression dialog opens In the Functions and Layers list the left one click to select the layer the referenced parameter belongs to The layer s parameters are listed in the list to the right Double click the referenced parameter to enter it to the text edit box on top Click the OK button This parameter is linked to a domain outline layer parameter named Domain number Layer Parameters Name Domain number Units Value Domain Outline fig Type Parameter lt 2 73 Duplicate Multiple Add Type Layer Params Element Params Node Params Geographic hd Domain Outline Density x Density To Link Many Parameters At Once If you need to create many linked parameters at once Argus ONE enables you to do so using the Multiple Add command The Multiple Add command creates new parameters and links them to the referenced parameters in a single step 1 2 Open the Layers dialog Select the layer to
132. the mesh density layer to apply mesh densities in areas where you expect acute elements your mesh will contain no acute elements After auto mesh generation Argus ONE enables you to select and view the acute elements if any exist Mesh Smoothing Mesh smoothing is carried out by the meshing module as part of the auto mesh generation procedure However you can select the whole mesh or parts of it and perform additional smoothing The smoothing algorithm is an iterative procedure that moves the nodes to the center of gravity of their respective polygons The meshing module default number of iterations is set to three Although we have found that after three iterations sufficient convergence is achieved you can change this default to any number you wish Mesh Refinement You can refine any set of selected elements Refinement is performed by creating three new nodes on the mid point of each of the element s edges thus dividing the refined element into four similar elements Adjacent elements are split into two elements to avoid transition elements Refinement tends to degrade the adjacent elements Refining a region by assigning it a lower density value and re meshing produces much better elements Argus ONE User s Guide 46 Part 1 Basic Things to Know About Argus ONE Renumbering BandWidth Optimization If the solver you use needs to receive an optimized BandWidth matrix you may use Argus ONE bandwidth optimization renumb
133. the printed size Scale amp Units Please specify document Scale amp Units Coordinate system Every Lem on the screen represents O vail ie Uniform Scale Oo E oO pE Label unit as Check to set uniform scale Enter the number of real world units units in the real world in both x and y direction Non uniform scale 15 units in the real world Cm in x direction l units in the real world in y direction Check to set non uniform scale Enter the number of X and Y real world units After this operation Keep Drawing Size as measured in units Keep document printed size The drawing size is scaled in both directions according to the X and Y scale specified The drawing size is kept as is Supplement version4 29 s4 Effect of Non Uniform Scale on Auto Mesh and Auto Grid Generation Once you scale your project using a non uniform scale Argus ONE scales the domain and densities specified in the domain outline and density layers and sends this scaled information as you see it on the screen to the auto mesh and grid generation engines After the auto mesh and grid generation finish their job the mesh is rescaled and sent back to Argus ONE where it is presented in the current scale This process automatically creates elongated elements or blocks which
134. the spatial distribution of a parameter or a function in Domain type layers they are also used to define the outline of a domain to be descretisized The outline of a domain must be a close contour of any shape and might include islands open contours and point objects The domain outline contour also carries information about the initial mesh and grid densities Information type layer Contours show Domain type layer Contours show their their main parameter value main parameter value the density E S uti S NTE untitled EEN a eom ES 4rous Cooman one IS 4rons Css O i i 10 00 i i _ 20 00 Lo 5 20 10 00 15 00 T Ell orm Close contour Open contour The domain outline Islands are Point contour is marked by marked by a a heavier line hash Important note lf your data is comprised of hundreds or thousands of observation points import that information into a Data type layer and not into an Information type layer Chapter 2 Working with Information Layers 93 Contour Maps Objects The three objects used in information layers contour maps are the Point the Open Contour and the Close Contour Together they enable you to describe spatial information in three dimensions regardless of the method your data is made available to you Tabular information source Often your data is made available to you in the form
135. them Or e Choose Cancel to continue working on this project Argus ONE User s Guide 168 Part 2 Basics for Using Argus ONE Saving a Condensed Version of a Project Argus ONE User s Guide What Is a Condensed Project A condensed version of a project is a version of the project saved without the meshes and or grids A typical project might constitute of several mesh layers and or grid layers you created to describe different realization of the problem under investigation Each mesh or grid layer might contain thousands of elements and or grid blocks The disk space needed to store meshes and grids is very large compared to the disk space required for storing information and domain type layers and their objects contours For instance a project containing a mesh of 1 000 elements and 14 layers might occupy four times the disk space as the same project saved without the mesh When to Save a Condensed Project 1 If you need to transfer a project to a colleague who also owns a copy of Argus ONE through an electronic mail system 2 If you are required by a court of law for instance to archive your data 3 If you are required to be able to reproduce your results at any time in the future 4 If you finished working on a project and are short of disk space 5 If you want to carry with you many projects on a portable To recreate your data at any time you can save only information domain and maps type layers without sa
136. this is because the hatched polygon is also fully encompassed by the most outer contour This would also be the case if there were additional contours fully encompassing the node s effective area Node Effective Value in Triangular Elements Node effective area of a node in a single element Yn The node s effective area is intersected with all contours in the referenced layer and returns the sum of polygon areas multiplied by their respective values Node effective area of a node common to several elements Argus ONE User s Guide 34 s4 Supplement version 4 Argus ONE User s Guide Node Effective Value in Quadrilateral Elements Node effective area of a node in a single element Pa Taa Z Ww Node effective area of a node common to several elements The node s effective area is intersected with all contours in the referenced layer and returns the sum of polygon areas multiplied by their respective values Special cases If part of the node s effective area lies outside all contours in the referenced layer the function s return value varies with the referenced layer interpretation type In the example below the area marked B is multiplied by e Nearest Contour method The average of all adjacent contours In this example B 10 20 2 e Exact Contour method The default value of the referenced layer e Interpolation method The interpolated value at the node s location
137. tips and hints boxes They provide information that can help you work more productively with Argus ONE right from the beginning If you re new to Windowing Systems based Applications Software applications developed for windowing systems are very easy to use However if you ve been using mostly Mainframes and DOS based applications you might find using Argus ONE very different Argus ONE as many other modern software packages is not menu driven but object based This section will help you familiarize yourself with some of the new concepts and techniques you will be using to operate Argus ONE If you re new to Auto Mesh and Auto Grid Generation Techniques If you have always created FEMs and FDGs manually or by using batch oriented Automatic Mesh and Grid Generators AMGs amp AGGs you may not know where to begin or once started what to do next with Argus ONE This section guides you through a simple work scenario from starting a new project to printing or exporting a final version It also points out some important facts about meshing techniques 4 Part 1 Basic Things to Know About Argus ONE Starting Argus ONE A new project window Use the layer selection button or menu to move between layers Argus ONE User s Guide Starting Argus ONE displays its main window Menus arranged at the top of the screen Macintosh or at the top of the window other windowing systems list the commands you ll use while working in
138. type of object the node lies above or within ayer_name 0 If the node does not lie above or within any contour 1 If the node lies above a point object 2 If the node lies above an open contour 3 If the node lies above a close contour 4 If the node lies inside a close contour Argus ONE User s Guide Supplements version3 35 s3 Example See example in Supplements for version 2 5 pp 47s note that the epsilon is a new option and that the correct function definition is the one above Name amp Syntax Arguments NodeEffectiveLength layer_name layer_name Lepsilon epsilon Description amp Return Value The name of the layer containing the contour object for which you want to calculate the NodeEffectiveLength epsilon is the distance between the object and the node within which the node will still be considered to lie above a contour Returns half of the length of the two segments connected to the node which lies above the contour object If the node is the first or the last node above an open contour it returns the half length of only the last segment Rivers Nod Example Node EffectiveLength Rivers returns half the length of segments connected to the node which also lie above the open contour object in Rivers layer For middle nodes it returns half the length of both segments connected to it and which also lie above the objec
139. units is displayed in a small text box annotated to the contour s first vertex The show hide status of the contour s value is layer dependent Showing or hiding contours values takes place only in the active layer To hide contours value 1 Make sure the layer in which you want to hide the contour s value is the active one 2 From the view menu choose Show Contour Value All contours value in the layer are hidden Argus ONE User s Guide 114 Part 2 Basics for Using Argus ONE v Opaque Contours Shows Lonteur free v Show Contour Name v Show Contour Value iiss pur ean Layers L Show Hide gt Hide Others 36H She fR Argus ONE User s Guide The check mark y next to the menu item is removed to indicate that this option is turned off To show contours value 1 Make sure the layer in which you want to show the contour s value is the active one 2 From the View menu choose Show Contour Value All contours value are shown A check mark y next to the menu item indicates that this option is turned on To show and hide the contour s name A contour to which you assign a name display its name in a text box above the contour s value The show hide status of the contour s name is layer dependent Showing or hiding contours names takes place only in the active layer To hide contours name 1 Make sure the layer in which you want to hide the contour
140. up The window list popup menu Windows k Projeti 4 The currently active untitled window name is Project 2 Project 4 dimmed Project 3 From the popup menu choose the required window name The window is sent to the front Argus ONE User s Guide 166 Part 2 Basics for Using Argus ONE Saving a Project Argus ONE User s Guide When you open a project Argus ONE copies it from the disk and displays the copy in a project window As you work you re actually making changes to the copy of the project temporarily stored in memory on your computer To keep your latest work safely on the disk you should periodically save your project You should also save backup copies of important projects A good rule of thumb is to save every 10 to 15 minutes or after you ve completed any work you wouldn t want to redo If you save frequently you won t lose much work if a power failure or other problem occurs It is also a good habit to save a project before you make a major change to it such as re meshing or refining the mesh When you save a project the project remains open on your screen so you can continue working If you re finished with a project close it to prevent accidental change to it When you quit Argus ONE if any changes to the project have not been saved an alert is brought up to ask you if you want to save these changes To Save a Project The first time you save a project you name the project and tell Argu
141. value 129 To remove the manual override 130 Manipulating Parameters 130 To change a layer parameter s name 130 Parameters full names 130 To change parameter ordering 131 To remove a parameter 132 To duplicate a layer parameter 132 Linking Parameters 132 To Link Parameters 133 To Link Many Parameters At Once 133 Linked Parameters Naming 135 Expressions 135 Using Expressions 136 Using Operators 136 Order of Evaluation of Operators Functions and Parameters 137 Using Linked Parameters 137 About Functions 138 Function Categories 138 How Function Descriptions Are Organized 139 Using Arguments 139 Mathematical Functions 140 Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions 142 Geometric Functions 144 Logical Functions 145 Search Functions 145 Action Taking Functions 146 Layer Specific Functions 146 Mesh Layer Functions 146 Mesh Layer Element Functions 148 Mesh Layer Node Functions 150 Grid Layer Functions 151 Grid Layer Block Functions 154 Creating and Editing Expressions 159 The Expression Dialog 159 The calculator panel 159 The logical operators panel 160 The Functions Layers and Parameters Lists 160 The expression editor panel 161 Expression Validity Testing 161 Infinities and Non Numbers 162 NaN Resulting Operations 162 Not Available Values 162 Assigning N A to the Default Param eter Value 162 Assigning N A to an Object s Parameter 162 Argus MeshMaker User s Guide 124 Part 2 Basics for Usin
142. value returned is of that contour To read about the interpolation method and the Exact contour method refer to part 2 chapter 2 Working with Information Layers Argus ONE User s Guide 34 Part 1 Basic Things to Know About Argus ONE A window showing contours data interpretation under the default Nearest Contour method Argus ONE User s Guide dit Yiew Special Navigation 3 01 y 8 64 pth 90 m The value the outer most contour The value the enclosing contour Linking Mesh and Grid Layers to Information Type Layers Linking layers allows you to assign values from one layer to another Linking Information type layers to Mesh and Grid layers allows you to assign nodes elements and blocks values from information layers When you create such a link each mesh or grid object probes the information layers it is linked to for its value in them A node for instance is assigned its value at its X and Y position in the linked information layer To link an information layer to a mesh and a grid layer Linking layers is performed in the Layers Dialog When you link one layer to another a new layer parameter is created for that link A parameter can be merely a constant a linked layer or a complex expression To link the mesh and grid layers to the Depth layer you just created 1 Open the Layers Dialog 2 Click the Mesh layer line in the Layers list to select it The line is highl
143. ve used for creating the outline contour create an island inside the outline contour However to make good use of valuable information you brought into Argus ONE the No Flow Zone 1 and No Flow Zone 2 close contours Argus ONE enables you to copy these contours from the Maps layer and paste them in the Domain layer Argus ONE will automatically transform them into islands To create the Domain s island contours using copy and paste 1 Using the Layer Selection Menu or Button activate the Maps layer by bringing it to be the front most 2 Click the first contour you wish to copy the contour vertices are highlighted to inform you it is selected 3 SHIFT Click the second contour you wish to copy to add it to the current selection From the Edit menu choose Copy 5 Using the Layer Selection Menu or Button activate the Domain layer by bringing it to be the front most 6 From the Edit menu choose Paste Argus ONE creates the two contours and designates them as islands holes by hatching them E untitled i B Domain Outline E Argus E 2 00 i 4 00 i 6 00 j _ Island Outline z Contours I Color v 8 Cie East oundary Domain Outline Contour Meshing the domain To mesh discretisize the domain make sure you re in a mesh layer The layer selection popup menu should r
144. which you want to add new linked parameters Argus ONE User s Guide 134 Part 2 Basics for Using Argus ONE Layers Name Units Type Domain Outline Density Domain i To link many parameters rile Monee to a layer select the layer Maps Maps line to which you want to Formation 1 Top m Information add the new linked Formation 1 Bot m Information Conductivity 1 K1 ft sec Information Remove parameters Porosity 1 B 1 Information i Duplicate Layer Parameters Name Units Type Value Duplicate Click the Multiple Add Tupe button to link many z5 Layer Params parameters at once Element Params Geographic Density M Density Node Params In the parameter control panel click the Multiple utton to create the 3 Inth t trol 1 click the Multiple Add button t te th linked parameters The Add Multiple Parameters dialog box opens and presents you with the list of available parameters Hod Multiple Parameters Layers names appear in bold layers The Add Multiple Choose parameters parameters are indented below the Parameters dialog box Argus ONE User s Guide Formation 1 Top Formation 1 thickness Tran vity 1 Formation 1 Bot Formation 1 Bot Conductivity 1 layer name Click a parameter to add it to the selection Click a selected parameter to remove it from the selection 4 Click the mouse in every parameter s line you wish to link to add it to the se
145. you wish to create the post processing object Select a graphic object to serve as the cross section polygon 4 From the tool palette select the cross section diagram tool If a graphic object is not selected then you can not choose the cross section tool from the palette 5 Click the cursor where you want the object to start and stretch a rectangle to where you want it to end The Cross Section Diagram dialog opens to let you specify additional parameters Cross Section EE Click here to cancel Please specify object information Co creating the object Scroll to view and or edit the vertices of the cross section polygon Uncheck to hide axes Uncheck to hide the legend Layer v First Realization Data EE a ta me Select Parameters Pressure Click to select all data layer parameters to be investigated Section Line Coordinates 7 69611 1 12555 fo 7 60475 1 12555 o BX Show axes C Revert x axis Check to revert the se colors Uncheck to plot cross sections in black 6 From the Layer popup menu select the data layer containing the parameters you wish to plot All data layers into which you have read or imported information are listed in the menu Argus MeshMaker User s Guide A Cross Section Diagram post processing object representing the pressure distribution along a section line in a flow field around a cylinder S
146. 0 100 00 50 000 0 00e0 E s Domain Outline Density Depth w Manning Northern Boundary Eastern Boundary Southern Boundary Western Boundary Maps courtesy of Adele Militello Conrad Blucher Institute Texas A amp M Argus ONE User s Guide 6 s3 Supplements version 3 Show lt amp Domain Outline D Grid Density Depth Manning You can also select discontinuous sets of layers v Domain Outline ity Grid Density Depth Manning Northern Boundary pae Eastern Boundary Southern Boundary Western Boundary Argus ONE User s Guide Layout of the Layers Window Click the All button to show all layers Click the None button to hide all layers but the active one Click the Layers button to open the Layers Dialog Check mark indicating the active layer Click in any layer to activate it P 3 usr Density Open or shut eyes indicating Depth layers visibility status click the Manning r If you have many layers 3 scroll to view them or k resize the window x a North Bound eye icon to show hide a layer Shon Monnens Eastern Boundary Southern Boundary Western Boundary If your layer names are long scroll to view them Showing and hiding sets of layers You can show and hide sets of layers This enables you to easily control the vi
147. 0 grid line Add one vertical 25 278 grid lines Add a number of 26 278 grid lines Delete a group of 27 279 grid of a domain Create a finite difference 18 19 grid type Setting the 261 Argus ONE User s Guide 314 grid variables Non exportable 293 grid Create without defining a domain 18 grid Delete the 276 grid Deleting the 276 grid Editing the 25 grid Example of an exported 295 grid Export a using the built in export 294 grid Export your 39 grid Locked 276 grid Locking and unlocking the 24 grid Making changes to the 24 grid Manually deactivate a selected group of blocks 28 281 grid Move the 275 grid Moving the 274 grid Resize the 275 grid Resizing the 275 grid Search a 284 grid Seeing through the 270 grid Set type to block centered 261 grid Set type to grid centered 261 grid Unlock the 277 grid Using information contours to refine the 23 grided domain Re griding an already 269 griding the domain Automatically 22 H hardware requirements Platform specific xvii Hide a layer 79 113 Hiding showing and moving between layers 304 Argus ONE User s Guide icon Quickly set the block 283 icon Quickly set the node 227 Import a background map stored as a DXF file 8 19 Import a DXF file 69 Import a generic Argus ONE contour file 70 104 Import contours 104 Import contours from a DXF file 104 Import file format 255 import file First line of a valid mesh
148. 0 layers Moving between 78 layers Setting your 73 layers Showing and hiding 78 113 215 270 Link an information layer to a mesh and a grid layer 34 Link many parameters at once 133 Link parameters 133 Linked parameters naming 135 linked parameters Using 137 Load a template from a disk file 173 Lock the grid 276 Locked grid 276 Locking and unlocking the grid 24 Logical operators panel 159 loops Resolving 185 manual override Remove the 130 Manually create an element 232 Maps layers tool palette 57 Maps type layers 68 maps layer Moving graphic objects ina 72 maps layer Using 88 Matrices describing grid and blocks parameters values 294 Maximize box or the zoom box 50 Memory considerations 164 memory allocated to Argus ONE Increase the 165 Mesh layer functions 146 Mesh layer node functions 150 Argus ONE User s Guide 316 Mesh layers tool palette 55 Mesh related layers 67 Mesh template example 186 mesh and grid layers Linking to information type layers 34 mesh BandWidth Optimize the 240 mesh densities Setting different 209 mesh density contour Define a 13 206 mesh density Assign to other domain contour objects 211 mesh density Default 196 mesh density Effect of the size of boundary segments on 197 mesh density Other domain factors affecting 200 mesh export file First line of a 251 mesh for acute elements Check your 208 mesh generation Controlling automatic 2
149. 1 Real String String gt Real abcd 90 or 0 12 3 gt 12 3 le8 gt 1e 08 12abc gt 12 Integer String String gt Integer abcd 90 or 0 52 gt 52 12abc gt 1 Boolean String String gt Boolean the stringis 0 gt False first converted to Integer 0 gt True Argus ONE User s Guide 22 s3 Supplements version 3 Argus ONE User s Guide Operators A number of Arithmetic and Comparison operators now have different meaning when performed on strings Operators valid for string manipulations Type of operator Example Operator Description Concatenation The expression Concatenate Combines strings and Hello World returns returns strings the string Hello World Comparison String comparisons are Equal Compares two strings i i p string performed as if the strings Greatertha and returns logical are sorted alphabetically value True 1 or Hence a lt b returns lt Less than False 0 Ha P os ties SS Greater than oF rue and a returns equal to False lt Less than or equal to l Not equal to Order of Evaluation Operators applied to mixed expressions that is expressions containing variables returning different types convert the variables to different types automatically Evaluation of expressions is performed according to the following rules 1 The expression is first evaluated according to the order of evaluation of operators
150. 1 The Point object Using the Point tool to create a Point object allows you to define a point at some X and Y coordinates and assign information values at that location The Point object enables you to describe point sources and sinks and point loads as well as any discrete information 2 The Open Contour object Using the Open Polygon tool allows you to create an Open Contour object which is a line in the plane You can assign this contour information values The Open Contour object enables you to describe rivers and fractures as well as any equal value information along that line 3 The Close Contour object Using the Close Polygon tool allows you to create a Close Contour object which is a closed line in the plane You can assign this line information values The Close Contour object enables you to describe areas or zones having the same value Using a number of Closed Contours you can describe a surface in three dimensions such as the topography of a geological formation or the bathymetry of a lake or an ocean initial and boundary conditions distribution on a plane a physical parameter or material properties distribution An information layer containing a number of these objects is referred to as an Information Contour Map You may either digitize information objects from DXF files that were imported into a Maps layer or you can import digitized data in the form of contour maps stored in Argus ONE s generic format The values of
151. 10 20 and 30 are the values of the contours in the referenced layer If in the referenced layer Allow Intersection is turned on then the function will return A 10 C 10 B 20 D 30 B 10 D 10 since the hatched contour is also fully encompassed by the most outer contour This would also be the case if there were additional contours fully encompassing the hatched contour See also Effective Value for mesh nodes and elements and grid blocks The hatched contour is tested vis a vis all contours in the referenced layer Polygons A B C and D are created by the intersection of the hatched contour and the contours in the referenced layer The area of each intersected polygon is multiplied by the value of the contour which intersected the hatched polygon The sum of these products is returned Argus ONE User s Guide 32 s4 Argus ONE User s Guide Supplement version 4 New Grid Layer Functions Name amp Syntax GridAngle Arguments Description amp Return Value Returns the angle of rotation of the grid in radians New Block Functions Name amp Syntax BlockGradX parameter_name Arguments parameter_name Description amp Return Value Returns the X gradient calculated as central difference real between the value of parameter_name at the blocks to the left and right of the current block Name amp Syntax BlockGradY parameter_name Arguments pa
152. 12 mesh layer domain and density layers Assigning the 193 mesh layer Link an information layer to a 34 mesh of a domain Create a finite element 8 mesh preferences controls Open the 199 mesh Renumbering an example 239 mesh variables Non exportable 251 mesh Example of an exported 253 mesh Export a using the built in export 252 mesh Export your 39 mesh Making changes to the 14 mesh Search a 242 mesh Seeing through the 214 mesh Using information contours to refine the 12 meshed domain Re meshing an already 197 Argus ONE User s Guide Meshing the domain 11 meshing preferences Setting other 203 Mouse conventions xiii mouse techniques Basic 84 Move a grid line 27 280 Move an element 228 Move the grid 275 Moving a grid line 27 280 Moving a node 17 223 Moving contours 103 Moving elements 227 Moving graphic objects in a maps layer 72 Moving the grid 274 moving between layers 304 moving between layers Keyboard shortcuts for 80 Navigation window 53 nearest contour method 116 Node information 52 Node numbering 230 node and element information Showing and hiding 216 node data Assign and edit 226 node functions 150 node icon Quickly set the 227 node icon Show and hide the 217 node information Assigning 226 node information Edit 36 node numbers Show and hide 218 node Editing and adding information 36 node Export Line describing a 251 node goto 89 node Import Line de
153. 2 u10 42 123 4567 Lil23 45 E10 2 123 4567 Liil 23E 02 E10 6 123 4567 1 234567E 02 Setting delimiters between arguments in a line The input format to your numerical model contains lines describing more than one variable Some of the input formats require that multiple fields in a line be delimited A delimiter may be any character or group of characters inserted between fields in a line Argus ONE gives you full control of the delimiter character You can set any character or group of characters to be the delimiter you can have different delimiters at different places in a line and in a file or you can decide not to use delimiter between certain fields To create an explicit delimiter just insert an Export Expression script line and specify the delimiter as literal text that is text between quotes 66 99 To use a dynamic delimiter just insert the character after the expression or click the Delimiter button in the Argument Editing control panel The dynamic delimiter is replaced by the delimiter you set in the General Export Parameters dialog box Argus ONE User s Guide 178 Part 2 Basics for Using Argus ONE Name Syntax Arguments Loop Loop for Elements Element Parameters End loop Nodes Node Parameters Parameters Argus ONE User s Guide Blocks Block Parameters Columns or Rows Variable This command is a block command The Loop command enables you to loop over a group of objects and ex
154. 22 3 8805555556 tab 3 3161111111 4 2333333333 tab 3 9158333333 5 0447222222 tab 4 5508333333 5 8208333333 tab 5 9266666667 5 5738888889 tab 6 66750 4 9741666667 tab 7 478888388889 4 171212222222 tab 8 8194444444 5 2916666667 tat 9 4191666667 8 6077777778 tab 6 35000 7 6552777778 tab 3 0691666667 Close Contour 6 tab 85 5 9 4191666667 tab 1 2347222222 10 26583 tab 2 5752777778 Open Contour 10 01888 tab 4 12750 10 37166 tab 55 5738888889 10 93611 tab 6 66750 10 12472 tab 8 6077777778 mi tab 44 432 A Point 12 4191666667 tab 11 2347222222 TEGLtEtTrrtrtre ttpEtrearatrotrtttt tt A comment line The file may contain any number of comment lines A comment line starts with the character Argus ONE skips such lines A comment line in which the character is followed by a space and any number of characters is reserved for future use by Argus ONE Argus ONE User s Guide Chapter 2 Working with Information Layers 107 Important note In commenting your contour files try to refrain from using the sequence space It might be used by future versions of Argus ONE The contour s name line for instance starts with the sequence space The contour s name line The first line in a block of contours might be the contour s name line Name Contour s name The contour s name line is optional Comment lines When you export or copy contours Argus ONE adds comment lines to the file The followi
155. 4 00 iy MA Dii Blocks within the grid density contour of 0 2 cm are forced to that size Controlling the Horizontal and Vertical Grid Densities To reduce the block size horizontally only Create a horizontal open density contour and assign it the required density Click the Magic Wand to re grid the domain zj untitled _File y Edt y View vy Special y Navigation v CS BArgus 10 00 12 00 14 00 iti T ie SS iy Wy an a WB Z G Since this density contour s enclosing rectangle is degraded it is flat block size is reduced only in the horizontal Argus ONE User s Guide 268 Part 4 Finite Difference Grids To reduce the block size vertically only e Create a vertical open density contour and assign it the required density Click the Magic Wand to re grid the domain zy untitled _File y Edt y View vy Special v Navigation v RI Argus 6 00 apo 10 00 12 00 14 00 PAW e SWS SVQ AAT SS aS A eo E MEN gene Since this density contour s enclosing rectangle is degraded it is flat block size is reduced only in the vertical To reduce the block size evenly over the horizontal and vertical e Create an open contour at 45 and assign it the required density Click the Magic Wand to re grid the domain zy untitled File y Edt y
156. 5 Scattered data To import scattered data 1 In the Import Data dialog click the scsttereddsta radio button to set the data format to Scattered data 2 Click the OK button Use the standard Open File dialog box to locate and choose the file containing the data Scattered data file format The first line of a file describing scattered data Number of Data Points Number of Parameters Fields must be delimited by the TAB or SPACE characters The line is terminated by a CARRIAGE RETURN The number of parameters is the number of values assigned to each data point X Y location in the file The number of parameters is unlimited A line describing a data point X Y Value offirstdata Value of second data Value of nth data point Value of last data point parameter point parameter parameter point parameter There are Number of Data Points lines describing the data points Fields must be delimited by the TAB or SPACE characters Each line is terminated by a CARRIAGE RETURN Empty fields and sequential delimiters are not allowed If the file does not fully adhere to the above format Argus ONE will fail to read the file and will notify you by presenting the following alert MeshMaker encountered a problem while trying to read this file Please make sure that the file is in a valid MeshMaker format Mesh data Data created on a mesh can be read into a Argus ONE data layer in two formats The first format includes th
157. 522 Fi Median 51 68 emx 8 01 y 4 87 Mesh 2 Mode 52 98 Element 2209 Nodes 1339 1340 1315 Neighbors 2217 2208 2206 E Areou Standard Deviation 5 29478675 SSS Variance 28 0347667 TERO ENP SINPSISGS LENA Kurtosis 1 69441378 OA VAZ ANAT Skewness 1 0680023 pa OSPREY Range 35 13 Ee ZNZ SO F Minimum 24 73 Wes ey Maximum 59 86 ie BS Y D Minimal angle histogram Number of nodes 1507 Number of acute elements below 22 5 0 The resulting mesh has fifty percent more elements than the mesh created using the default element growth rate and no acute elements However as you can see from the descriptive statistics the average element minimal angle is 2 degrees closer to 60 degrees Also from the histogram one can deduce that more elements are closer to equilateral triangles Argus ONE User s Guide 206 Part 3 Finite Element Meshes Setting the Number of Smoothing Iterations As part of the automatic mesh generation Argus ONE performs a number of smoothing iterations to smooth the mesh The smoothing algorithm moves every node to the center of gravity of the polygon made of the elements connected to the node The default number of iterations is set to three which was thoroughly tested to produce the best meshes at the minimum computing resources You can set the number of smoothing iterations performed as part of the AMG to any number higher than 2 To set the number of smoothing iterations 1 From th
158. 963964 Information Ruler in Information Layers The information ruler can now present values on any of the layer parameters and not only the first parameter To show the values of other parameters select the required parameter from the Layer s parameter popup menu in the color palette Argus ONE User s Guide 42 s3 Supplements version 3 New Functionality in Mesh Layers A number of new options for controlling Auto Mesh Generation AMG have been added These and some other new mesh layer capabilities include e The meshing preferences have been separated into two groups e Control of node creation above domain outline vertices which lie along straight or almost straight domain outline lines e Enhance cleanup Applies to quadrilateral meshes only e Elimination of triangular shaped elements within quadrilateral meshes Applies to quadrilateral mesh types only e Control of bandwidth calculation in quadrilateral meshes e Control of element side visibility e New tool for creating orthogonal quadrilateral meshes Meshing Preferences The preferences dialog now contains two mesh preferences panels the general meshing and the quadrilateral meshing panels Preferences Meshing Preferences Quad and Tri mesh OK Special The General Meshing Number of smoothing iterations Refine Elements preferences panel __ Element growth rate nIm Rer s Controls affect both smog iM
159. Argus ONE s generic mesh export format explained in chapter 8 Exporting ans Importing a Mesh You can change this template and save it under a different name If you altered this template and saved the project but need to recover it just open a new project window and save the default template from that project You can now load it back into the other project Redirect output to S SBaseName lt yn E EDS FI ok Wo Export node related information Argus ONE User s Guide Start a new line Loop for Nodes Start a new line Loop for Node Parameters End loop End line End loop Loop for Elements Start a new line Export expression NumElements 18 Export expression NumNodes 18 Export expression NumElemParameters I8 Export expression NumNodeParameters I8 End line Export expression N Export expression NodeNumber I8 Export expression PositionX F8 2 Export expression PositionY F8 2 Export expression SParameterS F8 2 S g Export expression E Export expression ElementNumber I8 5 Export expression NthNodeNum 1 I8 2 Export expression NthNodeNum 2 18 g Export expression NthNodeNum 3 18 5 Loop for Element Parameters Export expression ParameterS F8 2 End loop 8 End line uj End loop End file Chapter 5 Exporting a Project 187 Grid Templ
160. Argus ONE At the top of the window is the window s title Below the window title Macintosh or below the menu bar other windowing systems is the information ruler The information ruler provides you with information regarding mouse location objects information nodes and elements your current active layer the coordinate system units and the current view with respect to the drawing size and the domain s outline The inner most rulers are the drawing rulers which provide you with the location of objects on the screen in the units of your choice On the left side of Argus ONE s window you will find the tool palette which includes the tools most often used while working in Argus ONE Once you launch the application a new project window is displayed 10 00 The layer selection button J The Information ruler The layer selection menu The tool palette The rulers The project s coordinate system direction scale and units origin drawing size as many other parameters are preset to some defaults You can rely on these and other Argus ONE default settings until you re ready to change them Use this same technique to choose any other command from a menu Your First Argus ONE Project 5 To resume work on an existing project If you re resuming work on a project you need to open the project to see it on your screen 1 From the File menu choose Open Clo
161. Argus ONE beeps to alert you Closing the Contour e When you re ready to finish double click the last vertex to close the contour Argus ONE joins the last and first vertices Or Click the first vertex to close the contour Assigning the Contour a Value Once you have double clicked the last vertex Argus ONE presents you with a dialog box asking you for the contour s value The initial value assigned to the contour by Argus ONE is the default value you assigned to the layer s main and other parameters when creating the layer Argus ONE User s Guide 98 Part 2 Basics for Using Argus ONE To assign contour values 1 Type the value in the text edit box Important note ee m This text box presents you with basic If you click the Cancel button the contour is deleted Argus ONE User s Guide Please Suter value for this contour information such as its type contour 3 number of vertices its area and Contour is Closed P erimeter Number of vertices 6 Contour area TY Contour perimeter 13 Type in a contour name It will help you locate it Contour name Parameter alue Units Formation 1 To n Type in the main parameter value rormeronstitht Move to the next lines to enter other Transmisivity parameters values 2 Click the OK button Clicking the Cancel button erases the contour You can also set the contour s value at a later time Naming the Contour It
162. Capabilities Setting contours copying preferences this page should be placed after page 110 in the User s Guide You can now choose if you want Argus ONE to copy the contours parameters values when copying contours 1 From the Special menu choose Preferences 2 Click the clipboard preferences icon 3 Check the Copy contour parameter values check box Preferences Clipboard Preference OK When copying arcs to Information layer convert it to segments every degrese Delimiter character for contour Copy Paste EI Copy contour name EJ Copy contour parameter values Check to copy all contour parameter values when copying a contour The clipboard preferences icon Argus MeshMaker User s Guide Allow Intersection Special Refine Elements Renumber Smooth Elements Drawing Size Scale and Units 3U Preferences R Manual Calculation Calculate Now Tangent contours Intersecting contours Supplements version 2 5 55 s2 5 Tesslated and Overlapping Contours Information layers now support tessellated and overlapping contours This feature is extremely useful for coverage information such as man made bathymetry and land usage type To use From the Special menu select Allow Intersection Notice that a contour may still not intersect itself Also note that an Information type layer containing no intersecting cont
163. DY 2 5 MMB SSS Se coxaainaty sano gona outine VES Argus Domain Outline O Density Domain Outline Grid Density Depth Manning Northern Boundary Eastern Boundary Southern Boundary Western Boundary Place the Layers window OUTSIDE this gray area to improve drawing speed k Liii ai 6 60 New Window Menu The new Window menu appearing as the right most menu lists all Argus ONE open windows Both project windows and Data Layers Show Values windows are listed Windows Post Processing Example Bay Harbor Mesh es Grid Example Mesh Enample To bring a window to the front using the Window menu e To activate a window select its name from the window menu If the Layers floating window for that window was open at the time you sent it to the back it is restored when you bring its project window to the front Argus ONE User s Guide 8 s3 Supplements version 3 Layers Dialog New Appearance and Functionality The Layers dialog has been slightly changed to add functionality and to Argus ONE User s Guide improve performance lt Type 1666 6 6 e868 MODFLOW MAP Unit1 MODFLOW MAP Unit2 MODFLOW MAP Unit3 MODFLOW Domain Outline MODFLOW GRID Grid Density Presecribed Head Unit1 Prescribed Head Unit2 Prescribed Head Unit3 G Maps Maps Maps E Domain G Information Information In
164. Domain Outline 2 rou O 12 00 1 A detailed view of a domain outline contour at the vicinity of a contaminant source As a result of Argus ONE s ability to automatically handle complex geometries meshing was accomplished in a few minutes without the need to manually define mesh densities EEEE Bay 6 H arb o r 020 ETE DS Element 1535 Nodes 345 978 977 Neighbors 1536 1609 1534 wArgu 5 00 10 00 15 00 AAA Rate h iS Cras var a R Sec Contamination source Argus ONE User s Guide Chapter 6 Meshing a Domain 203 Setting Other Meshing Preferences Argus ONE allows you to control two other meshing preferences affecting the resulting mesh e The element growth rate e The numter of smoothing iterations Setting the Element Growth Rate As mentioned before there are three meshing rules Argus ONE keeps for you while meshing a domain In a mesh that must have small elements at some areas and can have larger elements at other areas the first and third rules contradict The first requires that the mesh will have as little number of nodes as possible while the third requires that the elements created are as close to equilateral triangles as possible To satisfy the first and third meshing rules Argus ONE allows elements to grow at a certain rate This rate is the element growth rate that was optimized through tens of thous
165. E User s Guide et A grid created without auto rotation has 189 blocks Z UUUY C7 Frc Grid Angle Please enter grid angle E Automatic Angle Calculation wy Check to use auto rotation orks A S or uncheck and specify the aaan A grid created with auto angle of rotation oe rotation has 88 blocks Regridding with automatic grid rotation When a grid already exists and you choose to regrid the domain the re grid dialog allows you to select auto rotation no rotation or manually specify the rotation angle A grid already exist in this layer Do you wish to erase it and re grid or only set inactive blocks within the current grid ancet_ C peactivate For Re Gridonly X Automatic Angle Calculation Check to use auto rotation or uncheck and specify the angle of rotation The effect of density on auto grid rotation Since the auto rotation attempts to minimize the number of grid blocks density defined in the density layer associated with the grid is also taken into consideration Under certain geometries and grid densities it may happen that the minimum number of grid blocks will occur in a rotated grid The automatically rotated grid has fewer blocks than the unrotated one Supplement version4 19 s4 Operation of Tools in Rotated Grids The operation of grid tools which involve stretching a rectangle reflect the rotation of the grid by creating t
166. EA NZ A AAI MATY e SETAN SOS INI WAN N VAY ZN ES Ea INZ SANJ AK KW RO NJ Choose the Quit command to close all open windows and quit Argus ONE CYS Ny AX iS A7 Z Use the close box to close this window To Quit Argus ONE e From the file menu choose Quit If you forget to save an open project before you close its window or quit Argus ONE Argus ONE displays an alert message that asks you whether you want to save changes to the project Click the Yes button in the alert box Argus ONE User s Guide 42 Part 1 Basic Things to Know About Argus ONE Where to Go from Here Argus ONE User s Guide Once you ve completed your first project with Argus ONE you are ready to investigate other features and techniques Or perhaps you d like more help with a task described in this section The following table directs you to more information For information regarding See Working on your computer Using the Argus ONE menus and commands and working in project windows Using Information layers and creating information contours Using Data type layers and importing scattered grided and meshed information Visualizing your model results as well as mesh and grid information distribution Importing DXF files to Maps type layers Importing and Exporting contours Creating a Grid Creating a Mesh Exporting a Mesh Exporting a Grid Creating and Using Ex
167. Elements Using the color palette you can instruct Argus ONE to evaluate the mesh elements with respect to any of the element parameters Using colors is explained in detail in chapter 1 To color the elements in the following screen shot with respect to their values in the information layer seen through the mesh 1 Create a mesh or element parameter and link it to the information layer 2 From the Colors popup menu select the linked parameter un titled SaaS mxs wes men dak x Element 664 Nodes 311 435 351 Neighbors 665 666 502 Arou 5 00 10 00 15 00 fi Sg e peach SSSR ROKK VAVAY AX SAAVA ZAVA aAA TAT Ea i D a ad 3 Click the colors handle to activate coloring untitled x Element 674 Nodes 435 438 436 Neighbors 672 739 66 Arou E F PETAN Argus ONE User s Guide Special Refine Elements Renumber Smooth Elements Mesh All Drawing Size Scale and Units U Preferences 8R Manual Calculation Calculate Now Special Refine Elements Renumber Smooth Elements Mesh All Drawing Size Scale and Units 3U Preferences R v Manual Calculation Calculate Now Chapter 7 Editing and Refining a Mesh 247 Colors and Performance Considerations When colors is on and a parameter is chosen in the Colors popup menu each element in the
168. F file imported into a Maps Layer Your First Argus ONE Project To create a grid of a domain defined in a Domain Outline layer If you have already read how to create a Domain Outline contour in the previous paragraphs you can skip this section Defining the domain Defining the domain is performed in a Domain type layer by creating an outline of the domain including holes islands using the Polygon tool A contour created in a Domain type layer is referred to as the Domain Outline Contour A Domain type layer can also contain points for designating point sources and sinks or point loads as well as open contours designating other boundaries such as rivers faults fractures etc These are explained in detail in the following parts of the manual Associating a Domain type layer to a Grid layer tells Argus ONE what is the domain you want to grid and what will be the average block size in that domain Using the Polygon tool you can define the outline of the domain by digitizing it directly from a background map of the area of interest To import a background map stored as a DXF file 1 Click the bottom arrow in the Layers Selection Button E until the Layers Popup Menu reads Maps the Maps layer is active 2 From the File menu choose Import DXF File 3 In the Open dialog box open the DXF file As Argus ONE imports the file a Progress dialog box appears to indicate that a time consuming operation is in progress
169. INS Ay VA Wy X ae Oo VAZN VW KAA 2 Re LIK AIOE wa BTS rata A SES KA Using Information Contours to refine the mesh The mesh you create has a tremendous impact on the solution of the numerical model both with respect to its accuracy and to the computing resources it demands Argus ONE Auto Mesh Generation is affected by many factors such as the segments sizes of the domain outline contour the distance of a contour to other contours or to itself and many other of which you have full control as you ll find out in the chapter Finite Element Meshes However you can also instruct the meshing module to refine the mesh at any point or area of need You tell Argus ONE of your refinement needs by defining the areas to be refined using information contours in an information layer and assigning that layer as the Density layer for the specific mesh layer Ifyou decide to re mesh your domain the density information you store in a density layer is retained and will affect your new re meshed mesh In contrast if you re mesh a mesh that you have refined manually this refinement will be lost Your First Argus ONE Project 13 The mesh layer that is created for you when creating a new project document is already assigned a mesh density layer named Density You can rename the layer or assign the mesh layer a different mesh density layer as you will learn later in
170. If you run your model on different realizations defined by different initial conditions or parameters that you have described using information layers you can easily change the contours values to take into account the new realization Argus ONE User s Guide 104 Part 2 Basics for Using Argus ONE To change a contour s values 1 Double click within the contour The Contour Information dialog box appears 2 Type the new values and name in the appropriate fields 3 Press the OK button Importing Contours Argus ONE enables you to import Point Close and Open contours If you have digitized data of contour maps such as domain boundaries initial conditions distribution or material distributions you can import them directly into the relevant layer You can import contours to all the layers with the exception of the mesh and grid layers You can also import DXF files into information and domain type layers The contours you import must comply with all the above described rules regarding the creation of contours at each of the different layer types You should also make sure that the imported contours are in the correct scale units and coordinate system orientation To Import Contours You can import contours from files saved in Argus ONE generic contour file format Text File or directly from DXF files DXF File a a To import contours from a generic file pen Close 8 1 Activate the layer you wish to imp
171. InElement Domain Layer 0 These highlighted elements along the open contour will return the value 1 for the function CountObjectsInElement Domain Layer 1 Argus MeshMaker User s Guide Supplements version 2 5 4582 5 Example The function CountObjectsInElement Domain Layer 1 counts the number of open contours in the layer Domain Layer intersecting or contained by the element and returns 0 if the element is not intersected by or contains no open contours 1 if the element is intersected by or contains one open contour N if the element is intersected by or contains N open contours Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value SumObjectsinElement parameter_name The name of an information type parameter_name layer parameter for which you need contour_type to sum the values of objects of type contour_type intersecting the element or contained in it 0 for Point objects 1 for Open Contour objects 2 for Close Contour objects contour_type optional Returns the sum of the objects values of type contour_type in parameter parameter_name intersecting or contained in the element If contour_type is omitted returns the sum of values of all objects intersecting or contained in the element If contour_type is 0 or if it is omitted and a point object is encountered SumObjectsInElement returns the sum of values of the point objects AH
172. L Layers K Hide Others Show All Colors Calculate Colors Show Block Values Opaque Blocks Show Block No v Show Block Icon Show Block Center v Block Boundary Line Argus ONE User s Guide Supplement version 4 Values Floater Information Type Layers In information type layers the values floater lists all contour objects and their values If no parameters but the default one have been assigned to the layer only the default s parameter values will be listed The list updates as you add and delete objects or parameters You may want to add parameters with contour functions such as ContourType and ContourName to display object specific information to assist you in identifying objects a untitled Railroad_Name Layer Data Chart Info Axes Lables Chart Contour values for layer Railroad Name Railroad_Name CFCC St_County Record_Num ID Conrail Railroad 76226900 Amtrak Railroad 76227116 Values Floater Grid Type Layers In grid type layers the values floater lists all blocks and their values This might become useful if you need to view numerically all block values as they will be exported to your model If no parameters have been assigned to the layer only row and column numbers are listed The list updates as you add and delete blocks or parameters You may want to add parameters with block functions such as BlockArea and BlockName to display bloc
173. Layers of all types except Maps type layers can hold as many parameters as you need Using these parameters allows you to describe additional information related to the layers objects For instance if you use a layer to describe the location and value of point sources or point loads you can specify additional information such as the source value at different times or a logical flag designating whether this source is continuous or a time dependent step function Your First Argus ONE Project 7 Mesh Layer You can re mesh and re grid as many times as you need to create your preferred mesh or grid and Argus ONE will automatically assign the correct data from the information and data layers to your elements nodes and blocks Grid Layer Domain Layer with a domain outline The data you bring into the different information and data layers must be aligned to the same Information and coordinates system Data Layers The origin the scale and the coordinate system directions must be identical Maps Layer Argus ONE User s Guide 8 Part 1 Basic Things to Know About Argus ONE New Open 0 Close BW Save S Save As Export gt Import d Text File 3M DHF File Page Setup Print Quit 360 Argus ONE User s Guide You can create as many layers as you need from each of the different layer types When you create a new project document Argus ONE
174. Mesh 2 eS Grid Grid you want to set z Density Units Information Temperature gradient Cym Information z Bathymetry m Information ye Layer Params Element Params Node Params Domain f Domain Outline 3 Densitu f Density lt A Domain Outline 1 Domain Outline 1 Domain Outline 2 Domain Outline 2 y Domain Outline 3 y Density Select the layer to serve Temperature gradient as density layer for the Bathymetry selected mesh layer Domain Outline 3 Select the layer to serve as domain layer for the selected mesh layer Using Contour Objects in Domain Layers The area within islands is not meshed Argus ONE User s Guide As in information type layers you can use close open and point contours in a domain type layer All contour objects can be assigned mesh density values The Domain Outline Contour A close contour in a domain type layer is referred to as a domain outline contour It tells Argus ONE meshing module what is the domain to be meshed and the default mesh density A domain outline contour can contain other close contours defining islands like internal boundaries A simple domain outline contour assigned default mesh density of 7 0 7 oS aS S AVAN SIS ie RN N An island TA EA ra A domain outline contour with an open contour A domain outline contour with a point object Chapter 6 Meshing a Domain 195 The Open Contour
175. NaN value where NaN stands for Not a Number NaN Resulting Operations When the result of a parameter s evaluation is meaningless or infinity Argus ONE returns the string NaN The following operations cause Argus ONE to return NaN e A mathematical operation on NaNs e Divide by zero e Mod function where the second argument is 0 zero e SqrtQ LogQ and Log10 functions where the argument is a negative number e Tan function where the argument is an integer multiple of 1 2 e ASinQ and ACos functions where the argument is not in the range 1 to 1 e ATan2 function where both arguments equal zero Not Available Values Argus ONE User s Guide You may assign any parameter and object s parameter the N A Not Available value Assigning N A to the Default Parameter Value Assigning a parameter N A as its default value is especially useful when the parameter s layer uses the Exact Contour interpretation method For example to have a layer describing boundary conditions set the layer to the Exact Contour method and assign it N A as its default value Then describe the different boundaries and their values using contours An object probing this layer will return the value of a boundary condition if it lies above a boundary and N A if it does not Assigning N A to an Object s Parameter You may also assign N A to an object s parameter This is useful when some objects in a layer do not
176. Name Show Node No v Show Node Icon Layers L Show Hide Hide Others Show All v Show Info Ruler Colors Calculate colors Hide Domain Outline Hide Mesh Hide Grid Hide Density Hide Maps Hide Formation 1 Top Depth Hide Formation 1 Bot Depth Hide Permeability 1 Show Porosity 1 Hide Boundary Conditions 1 Hide Formation 2 Bot Depth Hide Permeability 2 Hide Porosity 2 Hide Boundary Conditions 2 Hide Temperature To hide a layer 1 From the View menu Choose the Show Hide popup menu The visible layers are marked as Hide Layer name and the invisible ones are marked as Show Layer name 2 Select the layer you wish to hide The layer is hidden Notice that the currently active layer Mesh is dimmed that is because you can not hide the currently active layer If you want to hide a layer that is presently the active layer you must first set another layer to be the active layer The active layer Mesh layer is dimmed because you can not hide the active layer The hidden layer Porosity 1 says Show Porosity 1 The Show Hide prefix is changed to reflect the visibility status of the layer The layers you hide are temporarily removed from the workplace and their names appear dimmed in the View menu When you scroll between layers using the layer selection button in the information ruler the hidden layers are skipped To show a layer From the Vi
177. ONE version 3 allows you to select and edit any number of contour vertices at once This include the ability to move delete copy and paste vertices and contour segments These new capabilities are very important for assigning boundary conditions using GIS functions Selecting contours and contour vertices To allow for vertices selection the selection of contours is now a two stage operation The first time you click a contour it is selected and all its vertices are highlighted as in pre version 3 If you click a vertex when the contour is selected the vertex is selected and appears as a hollow bullet Supplements version 3 37 s3 To select a vertex 1 Click to select the contour the vertex belongs to 2 Click the vertex The vertex is selected and appears as a hollow rectangle To add vertices to the selection e While holding the SHIFT key click the vertex to be added to the selection To add multiple vertices to the selection all at once using the arrow tool 1 From the tool palette select the arrow tool 2 While holding down the SHIFT key click and drag the mouse to create a stretch rectangle around the vertices to be added to the selection 3 When all vertices are within the stretch rectangle release the mouse button To add multiple vertices to the selection all at once using the lasso tool 1 From the tool palette select the lasso tool 2 While holding down the SHIFT key click and drag the mouse around the
178. RIAGE RETURN The number of element parameters is the number of values assigned to each element and is ignored The number of node parameters is the number of values assigned to each node The number of parameters is unlimited A line describing a node Node X Y Valueoffirstnode Value of second node Value of nth node Value of last node Number parameter parameter parameter parameter There are Number of Nodes lines describing the nodes Fields must be delimited by the TAB or SPACE characters Each line is terminated by a CARRIAGE RETURN A line describing the element connectivity Element Number 1st Node Number 2nd Node Number 3rd Node Number There are Number of Elements lines describing the element connectivities in a counter clockwise order Fields must be delimited by the TAB or SPACE characters Each line is terminated by a CARRIAGE RETURN Empty fields and sequential delimiters are not allowed If the file does not fully adhere to the above format Argus ONE alerts you and halts import Argus ONE User s Guide 12 s2 5 Supplements version 2 5 You may also read files exported from a Argus ONE mesh layer using the default export format provided you used a SPACE or TAB as the delimiters To read more about the mesh export default format refer to Chapter 8 Built in Export File Format on page 251 To import mesh data without triangulation information 1 Make sure that the data you are about to import corresp
179. Return Value Strindex string string string is the string of characters in which substring substring you wish to find where substring starts Both arguments are case sensitive Returns the location Integer of the first character of substring within string If substring is not present within string value returned is 0 Example Strindex Argus gus StriIndex Argus argus returns 0 returns 3 Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value Substring string string Returns the string of characters of length from count from count starting at and including from count eet P position in string If from is smaller or larger than string returns an empty string If from is negative it is counted from the length of string If count is negative returns the string starting at from minus count Example Substring Argus 3 3 returns the string gus Substring Argus 1 2 returns the string us Substring Argus 1 2 returns the empty string Argus ONE User s Guide 26 s3 Supplements version 3 Argus ONE User s Guide Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value Upper string string string is the string whose characters are to be converted to upper case Returns string in upper case Example Upper argus returns ARGUS Upper Argus returns ARGUS Upper arg
180. To copy a layer 1 In the layers list select the layer line 2 Click the Copy button Important Note LDLs main use is in the development of PIEs If you are not familiar with LDL be sure not to paste layer definitions which you have edited outside of Argus ONE Supplements version3 9 s3 The layer definition is copied into the clipboard To paste a layer 1 In the layers list select the line of the layer below which you want to paste a layer 2 Click the Paste button The layer appears below the selected layer If the name of the layer already exists that is if you did not delete the layer you copied then it is changed to a unique new name by a number suffix Copy and Paste the Complete Layer Structure You can also copy the complete layer structure by holding the SHIFT key while clicking the Copy button This option is especially valuable for Argus ONE PIE developers The Layer Definition Language Copying and pasting layers is performed by parsing the layers using the Layers Definition Language LDL The LDL is a complete text representation of Argus ONE layer system It includes all the fields and status flags required to define a layer To find more about LDL refer to Argus ONE PIE documentation LDL Examples Layer Name Domain Outline Units Density Type Domain Visible Yes Interpretation Method Nearest Parameter Name Density Units Density Value Type Real Value 0 P
181. To o fa Ls 7 EJ Block Column EELE S gen amp Block Row inti o To 0 amp Block Column T amp Block Row Argus MeshMaker User s Guide Chapter 9 Creating and Editing a Grid 287 The blocks matching the search criteria are selected If no blocks matching the search criteria are found Argus ONE reports it with the following alert J No objects were found matching the criteria Expanding the Search Scope By default the dialog is set to Replace Selection By If when invoking the dialog some blocks are already selected they are de selected and replaced by the newly found set To expand or reduce the search scope over an already found set change this field to Add Found Blocks To Current Selection or Remove Found Blocks From Current Selection and define the additional search Search Examples e To find all blocks lying on the domain boundary check the Boundary Blocks check box and initiate the search Acquifer ago SA NAS SVT VA m2227 EZAOU Ehn PT m E S EN AF OZAR S NEA KK A NN LEO PT TT TT Ty ty te E a Boundary blocks are selected Argus ONE User s Guide 288 Part 4 Finite Difference Grids Coloring Blocks Using the color palette you can instruct Argus ONE to evaluate the grid blocks with respect to
182. Units dialog box Chapter 1 The Argus ONE Workplace 61 The Coordinate System When you start a new project in Argus ONE you should set the coordinate system to fit the coordinate system of the data you re about to import into the project and the one you intend to work with Argus ONE allows you to change some of the coordinate system s parameters after you ve started to work Controlling the coordinate system The Scale amp Units dialog allows you to control the coordinate system using four parameters e Screen Units scale nominator e Real World Units scale denominator e Scale the Ratio of Screen Units to Real World Units e The Coordinate system directions To open the Scale amp Units dialog e From the Special menu choose the Scale amp Units command The Scale amp Units dialog box is opened Scale amp Units Please specify document Scale amp Units Coordinate Ever a cn 7 system y Cem _ v Set the screen units o y y on the screen represents r Dem vj Set the real world O zd O ma in the real world units Choose the coordinate system s direction When you create a new Argus ONE document its default coordinate system settings is e Screen Units centimeters e Real World Units centimeters e Scale 1 1 e Coordinates direction right handed mathematical positive X to the right positive Y upwards Argus ONE User s Guide
183. User s Guide 38 s4 Supplement version 4 The Text tools S g BA S D X oj o0 sS SG og Argus ONE User s Guide Text Annotation System Font The system font text annotation tool a variation of the vector font text annotation tool uses a system font to present the text Later versions of Argus ONE will allow you to select the system font from the available fonts installed on your system To choose system font or vector font annotation text 1 In the tool palette click and hold the text tool to open the popup menu 2 To select the system font tool release the mouse button above the thick A icon 3 To select the vector font tool release the mouse button above the thin A icon Creating and editing system font annotation text System font annotation text is created and edited in the same manner as vector font text However system font annotation text can not be rotated As a result all imported text which might be rotated is represented using the vector font System font annotation text looks better but Hello World Hello World Helio wor ig Can t be rotated as vector text can Text Properties Text properties Text Hello World D New Look of Post Processing Objects Dialogs All post processing objects dialogs have been changed to tab dialogs All dialogs have two panes This change was introduced to allow for future panes offering more control of post
184. User s Guide Argus Open Numerical Environments A GIS Modeling System Version 4 0 Information in this document is subject to change without notice and does not represent a commitment on part of Argus Holdings The software described in this document is furnished under a license agreement or nondisclosure agreement No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical for any purpose without the express written permission of Argus Holdings Copyright 1994 1997 Argus Holdings Limited All rights reserved MeshMaker and MeshMaker Pro are trademarks of Argus Holdings Ltd All other products or service names mentioned herein are trademarks of their respective owners This product was developed using Neuron Data Open Interface Elements Sales and services offices at Argus Interware Inc 11 Merit Lane Jericho NY 11753 USA Argus Documentation Serial Number 5220073 10 Science ran too far ahead of us too quickly and the people got lost in the mechanical wilderness like children making over pretty things gadgets helicopters rockets emphasizing the wrong items emphasizing machines instead of how to run machines Ray Bradbury The Martian Chronicles Introduction Argus ONE is a model independent Geographical Information System GIS for numerical modeling Using a conceptual model approach combined with export scripting capabilities and plug in support
185. a mesh that will answer your numerical needs This chapter explains the effects of the mesh density layer and of the shape of the domain outline contour on the mesh Argus ONE s automatic mesh generation AMG engine performs the meshing in two major steps creating the elements and smoothing them Chapter 6 Meshing a Domain 193 Mesh Related Layers To allow Argus ONE to automatically mesh a domain a mesh layer must be associated with two other layers a domain outline layer and a density layer The domain outline contours in a domain layer tell Argus ONE s AMG what is the domain it needs to mesh when you click the magic wand As you will find out soon it also contains additional information such as the default mesh density you assign to domain outline contours in the density parameter etc The density layer allows you to specify different element sizes in different areas of the domain overriding the default density defined by the domain outline contour Assigning the Mesh Layer Domain and Density Layers When you create a new Argus ONE project it is created with one mesh layer a domain layer named Domain Outline and an information layer called Density This predefined mesh layer is automatically associated with the domain and density layers You can change the domain and density layers a mesh layer is associated with at any time As you might have read before any information type layer or a domain type layer may serve as t
186. a group of blocks and edit them There are many ways in which you can change the grid You can change the density of the grid in specific zones add rows and columns delete rows and columns and remove blocks from the domain In the following paragraphs we will outline some of these capabilities To learn more about grids refer to Part 4 Finite Difference Grids To edit the grid and its blocks you must first select them Selecting them tells Argus ONE that your actions are to affect the selected objects Locking and unlocking the grid To secure your work you can lock the grid A locked grid does not allow you to move resize or delete it Locking the grid also does not enable you to move grid lines When you or Argus ONE create a grid the grid is created in an unlocked mode To read more about locking and unlocking the grid refer to chapter 9 Creating and Editing a Grid Selecting blocks To edit blocks you must first select them Selecting them tells Argus ONE that your actions are to affect the selected objects 1 If you locked the grid by mistake click the handle at the top left corner of the Qa grid L Or from the Edit menu choose Lock Grid The grid is unlocked and you can work within it 2 To select a block move the cursor over it and click the mouse button The block highlights itself to indicate that it is selected Selecting groups of blocks e To select a group of blocks press the mouse button
187. ables you to run an external code or program This can be useful if you need to call your code to execute using the exported data after the export is terminated 1 From the commands list select and double click the Execute command to insert it into the template editor 2 In the expression editor enter the name and path to the code to be executed Argus ONE User s Guide 66 s3 Supplements version 3 Argus ONE User s Guide Supplement version 4 oe Ea Argus ONE New Features Supplement For version 4 Information in this document is subject to change without notice and does not represent a commitment on part of the Argus Holdings The software described in this document is furnished under a license agreement or nondisclosure agreement Information in this document is subject to change without notice No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical for any purpose without the express written permission of Argus Holdings Copyright 1994 1997 Argus Holdings Limited All rights reserved Argus ONE and MeshMaker are trademarks of Argus Holdings Ltd All other products or service names mentioned herein are trademarks of their respective owners This product was developed using Neuron Data Open Interface Elements Sales and Services offices at Argus Interware Inc 11 Merit Lane Jericho NY 11753 USA Supplement version4 3 s4 Argus Open Nume
188. acent elements by reducing one of their angles to half it original size This is the only operation for which Argus ONE does not perform validity tests for the minimal angle created to comply with the criteria you set in the Preferences dialog If you use the Refinement button to refine only complete groups of elements including the boundary elements refinement will not degrade any of the elements To refine elements 1 Select the elements you wish to refine SaaS acquifer TH CL Acquifer Aa 4reu ia 4 00 ISEA gt ie Fai a x n ANIA PaA To refine the selected elements Click the refine button 2 Click the Refine button in the tool palette A progress bar indicates the progress of the refinement process The selected elements and their neighbors are refined Argus ONE User s Guide 236 Part 3 Argus ONE User s Guide Finite Element Meshes Using manual element creation and refinement to create a regular mesh 1 Create a right angle triangle 2 Create a complementary right angle triangle connected to the first one to form a rectangular shaped mesh SSS Reguiartesh Baz SS Regquiartes SDE wen IS 4rou Len It 4rou io 6p ap 6 0 D gt 3 Select both elements 4 Refine the selection as many times as you need
189. ach version under a different name or save them under the same name in different folders or on different disks 1 From the File menu choose Save As 2 If you want to rename the project type a new name in the Save as box 3 Open the folder directory or select the disk where you want to store the project 4 Choose the Save button The original version of the project is closed and the new project is opened The new project contains any changes you made since saving the original project The original version is closed without saving the changes you made since last saving it To keep these changes save the original project before saving it under a different name and or location To Close a Project e From the File menu choose Close Or e Macintosh Click the close box in the upper left corner of the project window Other Platforms Double click the close box in the upper left corner of the project window If you have made changes to the project since saving it Argus ONE displays a message asking you if you want to save the changes e Choose Yes to save changes e Choose No to discard changes e Choose Cancel to leave the project open without saving it To Save an Open Project as You Quit Argus ONE e From the File menu choose Quit If you ve made changes to the project since you last saved it Argus ONE displays a message asking you if you want to save these changes e Choose Yes to save the changes or No to discard
190. ad mesh layer 3 From the Edit menu select Read Mesh from Grid Ef fec t0 fgn orel er tices SENT Cume EIS 4rous n Cant Undo Cut 38H Copy 3C Paste 3U Clear Select All LA Select Acute Elements Select Adjoining 3J Search For Find Next 36 Detach Elements Argus ONE User s Guide Supplements version3 49 s3 The quad mesh created can be edited and operated on as any other mesh If the grid contains deactivated blocks they are not imported into the mesh Ef f ec t0 fgn o reL er tices 1 EENT Cume EIS 4rous A A A 1 n Additional Meshing Engines through the PIE Technology Additional meshing engines can be incorporated using the Argus ONE PIE technology An example of such a PIE is available free of charge from the Argus ftp site New Grid Layer Capabilities A number of new grid capabilities have been added These include e Importa grid from a text file Allows you to import existing grids from text files e Control of grid numbering Allows you to control the direction of rows and column numbering with respect to the coordinate system e Additional block deactivation method Allows you to select one of two methods of automatic deactivation of grid blocks e Export row heights and
191. aints 84 arguments Using 139 Argus product support xvi automatic grid generation Controlling 269 automatic mesh generation Controlling 212 Automatically griding the domain 22 BandWidth Optimize the mesh 240 Block information 53 block centers Show and hide 272 block data Assign and edit 282 block functions Grid layer 154 block icon Quickly set the 283 block icon Show and hide the 273 block information 37 block information Showing and hiding 272 block numbers Show and hide 272 block parameters Using to define search criteria 284 block Assigning information 281 block Editing and adding information 36 block Manually reactivate an inactive 281 block Reactivate an inactive 28 blocks in a manually refined grid Automatically deactivate 281 blocks Deactivating 280 280 blocks Export Matrix describing active and inactive 294 blocks Selecting 24 blocks Selecting groups of 24 boundary segments Effect of the size on mesh density 197 C Calculator panel 158 Choosing commands 82 Close a project 41 167 Close box 50 Close open and point contours representation 105 Color tools and legend 58 color evaluation Temporarily halting 247 289 Colors and performance considerations 247 Argus ONE User s Guide 310 columns position Export Line describing grid 294 columns Adding rows and 278 columns Deleting 279 commands with key combinations Choosing 301 Comment line 106 Comm
192. alert Argus ONE User s Guide 28 Part 1 Argus ONE User s Guide Basic Things to Know About Argus ONE i Please specify a position within the valid range 5 4479 5948 OK Deactivating blocks When you use the Magic wand to grid a domain the automatic grid generation also automatically marks blocks that their centers lie out of the domain outline contour or within islands as inactive blocks and hatches them to indicate they are deactivated You can also deactivate blocks manually If you create a grid manually or manually refine it you can use the Magic Wand to automatically deactivate blocks without re griding the domain When you export your grid Argus ONE exports a matrix of the blocks in the grid in which deactivated blocks are assigned the integer zero 0 and others the integer one 1 To automatically deactivate blocks in a manually refined grid 1 Make sure the active layer is the Grid Layer 2 From the tool palette choose the Magic Wand tool 3 Click the Magic Wand anywhere within the grid The following dialog box appears A grid already exist in this layer Do you wish to erase it and re grid or only set inactive blocks within the current grid Choosing the Re Grid button erases the existing grid and automatically grids the domain 4 To only deactivate blocks click the Deactivate button To manually deactivate a selected group of blocks from the grid 1 Select the group o
193. all circle at blocks centers However when you zoom out or the grid is very dense the grid may become cluttered with the blocks centers circles Also blocks centers circles degrade performance on some platforms mainly on MS Windows To make your screen clearer and improve the application response turn this option off Argus ONE default setting is off To enable blocks centers from the View menu choose Show Block Center A check mark to the left of the menu item is added View E E aeuite E SS EE Opaque Blocks amp Show Block Name il Argu g Argu Show Block No Show Block Icon Show Block Center Show Nodes v Show Node Name Show Node No Show Node Icon Layers L Show Hide gt Hide Others 38H Show All Show Info Ruler S LR LMM Colors Calculate colors Blocks centers circles are hidden Blocks centers circles are shown To show and hide block numbers Argus ONE can mark each block with the number of the two and column it Note Blocks numbers belongs to This number is referred to as the block number Blocks are are dynamic Do not numbered by Argus ONE automatically as it creates them When you delete count on them unless rows and column Argus ONE changes the numbering of the blocks you are through with Although the blocks numbers are dynamic you may sti
194. ally changing the elements sizes from the smallest required density up to the largest density specified elsewhere in the domain Meshing will also create a node at each of the vertices of the domain outline contour In the following example a simple four vertices close contour was created in the domain layer and assigned the default density of 2 centimeters File Edit Yiew Special Navigation O cmx 7 83 y 13 9 Domain Outline Domain Outline 2 Density cor x _ 10 00 A simple domain contour assigned a mesh density of 2 cm A node is forced at domain contours vertices a 100 sa olor v jad The resulting mesh is made of 2 cm sided elements in average An extreme density requirement automatically handled by Argus ONE All node and element manual overridden values are deleted as well Chapter 6 Meshing a Domain 197 If the mesh density you specify is much larger than the size of the domain Argus ONE meshing engine will reduce the mesh density so that it will be able to create a mesh with the minimum possible number of elements while keeping them as close as possible to equilateral triangles File Edit Yiew Special Navigation emx 9 44 y 13 8 Mesh Argu Node 2 Pos 9 45 13 8 5 00 10 00 15 00 Re Meshing an Already Meshed Domain Assign the simple domain in the preceding example a mesh de
195. alue stored in the i member and returns it 4 ArrayDispose Disposes the array and the memory allocated to it If you wish to use two arrays you may call the first Array on PC Array 1 dll and the second Array2 on PC Array2 dll To use the above calls you should use the syntax suffix the array name with the function Array 1Init Array 1Set Array 1Get Array 1Dispose for the first and Array2Init Array2Set Array2Get Array2Dispose for the second The following example initializes a MyArray1 of length 10 While doing so it tests if the Array PIE exists and if the initialization terminated successfully It then sets values to each of the array members and exports these values Set Variable NumLayers 10 Set Variable ok 1 Set Variable Test MyArraylInit NumLayers If ISNAN Test Alert The PIE MyArrayl DLL could not be found Set Variable ok 0 End if If ok Loop for Variable i from 1 to NumLayers step 1 Evaluate expression MyArraylSet i i 2 End Loop Loop for Variable i from 1 to NumLayers step 1 Start a new line Export expression MyArraylGet i GO End line End Loop Evaluate expression MyArrayl1Dispose End if Supplement version 4 55 s4 Interpolator PIEs from SRI Subterranean Research Inc has kindly allowed Argus to distribute its interpolators with the Argus ONE GIS module If you find these PIEs useful or have any suggestions on
196. ample Ln 54 5982 returns 4 00 Chapter 3 Layer Parameters 141 Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value Log10 number number Real number Returns the decimal logarithm log of number Example Log10 1000 00 returns 3 00 Name amp Syntax Mod number divisor Arguments number divisor Description amp Return Value Real number Real number Returns the remainder modulus after number is divided by divisor The result has the same sign as number Example Mod 7 2 returns 1 00 Mod 7 2 returns 1 00 Mod 7 2 returns 1 00 Name amp Syntax Arguments Power number exponent number exponent Description amp Return Value Real number Real number Returns the value of number raised to exponent Example Power 7 2 returns 49 00 Name amp Syntax Sqrt number Arguments number Description amp Return Value Real positive number Returns the square root of number Example Sqrt 9 returns 3 00 Argus ONE User s Guide 142 Part 2 Basics for Using Argus ONE Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions Argus ONE User s Guide Name amp Syntax ACos number Arguments number Description amp Return Value Real 1 lt number lt 1 Returns Cos number in radians Example ACos 1 returns 3 14159 Name amp Syntax ASin number Argume
197. an be created within a domain outline contour You can use open contours within a domain outline contour to represent a fault a river or any other internal boundary When a mesh is created using a domain layer containing open contours auto mesh generation creates the elements such that they do not cross the open contour In a grid layer you can sum up the number value and length of open contours crossing a grid block Argus ONE User s Guide 100 Part 2 Basics for Using Argus ONE To create an open contour 1 Click and hold the currently active polygon tool until the popup menu opens Select the Close Polygon tool from the popup menu 2 Use the same techniques you use to create a close contour Open Polygon tool in 3 To end the contour creation double click the last vertex The contour is left Information type open 2 ont of layers The Contour Information dialog box appears Tip To create a close contour using the open polygon tool click the first vertex again Open Polygon tool in Domain type layers 4 Enter the contour s value SSeS vite E TE emx 11 6 ys 8 11 Domain Outline w RN a DY Domain Outline 1 Density 4 rgus 5 00 10 00 15 00 An aquifer domain outline overlaying permeability contours Close contours 3 Color v Open contours agg Domain outline contour Creating Point Objects When to use point obj
198. and Integers Integers are exported under G format such that if they are shorter than the number of digits specified they are right aligned and are prefixed by spaces If the integer number is longer than the specified number of digits the number is replaced by number of digits asterix characters to allow you to quickly locate the problem in your export files G format and Reals Reals are exported under G format such that if they are shorter than the number of digits specified they are right aligned and are prefixed by spaces If a real number is longer than the specified number of digits the number is first rounded to try and fit it within the specified number of digits If it can not be rounded in a meaningful way it is replaced by characters to allow you to quickly locate the problem in your export files G format and Strings Strings are exported under G format such that if they are shorter than the number of digits specified they are left aligned and are suffixed by spaces If the string is longer than the specified number of digits it is truncated to the specified number of digits G format and Booleans Booleans are exported under G format as the strings True or False If you need to export them as zeros 0 for False or one 1 for True either assign them an integer type when you define the parameter or assign them the Integer I format in the export template note that True is any number other than zero and not necessarily
199. and all related functions and capabilities The GIS module is required for the operation of all other modules Export template creation editing and export by template have been grouped under the Programmable Export module to support future enhancements of programmable export capabilities for all GIS layers Programmable export template capabilities for all mesh and grid modules are still distributed with those modules as before Currently the following modules are available e GIS e Grid Finite difference Grids e Tri Mesh Triangular Finite Element Meshes e Quad Mesh Quadrilateral Finite Element Meshes e Programmable Export Improved Installer for MS Windows Argus ONE User s Guide A new installer for MS Windows 95 and NT has been adopted The installer by InstallShield allows you to select the components you wish to install to easily select the directory in which you want to install Argus ONE and also supports automatic uninstalling of the application Supplement version4 5s4 The new installer does not erase files or folders you added yourself under the Argus ONE folder but only replaces identical files and folders Thus if you have installed PIE files or Export templates or added folders under the Argus ONE folder they will remain intact when you upgrade your most current copy of version 4 to later revisions or versions Support for MS Windows 3 x Discontinued As of version 4 Argus ONE for PC will be supported only
200. and icons 89 V Validity tests 103 108 232 validity testing Expression 161 vertex Line describing a 105 vertices Delete during contour creation 97 vertices Deleting while creating a contour 97 View the entire drawing size 65 Argus ONE User s Guide W What are open contours 99 window frame 50 window Basic elements of the 50 Z Zoom in 215 271 Zoom tools 54 zoom box 50 Zooming 89 113 215 271 Zooming and drawing size 65 Zooming example 60 Zooming techniques 59 Argus ONE New Features Supplement For version 2 5 Supplements version 2 5 3 2 5 Argus ONE Version 2 5 This supplement describes in detail the new capabilities added in version 2 5 among which you will find e Post Processing and Scientific Visualization Tools e Data Layers A new layer type supporting many new data formats e Quadrilateral Mesh Layer Quadrilateral finite element meshes e Additional CAD tools and capabilities e Additional GIS functions If your User s Guide revision is 7 or later some of the capabilities described here are also documented in the User s Guide itself Contents Ars s ONE Versin 2 29 i 2ies cicada i arcdhci ius a ar E Ra a a aS 3 s2 5 AC OME TIS fi 8 ra cep etna E E E AAE E E E ETE 3 s2 5 Working wiih Data Layers n A REA A E RE 4 s2 5 OWE VIC Whe cscs esti naa ia e a aaia se eget ii iiaae 4 s2 5 Reading Information from Mesh and Grid Layers eeeseseseeeeeeseeesesresseseresresses
201. and move the mouse to create a stretch band When you release the mouse button all the blocks within the stretch band are selected e You can also select any combination of blocks by using the Lasso tool A Pick it from the tool palette click and hold the mouse button as you move the cursor After you release the mouse button all blocks enclosed by the lasso region are selected The selected or highlighted area in a project is called the selection Your First Argus ONE Project 25 e To add or remove blocks from the selection simply hold down the SHIFT key while clicking the mouse on these objects vja File Edit Yiew Special Navigation oi en S4rou O 2 00 4 00 6 00 e t Selected blocks _ a m E Editing the grid You can change the grid density that is the blocks height and width or the number of rows and columns at any area you choose There are three main capabilities to manually edit the grid moving grid lines adding grid lines and deleting grid lines These capabilities are intended for final refinement of the grid However remember that it is much more sensible to refine the grid by using domain outline and density contours as they will remain even if you re grid In the following paragraphs we will outline some of these capabilities To learn more about grids refer to Part 4 Finite Dif
202. ands of meshing iterations to produce the best results However since the element growth rate has a tremendous impact on the number and shape of elements in the mesh Argus ONE allows you some control over it The following tables charts and screen shot are of a domain meshed using the default element growth rate Minimal angle descriptive statistics Domain meshed with element growth rate set to average default Mean 48 830198 Standard Error 0 14489005 File Edit Yiew Special Navigation Median 49 645 cmx 7 48 y 5 82 Mesh Mode 49 01 Element 1390 Nodes 884 889 886 Neighbors 1391 1389 1384 Standard Deviation 6 0922777 Variance 37 1158476 Z apavas eO A ATAA Kima a ECE OOO LL SS ewness 0 75063 IIIS SAOZ ra Range 36 12 CK Ak DOSS HK Minimum 23 73 ee KAT gt Maximum 59 85 HS BETSY ASA a BOA EEA K AIN PECAN are y ae r RAHNA GEENI ae ra Minimal angle histogram Number of nodes 1044 Number of acute elements below 22 5 0 Argus ONE User s Guide 204 Part 3 Finite Element Meshes To set element growth rate to maximum If your major concern is to keep the number of nodes to minimum and you are prepared to accept some acute elements you could set the element growth rate to maximum e In the preferences dialog drag the Element Growth Rate dial to the right most Element growth rate i Low High The previous example re meshed with element growth rate set to maximum
203. any of the block parameters Using colors is explained in detail in chapter 1 To color the blocks in the following screen shot with respect to their values in the information layer seen through the grid 1 Create a grid or block parameter and link it to the information layer 2 From the Colors popup menu select the linked parameter icqQite 2 EH T yal aooo RV VVV VNV Y gt Non of Ne NSVVGVVVG Po SAN SSSNG WSVYGYSYGGGSVi R Z 3 Click the colors handle to activate coloring Acq ui f er 2 E T Comain outine vfa Argu mm 5 00 10 00 Argus MeshMaker User s Guide Special Refine Elements Renumber Smooth Elements Mesh All Drawing Size Scale and Units U Preferences 8R Manual Calculation Calculate Now Special Refine Elements Renumber Smooth Elements Mesh All Drawing Size Scale and Units 3U Preferences R v Manual Calculation Calculate Now i Chapter 9 Creating and Editing a Grid Colors and Performance Considerations When colors is on and a parameter is chosen in the Colors popup menu each block in the grid is evaluated at the evaluation context the block center for its value in the linked parameter This evaluation is ca
204. any time by opening the Block Information dialog Use manual When you manually set the value of a block parameter the parameter is no overrides longer evaluated for that block instead the overridden value is used If you carefully create a new grid or delete the block the overridden value is lost 1 Select the block its data you want to edit 2 From the Navigation menu choose Blocks Info or Double Click one of the selected Blocks The Block Information dialog box is presented to allow you to edit the block s data Block position Block number column and row Argus MeshMaker User s Guide Block Information Information about block 6 4 Block icon popup menu Top 7 5367552 Center x 5 7230525 Left 5 3701005 Center y 7 696776 Well Bottom 8 0567968 Area 0 5082803 Right 6 0760046 Cellis Active Source e Dump Site Observation 9 Parameter alue Units Pumping 7 Conductivity 2 Disposal Site i Porosity 2 20 g 2 Dump Site 2 Formation 1 Top m Comtamination Source i Formation 1 thickness 10 m Head SZ Transmisivity 1 5 ft 2 s z Formation 1 Bot 90 m Transients Block s parameters values An overridden block parameter value Chapter 9 Creating and Editing a Grid 283 To quickly set the block icon You can assign a block or a group of blocks an icon without opening the Block Information dialog
205. arameter Type Layer Layer Name Grid Units Type Grid Visible Yes Domain Layer Domain Outline Density Layer Density Template Argus ONE User s Guide 10 s3 Supplements version 3 Line File BaseName Line tLine Line tExpr NumRows I8 Line tExpr NumColumns I8 Line tExpr NumBlockParameters 1 I8 Line tEnd line Line tLoop Rows Line tLine Line tExpr NthRowPos Row F8 2 Line tEnd line Line tEnd loop Line tLoop Columns Line tLine Line tExpr NthColumnPos Column F8 2 Line tEnd line Line tEnd loop Line tMatrix BlockIsActive I1 Line tLoop Block Parameters Line tLine Line tEnd line Line tLine Line tExpr SParameter Line tEnd line Line tMatrix ParameterS F8 2 Line tEnd loop Line tEnd file Line Naming of Layers and Parameters Argus ONE does not allow layer and parameter names to include illegal characters anymore When you name a layer or a parameter Argus ONE checks the name and automatically replaces any such characters by the underscore _ character Before doing so an alert opens to notify you of the change The name x y cannot be used in a calculation because it begins witha digit or contains etc Those characters we
206. arameters cannot be assigned to this layer Group type layers have no parameters and can t store data or information For a detailed explanation on how to show and hide and how to collapse and expand group layers in the layers floater refer to Collapsing and Expanding Groups of Layers on page 10 s4 Argus ONE User s Guide 24 s4 Supplement version 4 Moving a document around with the hand tool is like moving a piece of paper around on a desk with your hand Help About Argus ONE Help Introduction Layers Dialog Export Template Dialog Expression Dialog Search Dialog Functions Reference Argus ONE User s Guide The Hand Tool The hand tool enables you to scroll your view in the vertical and horizontal directions simultaneously Using the Hand Tool If you magnify your view to a size larger than the window you can use the hand tool to move new areas into view The hand tool is interchangeable with the arrow tool and although it does allow you to select objects you can not move them with it To select the hand tool 1 In the tool palette click and hold the arrow tool A popup menu opens 2 From the popup menu select the hand tool To select the arrow tool 1 In the tool palette click and hold the hand tool A popup menu opens 2 From the popup menu select the arrow tool On line Help On line help is available through the browser of your choice Whether you
207. ary Conditions type 1 w rN i 4reou 15 00 A finite difference grid linked to an information layer describing the Boundary Conditions of Type 1 such as constant head Note that since the Exact Contour interpretation method is applied to the this layer only grid blocks assigned a boundary condition different then the layer s default value 0 none are colored Using special functions together with the Exact Contour method enables you to assign grid blocks and mesh elements boundary conditions values and types for boundaries lying along lines such as rivers faults slurry walls etc To read more about using layer parameters and functions refer to the chapters Layer Parameters Editing and Refining a Mesh and Creating and Editing a Grid Argus ONE User s Guide 118 Part 2 Basics for Using Argus ONE From the Layers Dialog Argus ONE User s Guide The Interpolate Method This method is specifically designed for information that is available to you point wise Tabulated information from observation points sources and sinks is usually the type of information you need to interpolate to obtain values for points you do not have values for such as element centers mesh nodes and grid blocks centers Argus ONE interpolation is based on a proprieta
208. at Please specify n Fixed A Choose the appropriate format type Format type F scemine Total number of digits E Choose the number of digits Result format 18 _ The resulting format 2 From the format popup menu choose the required format type 3 Enter the number of digits 4 Click the OK button Number Formats The three available format types are the Fixed Integer and Scientific formats The total number of digits field defines the total number of places an expression can occupy starting at the beginning of the line or after an expression or delimiter before it and up to the first character of the next field or the next delimiter This include minus and plus signs periods and the E character if using a scientific format If the total number of digits is smaller than available the numbers are padded by spaces from left Chapter 5 Exporting a Project 177 If the order of magnitude of the number is larger than the specified total number of digits Argus ONE adds the necessary number of places to present the number If your simulator does not use free format reading you will have to design your format to match the simulators input format such that Argus ONE will not add digits The number of fraction digits field defines the total number of digits after the period With this format This Number Is displayed this way I5 12345 12345 123 wrt 1234567 1234567 F8 2 10 4
209. ate Example The following listing is the default grid export template The output format this template creates is identical to Argus ONE s generic grid export format explained in chapter 10 Exporting a Grid You can change this template and save it under a different name If you altered this template and saved the project but need to recover it just open a new project window and save the default template from that project You can now load it back into the other project Redirect output to SBaseName Start a new line 55 Export expression NumRows 18 reg Export expression NumColumns 18 82S Export expression NumBlockParameters 1 18 W oS End line m Loop for Rows S Start a new line S Export expression NthRowPos Row F8 2 q End line g L End loop 5g Loop for Columns 8 8 Start a new line ss Export expression NthColumnPos SColumn F8 2 8 End line _ End loop Ge aca als Export matrix BlockIsActive I1 _ Loop for Block Parameters Export block and grid Export matrix SParameterS F8 2 related parameters 5 L End loop End file Argus ONE User s Guide 188 Part 2 Basics for Using Argus ONE Script Commands Reference Command Syntax Command Arguments Command Name Redirect output to Explicit lt FileName gt File End File Dynamic SBaseName Start a new line Line End lin
210. ate system is described in detail later in this chapter The Information Ruler The information ruler keeps you informed with regard to your cursor s position the current units and the active layer The cursor s position describes location and information about objects the mouse lies above Cursor s position Cursor s position is given in the current units and coordinate system direction by the x and y values While working in a mesh layer the information ruler presents information about the node or element the cursor lies above While working in a grid layer the information ruler presents information about the row and column the cursor lies above While in an information layer the information ruler presents the layer value at the cursor s location according to the active interpretation mechanism Node information Whenever the cursor lies over a node the node s number and position are presented in the information ruler emx 8 08 y 14 6 Mesh e 4rous Node 41 Pos 68 05 14 6 5 00 10 00 15 00 The Pos coordinates indicate the exact node coordinates When the cursor enters the vicinity of the node a rectangle of 4 pixels surrounding its actual location the ruler shows the node s number and its coordinates Element information Whenever the cursor lies over an element the element s number its three nodes numbers and the numbers of its neighboring elements are shown emx 9 17 y 14 2 Mesh
211. ation is available to you on hundreds and thousands of points the use of point objects in Information type layers is not adequate and may prove too slow In these cases you should use Data type layers to import your information into Argus ONE s workplace The newly introduced Data type layers are a natural extension of Argus ONE s Information type layers Data type layers differ from Information type layers in that the data you read into them is static You can not edit this data and if you change your source data you need to re read it into the Data type layer Data can be read into Data type layers from Mesh and Grid layers and can be imported from external files Discrete information can be imported into Argus ONE s data layers in many formats The three main types of data formats are e Scattered Data Data at X Y locations e Gridded Data Data on regular or irregular orthogonal grids e Meshed Data Data on triangular meshes Information is stored in data layers at data points Each data point defined by its X and Y coordinate may have as many additional data fields as required Using Data type layers you can import your model s results back into Argus ONE s workplace to present and investigate your solution using the scientific visualization tools that are available in Maps type layers Reading information from mesh and grid layers into Data type layers enable you to use the Maps type layers visualization tools t
212. ax Arguments Description amp Return Value NthVertexY number Returns the Y coordinate of the contour s number number vertex Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value NumVertices no argument Returns a contour s number of vertices Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value SumObjectsInContour parameter_name contour_type contour_type optional parameter_name The name of an information type layer parameter for which you need to sum the values of objects of type contour_type intersecting the contour or contained in it 0 for Point objects 1 for Open Contour objects 2 for Close Contour objects Returns the sum of the objects values of type contour_type in parameter parameter_name intersecting or contained in the contour If contour_type is omitted returns the sum of values of all objects intersecting or contained in the contour Example The function SumObjectsInContour Wells Layer 0 can be used to sum the values of the specified variable of the point objects which are in the layer Wells Layer and that are contained by the contour If Argus ONE User s Guide 30 s3 Supplements version 3 Argus ONE User s Guide divided by CountObjectsInContour Wells Layer 0 it shall return the average value of the specified function Name amp Syntax WSumObjectsInContour parameter_name contour_type Arguments
213. bject From the tool palette select the contour diagram tool Click the cursor where you want the object to start and stretch a rectangle to where you want it to end The Contour Diagram dialog opens to let you specify additional parameters Pull down to select the source data layer Contours Diagram B Please specify object information 5 Click here to cancel Layer v First Realization Data creating the object Pull down to select the data layer parameter to be visualized Uncheck to hide axes Uncheck to hide the legend Uncheck to allow Argus ONE to distort the X Value v Pressure1 Position Click here to open the tinimum EJ Calculate automatically Position dialog Uncheck to manually specify minimum maximum and delta between contours EJ Show axes O Revert x axis EJ Show legend O Revert Y axis Check to revert the EJ Keep ratio EJ Show colors _ __ X and or Y axis Contour Thickness 2 Points Uncheck to plot contours in black and Y ratio according to the object frame size L Click and hold to pop up the menu and select the line thickness 5 From the Layer popup menu select the data layer containing the parameters you wish to plot All data layers into which you have read or imported information are listed in the menu Argus ONE User s Guide 36 s2 5 Supplements ve
214. can be performed by moving vertices and segments or by deleting vertices To move vertices in a contour 1 Select the vertices to be moved 2 Click drag the mouse on any of the segments connected to a selected vertex or on one of the selected vertices All selected vertices follow your cursor s position 3 Release the mouse button in the desired location An outline of the moved z segments z i follows the cursor E a 1 Select the vertices 2 Click drag one of the 3 Release the mouse to be moved selected vertices or one ofthe button to reposition segments connected to the the vertices selected vertices To move vertices in several contours all at once Vertices from several contours as well as complete contours can be moved together If all vertices within a contour are selected or the contour is selected it will be moved together with all other selected vertices 1 Select the vertices and contours to be moved 2 Click drag the mouse on any of the segments connected to a selected vertex or on one of the vertices selected All selected vertices and contours follow your cursor s position 3 Release the mouse button in the desired location 7 E m m E s E F 5 a 1 Select the vertices 2 Click drag a selected 3 Release the contours to be moved vertex segment or contour mouse button Supplements version 3 39 s3 To delete or cut vertices 1 Select all contours f
215. ce your files for Argus Tech Support to examine If you wish to use this service contact Argus Tech Support at support argusint com or visit our home pages at http www argusint com Fax Your Problem Description to Argus Product Support You can fax Argus Product Support Services any time Your fax will be transferred to a technical support person Fax dial 516 942 5040 Call Argus Product Support You can reach Argus Product Support Services between 9 00 A M and 5 00 P M Eastern Standard Time EST Monday through Friday For assistance dial 516 931 4725 Argus ONE User s Guide xviii Part 1 Finite Element Meshes Hardware Requirements and Performance Considerations To improve redraw performance you can use Argus ONES information hiding to decrease the number of graphic objects presented on the screen at the same time Argus ONE User s Guide Argus ONE is a graphic intensive application Its computing demands stem mainly from the need to redraw graphic objects such as meshes grids polygons and maps As you increase the complexity of your projects that is the number of graphic objects displayed redraw time will become longer To improve the redraw performance before replacing your computer you can gradually upgrade your hardware in the following order Reduce Virtual Memory Paging by installing more RAM and or upgrade to a faster hard disk Increasing RAM size will also improve the general per
216. centered grid this coordinate is identical to the block center s Y coordinate When in block centered grid this coordinate is the minimum Y coordinate of row_num or block depending on the coordinate system direction Example Used mainly in grid Export templates to export grid lines coordinates Argus ONE User s Guide 154 Part 2 Argus ONE User s Guide Basics for Using Argus ONE Grid Layer Block Functions These functions can be invoked only for block related parameters To read more about setting grid layer parameter types refer to the chapter Creating and Editing a Grid Name amp Syntax BlockArea Arguments no arguments Description amp Return Value Returns the block s area Example Concentration BlockArea if Concentration is an information layer describing the contaminant concentration distribution the expression returns the contaminant mass contributed by the block Name amp Syntax BlockCenterX Arguments no arguments Description amp Return Value Returns the block s center X coordinate Name amp Syntax BlockCenterY Arguments no arguments Description amp Return Value Returns the block s center Y coordinate Name amp Syntax BlocklsActive Arguments no arguments Description amp Return Value Returns True 1 if block is active otherwise returns False 0
217. cette ak ees en ade vaaeega beste ehncnncbaaceuebavaccettebeas 169 Export Templates Overview 00 eececeeceeeseeeseceseceseceeeeeneseneeeeeenaees 170 Creating and Editing an Export Template eee eeeeeereereees 170 Export Template Examples ssr inmenin E 186 Script Commands Reference ceccecscceeseceeeeceeeeeeseeseaeceeaeeceeeeesas 188 Part 3 Finite Element Mesnes cc ciPtyitenbeitatte mate 189 Meshing a Domain rset e nnr a tances a sh cates tastes arteries 191 COVER VICW ner Ait AET EEE EEE Ea E dade be EES 192 Mesh Related Layers mooni eiennenn ara ra aah 193 Using Contour Objects in Domain Layers esseeseeeeeeeeerrreresere 194 Mesh Densiti s scriere neee a aaae eee nadine ets 196 Creating Mesh Density Contours ssessseeeeseereseeereseeresrresrrrresresesens 206 Editing and Refining a Mesh 0 ccccccesccescceseeeeceeceeseceaecneceeeeeneenaes 213 COVELVIEW aee i aee cee taa si N e ee epee E an NTa 214 Setting Yo r VieWSuirsmiinaiiiaiaorinn eiie ia Ana 214 Selecting Elements and Nodes 0 eeesceessecsseeseceseeeseceseeeaeeenaeeseeees 221 Fiditin gNOdG8 ccressseectecteecust a Sele cave teasteswenn sie a a a bath betes 222 Editing Elementsin sennen rpa ta venient ides 227 Creating Elements Manually oo cece eeceeeeeeeeecseeceseceseeseeeseeeeeeenaees 232 Refining Elements edscc cee dessedeci teehee ated Binge aerae A lee ee 234 Smoothing Elements sienne eneen enie iaie 237 Renumbering BandWidth Optimizati
218. changes you have made from the time you turned manual Calculation on To update the values you can either select Calculate Now from the Special menu or turn Manual calculation off Important Note To prevent you from exporting wrong information to your model Argus ONE automatically performs a Calculate Now command while exporting the data Argus ONE User s Guide 248 Part 3 Finite Element Meshes Argus ONE User s Guide Chapter 8 Exporting and Importing a Mesh Overview 250 Exporting a Mesh 250 Range and Precision of Data 250 Non Exportable Mesh Variables 251 Built in Export File Format 251 The first line of a mesh export file 251 A line describing a node 251 A line describing an element 252 To Export a Mesh Using the Built in Export 252 An Example of an Exported Mesh 253 Export a Selection 255 Export nodes only Examples 255 Importing a Mesh 255 Import File Format 255 The first line of a valid import file 255 A line describing a node 256 A line describing an element 256 Data Validity 256 Argus ONE User s Guide 250 Part 3 Overview To control the export format you need to have the Programmable Export Templates module Important note Using the Argus ONE built in export format is faster than exporting By Template Finite Element Meshes Exporting and importing meshes is how you communicate data created within Argus ONE to and from other applications Export and import are both based
219. chart including the scale range background grid and where the axis will cross untitled Data Layer i Data Chart Info Lables Chart K Axis O Logarithmic Scale O Range EJ Major Grid CO Minor Grid O Crosses at Y Axis O Logarithmic Scale O Range EJ Major Grid O Minor Grid O Crosses at Argus ONE User s Guide Supplement version4 47 s4 The Chart Labels Pane The chart labels pane allows you to set the names for all labels including the title the axes and the legend The default values presented are taken from the parameters names appearing in the data pane Data Chart K Axis Y Axis Columns The Chart Pane The chart pane is where your chart is presented The chart automatically readjusts when you resize the window You can print the chart by clicking the print button at the top right corner of the window Os untitled Grid Layer Data Chart Info Axes Lables f Chart Chart title _ Sin X vs X Click to print the chart Y axis label Legend Background grid set at major tick marks X axis label Marks added at data points Argus ONE User s Guide 48 s4 Supplement version 4 New Export Script Commands Loop for Objects in Layer Loop for objects in layer enables you to export objects stored in Information type layers from within a grid or a mesh export template Future version which will feature ex
220. chniques explained in the chapter The Argus ONE Workplace but be sure to include only nodes If a group of nodes you wish to select lies on a curved line use the lasso tool r E7 m B 7 aaa aeuite EE TE TaT AA ee SO fs a PAE SE ATATA FEY printi AREY a ie Oa z LAS Wi coh J i F Vara JAS ke oe ae Ni 7 PEKTYNY LSNA RE i BEATIN SEES The selected nodes highlighted were selected using the Lasso tool Argus ONE User s Guide 222 Part 3 Finite Element Meshes Editing Nodes Argus ONE User s Guide A node is one of the three vertices of an element A typical node in a mesh may be a vertex in few elements Argus ONE enables you to perform extensive editing operations on a node You may move detach join and edit the information of a node When you move a node Argus ONE performs validity tests of the node s new location Argus ONE will not allow you to relocate a node in one of two cases e If by relocating the node to its new position element overlapping will occur e If by relocating the node to its new position one of the elements it belongs to becomes acute Argus ONE s default criteria for an acute element is that one of its angles is smaller than 22 5 degrees see the chapter The Mathematics Beneath Argus ONE You may change this criteria To set the acute element criteria 1 From the Special menu choose the Preferences
221. choose the Layers command Or In the Information ruler click the Layers Selection popup menu and choose Layers The Layers dialog appears Activate Deactivate Layer Show Hide Layer Set Layer Units Set Layer Name Set Layer Type Type Domain Outline Domain 3 Mesh Mesh Grid i Layer Control i Density Panel L v 5 Click to create a E new layer Parameter Control Panel The parameter list When probed for value use Nearest Contour method Choose the contour interpretation method from the popup menu The Layers dialog box is constructed of two main parts The upper part containing the layers list and the layer control panel and the lower part containing the parameters list and the parameter control panel Like in any other Argus ONE window or dialog to operate on a layer or its parameters you must first select it Argus ONE User s Guide 74 Part 2 Basics for Using Argus ONE Important note You can not create or rename a layer to a name that is already assigned to another layer Argus ONE User s Guide To select a layer e In the layers list click anywhere within the layer line The line is highlighted to indicate it is the active layer VE Name Units Type Domain Outline Domain Mesh Mesh Grid Grid Density Information Maps Maps A selected layer s line Information Depth m To create a new layer When you create a new layer its line is
222. ck Number of Columns Number of Rows After this matrix there is an empty line Matrices describing grid and blocks parameters values Following the active inactive block matrix a matrix for each of the grid and block parameters is exported After this matrix there is an empty line Important note Grid Block is the block located at the smallest X and Y coordinates in the current coordinate system All grid blocks are numbered in the positive X and Y direction To Export a Grid Using the Built in Export 1 If you have not yet linked parameters to the grid and blocks and do need to do so open the Layers dialog create the parameters and link them 2 Make sure the active layer is a grid layer 3 File menu choose Export Grid The General Export Arguments dialog opens New Open Close Save Save As Export Import Page Setup Print Quit gt P 30 Chapter 10 Exporting a Grid 295 General Export Arguments Please set export arguments Seperate Export Titles Check to export z moe M Export Related Data data field titles Space Other m Check to export linked parameters values Choose or enter the delimiter character or string The Export dialog box allows you to determine the shape of the exported file and the delimiters between the different fields e To set the delimiter check the appropriate radio button Se
223. ck the Delete Contained button to allow Argus ONE to delete overlapping elements Argus ONE deletes only overlapping elements e Click the Cancel button to remain with the current mesh Argus ONE User s Guide 52 s2 5 Supplements version 2 5 New Contours Capabilities To allow you to customize your Argus ONE workplace you can now also assign icons to contours You can also search for contours based on the icon assigned to them Assigning icons to contours You can now assign icons to contours as you can assign them to elements nodes and blocks You can also set a search criteria based on the icons the contours are assigned To assign an icon to a contour this page should be placed after page 98 in the User s Guide 1 Double Click the contour Or Select it and from the Navigation menu select the Contours Info menu item The Contour Information dialog box opens 2 In the dialog click and hold the Icon popup menu to select the required icon 1 Click the contour to select it 2 From the Navigation menu select the Contour Icon popup menu and choose the required icon Navigation Zoom In Zoom Out Actual Size Reduce to Fit T Contour is Number of vertices Contour area Contour perimeter contour Goto Contour Goto Position Contours Info Contour Information Please enter value for this Cancel Closed 4 37 4719 25 6685
224. cking the mouse in the appropriate buttons Each button you click produces the appropriate operator in the expression editor at the insertion point You can use the keyboard instead of clicking the buttons in the panel To enter the expression 7 gt 3 click the 7 button than the gt button and than the 7 button The Functions Layers and Parameters Lists Two lists enable you to access all your layer parameters and Argus ONE functions You access parameters and functions by first selecting the layer or function group they belong to from the Function Groups and Layers list and then selecting them from the Functions and Parameters list The Functions Groups and Layers list This scrolling list presents all the available groups of functions and layers The available Function Groups change according to the parameter type you are creating an expression for To Select a function or a layer parameter click the group or layer they belong to Functions Layer Functions Layer Functions Layer Functions Layer Functions Layer Node Mesh Mesh PIES Grid PIEs PIEs PIEs String PIEs String String String Mathematical String Mathematical Mathematical Mathematical Layers Mathematical Layers Layers Layers Domain Outline Layers Domain Outline Domain Outline Domain Outline Density Domain Outline Mesh layer Mesh layer Mesh layer Grid layer Grid layer
225. colors is On contours can be set transparent or opaque Again if you need to see other layers with respect to the current layer you can turn the contours transparent so that only the contours outlines are colored To turn contours transparent 1 Make sure the layer in which you want to turn contours to transparent is the active one 2 From the View menu choose Opaque Contours All contours are made transparent The check mark y next to the menu item is removed to indicate that this option is turned off To turn contours opaque 1 Make sure the layer in which you want to turn contours opaque is the active one 2 From the View menu choose Opaque Contours All contours are made opaque A check mark V next to the menu item indicates that this option is turned on EE 5 B4rgus T5 ee ii To reveal hidden information turn the contours transparent Argus ONE User s Guide 116 Part 2 Basics for Using Argus ONE Contours Interpretation Methods From the Layers Dialog Argus ONE User s Guide As you will learn in the next section of this chapter Argus ONE layers can be linked When you create a layer parameter and assign it a parameter from another layer you link them When an object or a parameter expression is evaluated it probes the linked layer or layers for its value The probing object a node an element a block or the mouse location sends
226. column widths using the default grid export e Hide grid lines Allows you to show hide grid lines Import a Grid from a Text File To allow you to view and manipulate projects which were not created in Argus ONE you can now import grids from external text files Combined with the capabilities of importing data from text files you can now import Argus ONE User s Guide 50 s3 Supplements version 3 Argus ONE User s Guide complete grid based models including their data into Argus ONE for visualization and manipulation purposes The format of such a text file must be that of the Argus ONE default grid export template see chapter 10 To import a grid from a text file 1 Activate a grid layer 2 From the File menu select Import Grid and from the sub menu select Text File 3 Locate and open the file containing the grid to be imported The grid is transformed into an active Argus ONE grid to which you can apply all Argus ONE grid functions and commands To practice importing a grid import the file GridExmp exp from the on disk examples Macintosh file name Example Grid exp To import grid related data If the grid you import carries additional information you can read it into data type layers For a detailed discussion of reading information to data layers refer to Supplements for version 2 5 page 9s 1 Activate a data type layer 2 From the file menu select Import Data and from the sub menu select Text
227. crease the memory allocated to Argus ONE On a Macintosh you can set the memory allocated to the application in the Finder On MS Windows and Unix Workstations you will have to increase the page file size For a detailed discussion of memory usage refer to your computing platform documentation Opening Multiple Projects Argus ONE allows you to open as many project files as you need Each project is presented in a different Argus ONE window You can copy graphic objects and contours from one project window to another To open another project f 2 From within any of Argus ONE current open windows choose the Open command in the File menu In the Open dialog box choose the file and click the OK button To move between open project windows If you have a number of open Argus ONE windows at the same time you can bring any of them to be the front active window by clicking in it Macintosh or clicking on the window s frame other platforms If some of the windows are out of sight beneath others you can use the Window List popup menu to bring any of the windows to the front To activate a window using the Window List popup menu 1 Macintosh While holding the COMMAND key click the mouse anywhere within an Argus ONE window PC MS Windows Click the right mouse button while holding the CTRL key anywhere within an Argus ONE window Unix Click the middle mouse button anywhere within the window The window list menu pops
228. creates for your convenience six layers one of each of the different types As you will see later you may rename or even completely delete these pre defined layers For more details about layers refer to The Argus ONE Workplace To Create a Finite Element Mesh of a Domain To create a mesh you must first define the domain you want to mesh If you do not intend to use finite element meshes or want to read now about finite difference grids skip to the section To Create a Finite Difference Grid of a Domain on page 18 Defining the domain Defining the domain is performed in a Domain type layer by creating an outline of the domain including holes islands using the Polygon tool A contour created in a Domain type layer is referred to as the Domain Outline Contour A Domain type layer can also contain points for designating point sources and sinks or point loads as well as open contours designating other boundaries such as rivers faults fractures etc These are explained in detail in the following parts of the manual Associating a Domain type layer to a mesh layer tells Argus ONE what is the domain you want to mesh and what will be the average element size in that domain Using the Polygon tool you can define the outline of the domain by digitizing it directly from a background map of the area of interest To import a background map stored as a DXF file 1 Click the bottom arrow in the Layers Selection Button J un
229. cupied by elements otherwise returns False 0 Example Element OnBoundary returns 1 if the element is a boundary element otherwise returns 0 Can be used in an Export template using the export template If statement to export only boundary elements Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value GCenterX no arguments Returns the X coordinate of the element s center of gravity Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value GCenterY no arguments Returns the Y coordinate of the element s center of gravity Chapter 3 Layer Parameters 149 Node 1 Q Node 1 Node 26 Node 3 Node 1 1 3 Node 2 2 Node 3 Name amp Syntax MinAngle Arguments no arguments Description amp Return Value Returns the element s minimal angle in degrees Example Create an element parameter and assign it the MinAngle function Use the color palette to view the distribution of elements by minimum angle Name amp Syntax NthAngle angle_number Arguments 1 2 or 3 Description amp Return Value Returns the element s angle_number angle in degrees Example NthAngle 1 returns the value of the elements first angle corresponding with the element s first node Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value NthNeighbourNum 1 2 or 3 Return
230. d E T a Argus A e O 5 00 10 00 15 0 ff LY r a The table on the left contains the exported data from this domain outline layer Copying and Pasting Contours Argus ONE User s Guide Argus ONE supports copying and pasting of contours by automatically implementing the above described Export and Import commands When you copy a contour the number of its vertices its parameters values its name and the coordinates of the vertices are copied to the clipboard They are copied using the delimited character you set in the preferences dialog in the same format they are written into an export file You can either paste the copied contours into an application paste it directly into another layer in your project or into another project layer Chapter 2 Working with Information Layers 111 If you copy a domain outline contour with its islands and internal open contours and paste it into an Information layer both contour and islands will be drawn in the Information layer as regular contours while the open contours will be skipped To Copy Contours 1 Activate the layer you want to copy contours from 2 Select the contour or group of contours to be copied 3 From the Edit menu choose Copy The contour is now in the clipboard You can now paste the contour into another layer another layer in another Argus ONE project or another application all together As long as you do not copy
231. d information from mesh nodes or grid blocks 1 Inthe Layers dialog create a data layer 2 Make sure a data layer is the active layer 3 From the Edit menu choose Read Data From Layer The Read Data From dialog opens Read Data From Layer Jz Please select parameters OK to be read Cancel ance Mesh Click a layer to select all its parameters Permeability Initial Conditions Click a mesh or grid parameter to select it Click it again to deselect it Bathymetry Formation Top Grid Permeability 4 Click the layers parameters that you wish to read into the data layer Or Click an already selected parameter to deselect it Or Click the layer s name to select all of it s parameters 5 Click the OK button How is Mesh and Grid Information Stored in Data Layers All of the mesh or grid parameters that you select are read at each mesh node or grid block When mesh parameters are read the mesh triangulation is also read by the data layer When reading grid parameters the data layer creates the appropriate triangulation based on the grid topology Argus ONE User s Guide 8 s2 5 Navigation Zoom In Zoom Out Actual Size Reduce to Fit T 38 3 Goto Position vD Dot Size Small Medium Large The default dot size is set to medium To set the dot size smaller or larger select the appropriate menu item from the Navigation
232. d manual override in the Nodes Info dialog To assign and edit node data You can edit and assign node data at any time by opening the Node Information dialog When you manually set the value of a node parameter the parameter is no longer evaluated for that node instead the overridden value is used If you create a new mesh or delete the node the overridden value is lost 1 Select the node its data you want to edit 2 From the Navigation menu choose Nodes Info or Double Click one of the selected nodes The Node Information dialog box appears Node position Node number Position x 7 58870 i Position y 5 93662 Node icon popup menu Well amp Node name Wel 1 Pumping 7 Parameter Source alue Units P Formation 1 thickness 14 m rI Observation Formation 1 Top 100 m _ Pumping 7 Transmisivity 1 5 ft 2 seq Disposal Site J Formation 1 Bot 90 m i Dump Site A Conductivity 1 0 5 Ki fts Comtamination Source gf Porosity 1 30 1 Head Z Node s parameters values An overridden node Transients parameter value Chapter 7 Editing and Refining a Mesh 227 To quickly set the node icon You can assign a node or a group of nodes an icon without opening the Node Information dialog 1 Select the nodes to be assigned an icon 2 From the Information menu choose Node Icon a popup dialog opens Zoom In Zoom Out Actual Size Reduce to Fit
233. d stretch a rectangle to where you want it to end The Path Line Diagram dialog opens to let you specify additional parameters Argus ONE User s Guide 38 s2 5 Supplements version 2 5 Pull down to select the source data layer Click here to cancel Particle Path Lines Diagram Please specify object information Layer v First Realization Data Pull down to select a data layer parameter for H Value vI Pressure 1 Position the X and Y component Uncheck to manually set the size factor Check to select Fore and or Back tracking Value vx1 ensit EJ Calculate automatically Max Number of Iterstions Size Facto E amp Calculate automatically EJ Fore Track O C Back Track EJ Show axes Revert X axis _ Revert Y axis EJ Keep ratio Thickness Uncheck to hide axes Click and hold to pop up the menu and select the line thickness 2 Points N creating the object Click here to open the Position dialog Uncheck to manually specify the intervals at which path lines start points will be placed Enter the maximum number of iterations Check to revert the X and or Y axis Uncheck to allow Argus ONE to distort the X and Y ratio according to the object frame size 5 From the Layer popup menu select the data layer containing the parameters you wish to plot All data
234. d third node numbers Chapter 5 Exporting a Project 179 Looping over nodes Loop for nodes End Loop Start a new line Export expression NodeNumber 18 End line Loop for nodes End Loop Start a new line Export expression PositionX F10 5 End line Loop for nodes Start a new line Export expression PositionyY F10 5 End line End Loop Each of these three loops will loop over the mesh nodes and export nodes number of lines The first nodes number of lines containing the node number the second nodes number of lines containing the node s X coordinate and the third nodes number of lines containing the node s Y coordinate Looping over parameters Looping over parameters enables you to export all the parameters linked to nodes or elements by using a single script command 1 2 Click the Loop button In the Arguments Editing control panel choose Elements from the popup menu Click the Line button to create a new line Click the Expression button in the Script Commands control panel Click the Expression button in the Arguments Editing control panel to invoke the Expression dialog From the Functions popup menu choose ElementsNumber function Click OK to close the Expression dialog Click the Edit button in the Arguments Editing control panel to edit the format choose Integer from the popup menu and set the desired format and
235. d to the point object that lies below a node and if the node does not lie above a point object the default value of the BC layer This is useful for allocating boundary conditions types and values to node elements Argus ONE User s Guide 48 s2 5 Supplements version 2 5 Action Taking Functions Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value DefaultValue expression expression An expression containing any Information Layer number of Information type parameter layer parameters Returns the default value of all Information type layer parameters contained in the expression Example DefaultValue Rainfall Concentration returns the default value of the information layer parameter Rainfall multiplied by the default value of the information layer parameter Concentration disregarding any value assigned to contours in these layers the default value of a parameter is set in the Layers Dialog An expression can hold as many information layer parameters as needed all parameters values will be set to default before the expression is evaluated Logical Functions Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value IsNA expression expression An expression containing any Information Layer number of Information type parameter layer parameters Returns True 1 if expression evaluates to n a and False 0 if expression does not evaluate to n a E
236. d values at cursor position 12 As mouse is moved over the screen you will see in the Information ruler the X coordinate of the node nearest to the current location of the cursor Some Important Technical Notes for Users of SCANN2D v1 1 0 2 0 SCANN2D v1 uses an artificial neural network that 1 matches input data exactly like any other interpolator and 2 estimates values at spatial locations between input data points See the paper by Rizzo and Dougherty Characterization of aquifer properties using artificial neural Neural Kriging Water Resources Research 1994 for a thorough description SCANN2D v1 is a classifier That is it assumes that the quantity being interpolated is described by its class which is stored numerically as an integer In SCANN2D v1 class numbers 1 through 24 are allowed As an example say the hydraulic conductivity tests at a site are partitioned among 8 bins with the class numbers 1 through 8 corresponding to ranges of hydraulic conductivity values for gravel coarse sand medium sand fine sand silty sand silt silty clay and clay Then SCANN2D v1 will predict the class number for hydraulic conductivity at any specified point To use this information in groundwater simulation the user must then convert the hydraulic conductivity class number into an effective 3 0 Supplement version 4 57 s4 hydraulic conductivity value say using Argus ONE s Expression facility in the Layers
237. dary or initial conditions you need not export the whole mesh in order to transfer the change into your solver simulator Select these nodes and check the Export Selection Only check box in the Export dialog If you need to transfer the coordinates of the boundary nodes into a program that draws the outline use the Search For command to select all boundary nodes and then Export the selection You could of course export any selection you choose by selecting the nodes and elements you need and exporting them Exported files of parts of the mesh may contain invalid meshes thus Argus ONE does not import such exported files The first line of such a file will contain the words Partial mesh The Number of Elements and Number of Nodes refer to the actual number of nodes and elements being exported Importing a Mesh To allow you to view edit and manipulate meshes you ve created manually or using mesh generators Argus ONE enables you to import them Import File Format The import file format matches the export file format However related data fields are not supported The data fields must be delimited by the Tab or Space characters The first line of a valid import file Number of Elements Number of Nodes Argus ONE User s Guide 256 Part 3 Argus ONE User s Guide Finite Element Meshes A line describing a node There must be exactly Number of Nodes lines describing the nodes They m
238. dary which effects each node i e half of the distance in both directions between the node and its neighbor nodes you can use the NodeEffectiveLength layer_name without specifying an epsilon New Contour Copying and Pasting Capabilities You can now choose if you want Argus ONE to copy the contours parameters values and icons when copying contours The Clipboard Preferences dialog Supplements version 3 41 s3 From the Special menu choose Preferences Click the clipboard preferences icon Check the Copy contour parameter values check box Aa O Na Check the Copy contour icon index check box Preferences Clipboard Preferences OK When copying arcs to Information o Cancel layer convert it to segments every Delimiter character for contour Copy Paste t EJ Copy contour name EJ Copy contour parameter values Check to copy all EX Copy contour icon index contour parameter values when copying a contour Check to copy contour icon index when copying a contour The clipboard preferences icon Example of a contour copied with both values and icon index Name Icon 1 Points Count Value 10 2 X pos Y pos 18 04134661 1 20436226 18 00521574 3 13134187 17 46325273 4 22731152 15 76510194 6 69625415 15 2592698 740682788 14 77752489 7 87652916 14 31986724 8 38236131 13 74177335 8 92432432 13 15163585 9 38198198 12 30858227 9 83
239. der of evaluation use parentheses to group expressions Argus ONE first calculates the expressions in parentheses and then uses those rules to calculate the full expression as shown in the following table This expression Produces this value 345 4 23 3 5 4 32 Using Linked Parameters A linked parameter points to a referenced parameter Links tell Argus ONE which parameter to look in to find the values you want used in an expression With linked parameters you can use data stored in different layers of a project in one expression and use one or more referenced parameter s value in several other expressions in parameters Referencing parameters is based on the layer name layer first parameter and the secondary parameters if any When you use the Expression dialog to view a parameter the referenced parameters are displayed using their full name Argus ONE User s Guide 138 Part 2 Basics for Using Argus ONE About Functions In Argus ONE functions are calculation tools that you can use to perform value returning decision making and action taking operations automatically Argus ONE provides a wide variety of functions that perform many different types of calculations Most of these functions are described in this chapter while newly added ones are described in Supplement chapters Argus ONE User s Guide Argus ONE has two types of functions general functions and layer specific functions You can use general function
240. dialog Horizontal Origin Pull to reset the print area ecucal origin to the drawing size Horizontal Extent Vertical Extent Argus ONE User s Guide Supplement version4 27 s4 Non Uniform Scaling When you solve a cross sectional problem or a problem domain which lies along an elongated strip such as a river one dimension of the domain would be much larger than the other Such elongated problems present a visualization problem if the coordinate system is uniformly scaled that is when the scale of real world units to screen units is identical in both the X and Y axis Non uniform scaling is a very powerful option which enhances the Argus ONE workplace to allow one to design work and visualize very elongated problem domains The three Argus ONE meshing modules support this option and automatically create grids and meshes which take into account the non uniformity of the problem domain while performing auto mesh and grid generation thus creating elongated blocks and elements Lae E Lc Scale is set to 1 to 1 and the domain density is set to 0 25 A domain of 30 units long by 2 units high is automatically grided using the above specified density and scale The grid might be over discretisized in the X direction Also viewing the grid using zoom in is relatively limited because of the exaggerated length rr a Scale is set to 15 X to 1 Y and the domain H C density is left at 0 25 When the
241. different tasks you can perform and reflecting its position above different objects Some of the tools from the tool palette also change the cursor shape these cursors are noted in the discussion about related commands Chapter 1 The Argus ONE Workplace 83 If the cursor assumes a shape you don t want to use for example you accidentally clicked the Magic Wand changing the cursor to a Magic Wand click the mouse in the Arrow cursor tool in the tool palette to restore the cursor to its usual shape The following table lists the common cursor shapes Cursor shape Significance k R This is the default cursor The pointer is in the menu bar window title tool palette scroll bars or the working area Use this cursor to click or drag items or choose commands When above nodes it becomes hollow to make it easier for you to select a node When you select the Lasso tool the cursor changes its shape to reflect the current tool When selecting the Manual Element Creation tool the cursor changes to this shape If it lies above an existing node it changes to a hollow cross Selecting the Contour Creation tool changes the cursor s shape to the following shape Selecting the Detach tool changes the cursor s shape to scissors If it lies above a node it turns to hollow scissors Selecting the Magic Wand changes the cursor s shape to a Magic Wand If the wand does not lie above a domain outline contour i
242. distance between adjacent grid lines Cancel oK_ lines to create Horizontal Distance 7 00 Set Hines By Count Vertical Distance 7 00 X gy Distence Check to add grid lines at a specified distance 3 To adda specified number of grid lines check the By Count radio button Or to add grid lines at a specified distance from each other check the By Distance radio button 4 Specify the number of grid lines you wish to add in both directions Or Specify the distance between adjacent grid lines 5 Click the OK button Grid lines are added as specified Specifying zero number of lines in the Horizontal or Vertical text edit boxes will add grid lines only in the specified direction un ti tle d1 EEEE S EEE AW len N Specifying add by count of ten by ten grid lines in the selected rectangle Argus ONE User s Guide adds them to the grid Your First Argus ONE Project 27 Deleting rows and columns You can delete grid lines one at a time or many at once To delete one grid line 1 From the tool palette select the Delete Grid Line Tool X the tool highlights itself to designate that it is the active tool gj and the cursor changes its shape to an X shaped cross X 2 Click the tool in the grid on a grid line you wish to delete The grid line
243. ds using the same locations for both By default the data is read at block corners To read data from grids at block centers 1 From the Edit menu select the Read Data from Layer menu 2 In the dialog select the layer and parameters their data you want to read 3 Click hold the Grid Data Points popup menu at the bottom of the dialog to open the menu Select At Block Centers 5 Click the OK button Read Data From f Please select parameters OK to be read cancel New Parameter Grid Data Points 7S Z On Block Corners Z On Block Corners Corners At Block Center Data read at block centers Read Data from Layer Progress Bar The progress bar appears whenever the product of number of grid blocks and number of parameters being read exceeds one thousand 1 000 Reading Data Argus ONE User s Guide 16 s4 Supplement version 4 Grid Rotation Edit Undo Set Grid Angle 2 Cut X Copy C Paste BY Clear Select All BA Search For F Find Next G Grid Type gt Grid Direction d Toggle Active 3D Grid Angle n 8E Lock Grid Edit Global Variables Special Refine Elements Renumber Smooth Elements Rotate and Scale Drawing Size Scale and Units U Preferences ER Manual Calculation Calculate Now If when rotated the grid extends beyond the d
244. e 198 Part 3 The effect of domain outline segments smaller than the default density on the resulting mesh Notice that Argus ONE enlarges the elements gradually to obey the three discretization rules Beware This feature is for the experienced user Argus ONE User s Guide Finite Element Meshes two vertices are much smaller than the enforced density the creation of acute elements could have occurred To avoid creating acute elements Argus ONE meshing engine automatically reduces the density in the immediate vicinity of small segments As you will learn later in this chapter you can override this effect If you have digitized a domain outline contour in great detail Argus ONE meshing engine uses this extra information to create a mesh that will follow the domain boundaries to their finest details To show this effect create a domain outline contour of six segments where two of the segments are much smaller than the others and smaller than the default density you set to the domain outline contour File Edit Yiew Special Navigation Domain Outline iz 14 00 i 12 00 _ 10 00 8 00 6 00 ae tl These two ENG small domain outline segments forced the AMG to reduce the elements to their size The domain outline s density was set to 2 cm Argus ONE allows you to disable automatic density reduction resulting from small contour segments However this is highly unadvisable
245. e Export Expression any valid expression Expression Loop for Mesh Layers End loop Parameters Layer Nodes Loop Node Parameters Elements Element Parameters Objects Nested within loop for Elements Grid Layer Parameters Layer Blocks Block Parameters Rows Columns Objects Nested within loop for Blocks Variables Script Comment any text Comment Delimiter Explicit any character Delimiter Dynamic If Explicit 0 for False If End if anything else True Dynamic any valid expression Export matrix any valid expression Matrix For additional script commands see Supplement for version 3 and 4 Argus ONE User s Guide Pe as et T Se BA et Me ee tt Tae e ein ae oe iF Tf ee TATATA A rae AA PREIS Abie ae E Mote Sf a ae rf oy SSK ait Fu amp Phd Yi Kies 34 DRAA bs Fay ie 2 saa ae tena me BSS Sarre gent aa Pence pay a MAS Pea SPN yd ae oe ee ak Wk Pe Pe Coa rcacea a Finite Element Meshes Chapter 6 Meshing a Domain Overview 192 Mesh Related Layers 193 Assigning the Mesh Layer Domain and Den sity Layers 193 To set the domain and density layers asso ciated with a mesh layer 193 Using Contour Objects in Domain Layers 194 The Domain Outline Contour 194 The Open Contour 195 The Point Object Contour 195 Mesh Densities 196 Default Mesh Density 196 Re Meshing an Already Meshed Domain 197 The Effect of the Size of Bounda
246. e You can load this file using the Load button To end template editing e Click the Done button in the Template Editor dialog box If you click the Done button and did not save the template first the template is saved within the project until you quit the application or close the project window If you do save the project the template is saved with it To load a template from a disk file 1 Click the Load button in the Script Editing control panel The Open File dialog box opens 2 Locate the template file on your disk and choose Open The new template is read and added after the selected line To replace the current template by the one read from the disk remove the existing template Script validity checking When you create and edit an export template script using the Template Editor you can not create syntax errors since the commands are automatically inserted in the right syntax and order The buttons for invalid commands are dimmed to keep you from introducing mistakes For instance while editing the block command Start a new line the Line button is dimmed to prevent you from writing a line within a line Chapter 5 Exporting a Project 173 When you load an export template script from disk its syntax and structure are checked for you If a syntax error or a structure problem are detected template loading is continued All script commands but the offending ones are loaded and presented in the dialog No validi
247. e amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value MeshArea no arguments Returns the total area of the elements in a mesh layer If the mesh layer contains more than one mesh or some disjoined elements this function returns the total area of all the elements Chapter 3 Layer Parameters 147 Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value NumElements no arguments Returns the total number of elements in a mesh layer If the mesh layer contains more than one mesh or some disjoined elements this function returns the total number of elements in the layer Note Used mainly in Export templates to loop over the number of elements Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value NumElemParameters no arguments Returns the number of element type parameters of a mesh layer Note Used mainly in Export templates to loop over the number of element related parameters Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value NumNodeParameters no arguments Returns the number of node type parameters of a mesh layer Note Used mainly in Export templates to loop over the number of node related parameters Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value NumNodes no arguments Returns the total number of nodes in a mesh layer If the mesh contains more than one mesh or some disjoined elem
248. e bottom of the Layers dialog presents the name of the source layer of file Information in Data Layers is Static When you read information into data layers it is detached from its source If you read information from a mesh or grid layer and later on refine or change that mesh or grid the information stored in the data layer is not updated to reflect these changes To update the data layer you need to read again the data from the mesh or grid layer Argus MeshMaker User s Guide 782 5 Supplements version 2 5 Reading Information from Mesh and Grid Layers Undo Zoom Cut EH Copy 38 Paste SAU Clear Read Data From Layer Search For a6 F Find Next 6 Important Note You can not add parameters from different layers since each layer might have a different triangulation Reading mesh node and grid block parameters into a data layer enables you to investigate the distribution of these parameters on your mesh and grid using the visualization methods available in maps layers It also enables you to interpolate data from grid blocks onto mesh nodes or elements and vise a versa by linking the data layer parameters to mesh nodes elements and grid blocks You can read as many parameters as required from a mesh or grid layer However you can not read parameters from different mesh or grid layers into the same data layer since each mesh or grid layer might have a different triangulation To rea
249. e Others Show All Colors Calculate Colors The Layers Floating Window The Layers floating window lists all layers and allows you to quickly show hide and activate layers When open it floats above the active window of the Argus ONE project it belongs to This window does not replace other methods available for controlling layers visibility but adds new ones Opening the Layers Window When you open the Layers window it appears above the main window Since it floats above its parent window you can work in both the main window and the Layers window without having to first bring one of them to the front To open the Layers Window e Click the Layers Window button located to the right of the Layers menu Or e From the View menu select the Show Layers Window menu item Or e From your keyboard type CTRL L 4 L on the Macintosh Important Note The keyboard shortcut for opening the Layers Dialog was changed from CTRL L to CTRL K K on the Macintosh KENNED 2 5 MMB EJ Opaque Contours Show Contour Area Show Contour Name Show Contour Value v Show Contour Icon y Contour Boundary Line oomen outine EH 4rous _ 434000 43600 __43ep00 4000 Click this button to open the Layers Window 5 The Layers Window floating above the main window 3 Color w 500 00 450 00 400 00 350 00 300 00 250 00 200 00 150 0
250. e Remove button in the Script Editing control panel Click the Remove button to remove this command Redirect output to BaseName Loop for Nodes Start a new line Export expression N Export expression NodeNumber 18 Export expression Positionx F8 2 Export expression PositionY F8 2 Loop for Parameters Redirect output to BaseName a Start a new line Export expression NumElements 18 Export expression NumNodes 18 Export expression NumElemParameters 18 Export expression NumNodeParameters 18 End line Loop for Nodes TT The command and all the commands its contains are removed Argus ONE User s Guide 172 Part 2 Argus ONE User s Guide Basics for Using Argus ONE To create a new mesh or grid export template 1 Click the first line in the template to select it 2 Click the Remove button in the Script Editing control panel If the template contains more than one Redirect output to commands repeat the last two steps for all file commands The default template is cleared so that you can start creating your own template 3 Using the buttons in the Script Commands control panel create your script To save your export template 1 Click the Save button in the Script Editing control panel The Save Template As dialog opens 2 Type the name under which you wish to save the template 3 Click the OK button The template is saved in an ASCII fil
251. e Special menu open the preferences dialog 2 Inthe Number of smoothing iterations text edit box enter the required number and click the OK button to close the dialog box Number of smoothing iterations Creating Mesh Density Contours Argus ONE User s Guide When meshing a domain you usually want to have more elements at some parts of the domain and less elements at others You may want to have a fine mesh at areas were gradients are expected to be higher These areas may be along boundaries or at any other part of the domain If for example you have a well pumping at the middle of the domain or a source of contamination at the middle of a lake you want to have a fine mesh around these points You define different mesh densities at different areas by using mesh density contours in the mesh density layer An information type layer assigned as the mesh density layer is where you define the required mesh densities To Define Mesh Density Contours After you have created a domain outline contour and assigned it the default mesh density e Change the active layer to the layer associated as a mesh density layer e Using the close contour tool create a contour around the area its density you want to change e When you finish creating the contour Argus ONE asks you for the required density Enter it in the text edit box For example if you are working in units of cm and want to have a 0 5 cm elements type 0 5 e Click the OK b
252. e Y coordinate Row 1 Absolute Coordinate After this line there is an empty line A line describing row heights There are Number of Rows lines describing the row heights They are ordered from row 1to Number of Rows Row Height After Number of Rows lines there is an empty line A line describing the absolute position of the first column There is one line describing the first column absolute X coordinate Column 1 Absolute Coordinate After this line there is an empty line A line describing column widths There are Number of Columns lines describing the column widths They are ordered from column 1 to Number of Columns Column Width After Number of Columns lines there is an empty line All other lines are identical to the original file format described in detail in chapter 10 Argus ONE User s Guide 54 s3 Supplements version 3 View Show Layers Window L Layers 3K Show Hide gt Hide Others Show All Colors Calculate Colors v Opaque Blocks Show Block Name Show Block No v Show Block Icon Show Block Center v Block Boundary Line Show Layers Window L Layers 3K Show Hide gt Hide Others Show All Colors Calculate Colors v Opaque Blocks Show Block Name Show Block No v Show Block Icon Show Block Center Block Boundary Line Argus ONE User s Guide Showing and Hiding Grid Lines
253. e a contour describing the depth of the sea bottom 1 Make sure you re in the new layer you ve just created If you are not click on the appropriate arrow in the layer selection button until you enter that layer 2 Click the Polygon tool g in the tool palette It looks a little different from the Polygon tool you ve used before while creating a domain outline and allows you to record contours within contours You can also create open contours and points using the Open Polygon and the Point tools respectively 3 Click the tool in the window to create the contours As before double clicking closes the contour Notice that Argus ONE does not let you record contour vertices such that contours intersect Once you have double clicked the last vertex of a contour a dialog box appears asking you for the value of new contour s main parameter 4 Enter its value Contour Information Please enter value for this ox contour Contour is Closed Number of vertices Contour Information Contour area Contour perimeter Contour name Contour Name Parameter alue Units ontour Units Contour Value Contour s main parameter name Your First Argus ONE Project 33 The Navigation File Edit Yiew Special Navigation A project window window showing Neola ee st 4rgus A A x e s showing an Information a thumbnail of EA 75 s type layer with contours tPe current layer describ
254. e accessible with key combinations two keys pressed at the same time Once you learn these combinations you can perform most tasks quickly and easily with the keyboard If a command on a menu has an assigned key combination the menu shows the key combination beside the command name Choosing Commands with Key Combinations Using a key combination you can bypass the step of opening a menu Assigned key combinations are displayed to the right of the commands on the menu To Choose Press Macintosh Other Platforms File New ae N CTRL N Open 0 CTRL O Close ae W CTRL W Save S CTRL S Print visible layers 4 P CTRL P Quit Q CTRL Q Edit Undo Z CTRL Z Argus ONE User s Guide 302 Appendixes To Choose Press Macintosh Other Platforms Cut X CTRL X Copy C CTRL C Paste V CTRL V Select All A CTRL A Search For F CTRL F Find Next G CTRL G Select Adjoining J CTRL J Deactivate Block D CTRL D UnLock Grid E CTRL E Detach Elements D CTRL D View Layers L CTRL L Hide Others H CTRL H Special Scale amp Units U CTRL U Preferences R CTRL R Navigation Zoom In BE CTRL Zoom Out CTRL Reduce To Fit T CTRL T Argus ONE User s Guide Appendix A Keyboard and Mouse Shortcuts 303 Choosing Options in Dialog Boxes You can use the keyboard to choose and edit some of the options in a dialog box To do this
255. e boundary condition s value 1 Click the New button in the Parameter Control Panel 2 Name the newly created parameter Boundary Condition Value or BC Value or any other name you find suitable Layer Parameters Name Units Type Yalue Boundary Conditions BC 0123 Real oz BC al ue Real The newly created parameter line is inserted below the parameter line that was selected while you clicked the New button Notice that when you create a new layer parameter Argus ONE automatically assigns the parameter a default value of 0 zero You can change the default value at any time The default value can be a constant a link to another layer parameter or an expression When you create a contour it is automatically assigned the default value To read more about parameters values refer to the following sections in this chapter If you create a contour in this layer the contour can be assigned the two required values to define a boundary condition The Contour Information dialog showing Please enter value for this the two contour values required to define a contanr boundary condition Contour is Closed Number of vertices 8 Contour area 67 Contour perimeter 39 Contour name Heads from Lake Parameter alue Units A manually overridden value is indicated by a black frame surrounding the parameter s value text edit box Default vs Manually Overridden Parameter Values As briefly ex
256. e command You can create the same export file using a loop over columns nested within a loop over rows However the matrix command is much faster and it also automatically places a dynamic delimiter between fields For instance the following example will export a matrix for each grid related parameter Loop for Block Parameters Export matrix SParameterS F8 2 End loop Chapter 5 Exporting a Project 181 Name Syntax Arguments If If 0 1 or a logical expression End if e This command is a block command e The script command within the If block will be executed only when the If argument is true e True 1 False 0 anything different from zero returns True The If command enables you to nest script commands within it that will be executed only if the logical expression holds For instance to export the node number and coordinates of boundary nodes only Redirect output to Loop for Nodes BaseName If NodeOnBoundary Start a new line Export expression NodeNumber 18 Export expression PositionX E15 5 Export expression PositionY E15 5 End line End if End loop End file Name Syntax Arguments Comment Any text The comment command enables you to comment your export template scripts to make them more readable by you For instance to clarify the last example you can add comments at important points
257. e constructed of script commands and script commands arguments that are resolved during the export process For instance if you use the command Loop over Nodes in a script Argus ONE will loop over the number of nodes in your mesh layer while exporting it This way you do not have to worry about the validity of your export template it will always be valid no matter how many nodes the mesh is made of Creating and Editing an Export Template New Open Close Save Save As Export Import Export Mesh By Template 38E Page Setup Edit Template Print Quit 0 Argus ONE User s Guide An export template is layer type dependent You can create export templates for mesh and grid type layers An Argus ONE project contains an export template for each of these two layer types which is created when you create a new project To open the template editor dialog 1 Make sure a mesh or a grid layer is the active layer If it is not click on the appropriate arrow in the layer selection button until you enter a mesh or a grid layer 2 From the File menu choose the Export menu item and from the submenu choose Edit Template Chapter 5 Exporting a Project 171 The Template Editor dialog box showing a default mesh export template The command as well as all the commands it contains are removed The Template Editor dialog box opens Template s Name Mes
258. e it click it again File Edit Yiew Special Navigation emx 14 5 y 18 7 Mesh AB amp 4 Element 77 Nodes 31 32 52 Neighbors 30 78 76 rgu L 13 50 14 00 14 50 15 00 In certain cases you need to create acute elements Ifyou do turn off the small segments effect Do not forget to enable this option after you finish creating the acute elements Click this check box to disable small segments Meshing the domain in the preceding example when the small segments effect is disabled resulting in these two acute elements Argus ONE User s Guide 200 Part 3 Finite Element Meshes Other Domain Factors Affecting Mesh Density When you numerically solve a problem you assign nodes lying along boundaries boundary conditions Boundaries do not always lie on the domain outline Sources and sinks for instance can be regarded as internal boundaries so can internal discontinuities and internal line boundaries such as rivers faults etc Usually nodes assigned boundary conditions are not solved for So if two or more nodes of an element lie on boundaries these nodes are not solved for For instance if your domain outline is very concave and some opposing domain outline segments are closer to each other than the local mesh density traditional automatic mesh generation algorithms might place two nodes of an element on opposing boundaries thus disabling this element from participating in t
259. e manual entry 2 Hit the RETURN key or click the mouse outside that text edit box The black frame enclosing the text edit box is removed to indicate the parameter s value is now evaluated to the default value Manipulating Parameters To change a layer parameter s name As you will learn later in this chapter linking a parameter to another is performed by using the parameter s name When you change a layer parameter s name Argus ONE automatically renames it in all its occurrences BC Value e Start typing the parameter s name Or Click the line within the name field and type the parameter name The cursor changes into an I Beam cursor to indicate you are in text edit mode Although a parameter name can contain any character if you use a digit as the name s first character use punctuation marks or the numeric keys such as the plus sign Argus ONE will not be able to use this name in an expression If you create such a name the application brings up an alert to warn you but allows you to keep the invalid name Salle Genin a An invalid parameter name The name Temperature 1 cannot be used in a calculation because it begins with a digit or contains ete Parameters full names A parameter s name is defined by the name of the layer it belongs to suffixed by the actual parameter name Information type layer are automatically assigned a first parameter by Argus ONE The first paramete
260. e of the art models and technologies The Argus ONE PIE technology is fully documented and accompanied by many useful examples contributed by Argus and its users The technology is an open architecture technology and is made available to you free of charge For availability of documentation technical notes and examples contact Argus All PIE related materials are also posted on the Argus ftp site Many companies organizations and universities are developing an abundance of scientific tools and fully interfaced numerical models using the PIE technology PIEs for Ground Water flow and transport models such as MODFLOW MOC3D SUTRA HST3D and PTC are and will be offered to you as commercial products and some as public domain products Other PIEs such as geostatistical PIEs new auto mesh generators import GIS information are also available Argus ONE Documentation The Argus ONE Users s Guide describes Argus ONE features and capabilities and gives procedures for using them The book covers both Argus ONE and for all windowing systems they are available on The actual windows dialogs menus and alerts looks are the same for all systems Only the window frame font styles and colors might differ Some windows and dialogs in this manual are of Microsoft Windows some of Macintosh and some of Motif The following pictures show Argus ONE and windows on four different windowing systems The supplements describe all features added since version 2
261. e selected view RUIG setting bultops ey WIRON From Right Reset View zi From Left From Top Paste View S From Front CopyYiew a i Enhanced setting buttons The quick setting buttons e From Right The object s X coordinate is aligned with the line of sight looking at the right face of the object e From Left The object s X coordinate is aligned with the line of sight looking at the left face of the object e From Top The object s Z coordinate is aligned with the line of sight looking at the top face of the object e From Front The object s Y coordinate is aligned with the line of sight looking at the front face of the object The graphical and textual representations of the Default view 0 925417 0 163176 0 34202 0 0 0 378522 0 44097 0 813798 0 0 From Right Reset View 0 0180283 0 882564 0 469846 0 0 _Fromlert_ _ 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 _FromTop Paste view HE From Front Copy view A copied view can be pasted in any 3D surface object T view Argus ONE copies the view into the clipboard in bee the above text tab delimited format Argus MeshMaker User s Guide Supplements version 2 5 29 s2 5 Copying and pasting views You can use the copy and paste view buttons to set the view of a number of 3D surface objects to be identical When you copy a view Argus ONE copies the current Rotation Matrix
262. e suggest that you go through the table of contents and locate items that relate to your work Although not described in this supplement the most important addition to Argus ONE version 3 is the introduction of the Plug In Extension PIE technology The PIEs make Argus ONE a fully open system to which our users can easily interface state of the art models and technologies The ArgusNE PIE technology is fully documented and accompanied by many useful examples contributed by us and our users The technology is an open architecture technology and is made available to you free of charge For availability of documentation technical notes and examples contact Argus All PIE related materials are also posted on the Argus ftp site Many companies organizations and universities are developing an abundance of scientific tools and fully interfaced numerical models using the PIE technology PIEs for Ground Water flow and transport models such as MODFLOW SUTRA HST3D PTC and MOC3D are and will be offered to you as commercial products and some as public domain products Other geostatistical PIEs including state of the art interpolation methods are also being developed Contents Contents 4 9 23 5 Lens Wee eek bbe Sek heres bed Wee BRT WES WLS hes 3 s3 Compatibility Issues si pos ode ee A babies bi a bad 4 s3 Miscellaneous New Features nuuuuunuuuuurna nuuraa eeaeee 5 s3 Layers Dialog New Appearance and Functionality 0
263. e to a model using global variables is a convenient way to set your model non distributed parameters such as model control parameters Supplement version4 23 s4 Group Type Layers Group type layers enable you to organize any number and type of layers into groups This allows you to hide show and collapse all layers belonging to a group and thus better control your views Group type layers have no parameters and can not store data or information of any type Creating Group Type Layers Group type layers as layers of all other types are created in the layers dialog All layers below a group type layer and up to the next group type layer belong to that group To create a group type layer 1 Open the layers dialog 2 From the layers list select the line of the layer below which you want to create a group type layer 3 Click the New button in the layers control panel 4 Click and hold the mouse button on the Type field to open the layers type popup menu and select Group Layers B Name Units Grid Related MODFLOW Domain Outline Density Domain Tri Mesh MODFLOW Grid Density Information Maps Heip MODFLOW FD Grid Grid inort The layers type Unit 1 Group Group popup menu Map Uniti Maps Grid 3 Elevation Top Unit Information Dorain Select Group to Elevation Bottom Unit1 Information 7 Added Inactive Area Unit Information Data define a group type layer P
264. e triangulation information connectivity list and node coordinates within the file The second format contains only node numbers and parameter values while the triangulation information and node locations are read from a Argus ONE referenced mesh The latter is very convenient when you need to visualize your model results and when the mesh Argus MeshMaker User s Guide Supplements version 2 5 1182 5 on which you simulated the problem was created in Argus ONE You must however be sure that you did not change or edit that mesh since the time you exported it to your model To import mesh data with triangulation information 1 In the Import Data dialog click the Mesh Data radio button to set the data format to Mesh data 2 Click the Read Triangulation from file radio button 3 Click the OK button Use the standard Open File dialog box to locate and choose the file containing the data Click this radio button to select mesh data __ Mesh asta Click this radio button to specify that the Read triangulation from file triangulation information as well as node Read triangulation from layer coordinates are to be read from the file Mesh data file format Triangulation included The first line of a file describing mesh data Number of Elements Number of Nodes Number of Element Number of Node Parameters ignored Parameters Fields must be delimited by the TAB or SPACE characters The line is terminated by a CAR
265. eS elm Element Command Element Command End File For instance if you supply the name MESHEXP the two occurrences of the argument Basename will be replaced by MESHEXP to create two files named MESHEXP nod and MESHEXP elm Resolving the dynamic delimiter While exporting a mesh layer using the following template the dynamic delimiter will be replaced by the delimiter supplied in the Dynamic Export Arguments dialog Start a new line Export expression NodeNumber 18 Export expression PositionX E15 5 Export expression PositionY E15 5 End line ae ee ea ee The delimiter you Please set export arguments Check to export choose here will selection only replace all occurrences of the wil Seperator Tab Set the line Dynamic delimiter ong for all on ear 8 ote a export files Template Argus ONE User s Guide 184 Part 2 Argus ONE User s Guide Basics for Using Argus ONE Loop iterators Each export template script loop command has its loop iterator To use a loop you do not always have to call its iterator However some functions might need the loop iterator to be resolved during export Such functions might be the grid functions NthColumnPos and NthRowPos and the export template script command Matrix The Parameter loop iterator When using the Parameter loop iterator within a loop over parameters it will be
266. ead Mesh Layer Argus ONE User s Guide 12 Part 1 Tip You can now hide the Maps Layer so that it will not disturb your work From the View Menu choose the Show Hide menu item and hide the Maps Layer A project window after auto mesh generation Argus ONE User s Guide Basic Things to Know About Argus ONE If it doesn t click on the appropriate arrow in the layer selection button until you enter that layer 1 From the tool palette select the Magic Wand tool F 2 Click the Magic Wand anywhere within the Domain Outline contour The Magic Wand becomes active only when it is above a domain outline contour Sit back and watch the progress bar dialog box When the black area completely fills the progress bar the mesh appears The Information Ruler presents the current units the Mouse Location and Information about the Element the mouse cursor lies above untitled x LOT uy 7 79 55851 Element 54 Nodes 46 61 59 Neighbors 5 2 00 4 00 The Navigation Window facilitates Aa AP orientation It z3 presents the kfz Domain Outline objects of the Domain layer linked to the current Mesh Layer 8 00 a ay ZN a Ss ea a ga A Se SESS meee eee BVO SISA RII SINIOR AA Way SS Fe
267. east twice per year Future versions including updates patches for bug corrections and new features will be available for an initial purchase and annual subscription fee Pricing has not been set as of March 14 1997 In addition Subterranean Research Inc may be releasing one or more Helper Applications that can be used with Argus ONE yet are not Plug In Extensions These will be available separately Price and delivery are not yet available Contacting Subterranean Research Inc Please contact David Dougherty at Subterranean Research Inc with any questions or comments Telephone 802 658 8878 Fax 802 658 8878 Email David Dougherty subterra com Argus ONE User s Guide 58 s4 Supplement version 4 Argus ONE User s Guide
268. eck the parameters for which you want the change in value to be assigned to all selected object when you click the Set All button To apply your changes to all objects and all parameters aloes Click the All button to check all parameters Change the parameters values Click the Set All button Click the OK button If you change your mind and do not want to apply the changes to all objects and parameters click the Cancel button To apply changes to all objects but only to some of their parameters Click the None button to uncheck all parameters Check all the parameters for which changes are to be applied to all objects in the selection Change the parameters values Click the Set All button Click the OK button To apply changes only to some of the selected objects Click the None button to uncheck all parameters Click the left or right arrow buttons to scroll through the selected objects To visually locate the current object move the dialog away from the main drawing area and click the i icon The window scrolls to center the object in the drawing area and a visual effect marks the object Change the values of the required parameters Repeat steps 2 4 to locate other objects whose values are to be changed Click the OK button Argus ONE User s Guide 18 s3 Supplements version 3 New Parameter Types Important Note You can not change a parameter type if one of the objects in the layer it belongs to is ass
269. ects As explained before you will most often use point objects when your source of information is in a tabulated form You may also have a mixed information source combining a contour map and nodal information For instance some Argus ONE User s Guide Chapter 2 Working with Information Layers 101 physical parameter distribution has been contoured and you also have additional highly accurate information from some observation points such as wells that you want to take into account In domain type layers point objects are used to describe the location of sources sinks or point loads introducing mass contaminant or load into the system Point objects in a domain outline will force the auto mesh generation to create a node above them As you will learn later this enables you to incorporate point boundary conditions types and values In a grid layer you can sum up the number and value of point objects contained a grid block To create a point object 1 Click and hold the currently active polygon tool until the popup menu opens Select the Point object tool from the popup menu 2 Click the mouse where you want the point object to be Tha Point tool The Contour Information dialog box appears Enter the point s value 20 Aquifer SE emain tutine El 4roys 5 00 10 00 15 00 De Point name 3 Color v A Point objects a a ad Editing Contours Argus ONE enables yo
270. ects of any type Block Domain Layer 1 counts the number of open contours in the layer Domain Layer intersecting or contained by the block and returns 0 if the block is not intersected by or contains no open contours 1 if the block is intersected by or contains one open contour N if the block is intersected by or contains N open contours return the value 1 for This highlighted block on top of the point object will return the value 1 for the function CountObjectsInBlock Domain Layer 0 These highlighted blocks along the open contour will the function CountObjectsInBlock Domain Layer 1 Argus ONE User s Guide 156 Part 2 Argus ONE User s Guide Basics for Using Argus ONE Name amp Syntax NthBlockSideLength h_v_side Arguments h_v_side Description amp Return Value Block s horizontal or vertical side 1 for vertical 2 for horizontal Returns the h_v_side length of the block Example NthBlockSideLength 1 _ returns the block s vertical length Name amp Syntax NumBlockParameters Arguments no arguments Description amp Return Value Returns the number of block and grid related layer parameters Example Used mainly in Export templates to loop over the number of block layer related parameters Name amp Syntax Row Arguments no arguments Description amp Ret
271. ed however you can easily change this default For additional information regarding finite difference grids refer to Part 4 Finite Difference Grids To create a grid you do not have to first define a Domain Outline contour However if you do define a Domain Outline contour Argus ONE will automatically generate a grid of the domain and deactivate blocks that are out of the domain To create a grid without defining a domain To create a finite difference grid make sure you re in a Grid type layer The layer selection popup menu should read Grid If it doesn t click the appropriate arrow in the layer selection button j until you enter the Grid layer 1 Select the Grid Creation tool from the tool palette 2 Click and drag the Grid Creation tool from where you want to start creating the grid 3 Release the mouse button where you want to end the grid creation The grid is automatically divided into evenly spaced rows and columns of one ruler unit In the following paragraphs you will learn how to edit and refine the grid Click the handle to unlock the grid and edit it Yiew Special Navigation Lens I Argus 6 00 The bullets mark a selected grid Use the bullets to resize and move the grid New Open 30 Close W Save 2S Save As Export Import gt Page Setup Print Quit 360 An Argus ONE window with a DX
272. ed already contains elements Skip meshing this domain Remove those elements Instruct Argus ONE what to do when one of the domain outlines to be meshed will create elements overlapping existing elements Important notice A domain with density value of zero will be ignored This operation is not Undoable While meshing the domains Argus ONE informs you of the domain it is currently meshing by showing the progress dialog box of each of the domains as they are meshed Meshing Domain Outline 2 Press Cmd to abort Re Meshing an Already Meshed Domain When you click the Magic Wand in a mesh layer Argus ONE can test the domain to be meshed against the existing elements in the mesh to check if auto mesh generation is about to create overlapping elements If it does find such elements it alerts you and allows you to cancel Testing the domain you clicked the Magic Wand in against all elements is very time consuming If you are certain that you want to delete all elements in the mesh layer you can select the Delete All button to avoid these tests A You have instructed MeshMaker to auto mesh a domain already containing elements MeshMaker must delete these elements Do you want to delete all elements fast or only those contained in the domain area slower Delete Contained Caetete ar e Click the Delete All button to delete all elements in the active mesh layer e Cli
273. ed on your local hard disk and not on a network disk Installing and launching Argus ONE differ from platform to platform The following instructions tell you how to install Argus ONE on your computer To find out how to start working with Argus ONE refer to Part One in this manual To Install Argus ONE for MS Windows 95 and NT 1 2 aide ek Insert the disk labeled Installation Disk 1 in drive A From the File menu in either Program Manager or File Manager choose Run Type a setup Press ENTER Follow the Setup instructions on the screen Before you run Argus ONE make sure your MS Windows default font size is set to Normal and not to Large If you try running with Large fonts some texts in Argus ONE s dialogs might become partially hidden To Install Argus ONE for Power Macintosh 1 2 Copy the contents of your Argus ONE disk s into your hard disk Double click the sea file You will be asked to choose the folder where you want Argus ONE installed In versions later than 2 5 the application name is ArgusONE Argus Open Numerical Environments Choose the folder After installing the application you can launch it from the finder o Install Argus ONE for Unix Workstations Create a directory for the application for example fusr bin ArgusONE Command mkdir usr bin ArgusONE Note you can use any directory to upload the application and move it to the final destination later on thus super us
274. eeded you could use the SBaseNameNoExt macro instead In this case the two occurrences of the argument BasenameNoExt will be replaced by MESHEXP to create two files named MESHEXP nod and MESHEXP elm Enhanced File command Name Syntax Arguments File Redirect output to Filename or Basename End File e This command can now be nested within any other script command including the File command e This command is a block command Miscellaneous New Features New Tool for Geographical Alignment of Data Importing and coordinate system considerations When you import and paste graphic objects from sources external to the current project you must take into account the possibility that the source and target coordinate systems might differ They might differ in scale units coordinate system direction drawing size and origin If they do the objects you bring in might look different from what you expect or too small to be noticed in the current zoom level If the objects you import or paste are partially or completely out of the current drawing size Argus ONE will now alert you of the situation by bringing up the following dialog Argus ONE User s Guide 60 s2 5 Special Refine Elements Renumber Smooth Elements Mesh All Drawing Size Scale and Units 3U Preferences R Manual Calculation Calculate Now Special Refine Elements Renumber Smooth Elements Mes
275. eee 292 Bxportin 2 Gridwiceeciesiecmneeaeece otitis a a a 292 Importinga Gnidine canadian ease 297 NDP CNOIK ES raioni tir atheontsiayfaars 299 Keyboard and Mouse Shortcut cccccccccescccssscessecesssecesseeeeeeeees 301 Keyboard Shortcuts etacie iode aa Ei E 301 Mouse Shortcuts conei eatea iaia e E Rea eS 303 Keyboard and Mouse Combinations cceeceeseeeseceseceseceeeeeeeeees 304 Legend arecuna eii Si ER eA Eri 305 SUD CCOMMCEK s5athaihetitecauiid antaaratiue ne nantes 307 Subject Index renent anea ra naoa e EEEE ENEE EA EKE Ea Ena SNEEK 309 Argus ONE User s Guide Before You Begin See Part 2 Chapters 2 and 3 See Supplement for version 2 5 See Chapter 1 and all supplements See Part 3 See Part 4 Welcome to Argus ONE a general purpose finite element and finite difference pre and post processor Argus ONE is available on the Microsoft Windows Apple Mac OS and X Windows operating systems Argus ONE provides the automated engineering tools you need for modeling Creating and editing finite element meshes and finite difference grids defining manipulating and applying boundary conditions initial conditions and parameters to the meshes and grids exporting that information to any numerical model simulator you use and visualizing your model results are all integrated within the Argus ONE workplace The various tools are organized in the following Argus ONE modules GIS Module
276. eesnescnsesensneeens xvi Argus Product S pport nerenin ienien eeto eiei xvi Hardware Requirements and Performance Considerations xviii Part 1 Basic Things to Know About Argus ONE l Your First Argus ONE Project 0 0 0 cccccccccssecscceseceeeceseeeeeeeeeeeenteceseenes 3 starting Arg s ONE pt e E EEE E T a ES 4 Creatin ga PrOjeCtecreased oieee a a e n e E 6 Saving Your Wok e a a a Ra EOE NEA SEE SiiS 29 Adding Information to the Project cccesccesseeseeseeteeeeeceteceteeeneeeaes 30 Navigating Through Your Project ceccceeceeeeceeseeceneceeaeeceeeeeeteees 38 Exporting Y Our Projeti geene kerane aeeoe e EEN E 39 Previewing and Printing Your Project c cc eecceescceeseceeseeceeeeeeeeeeeees 40 Closing Your Project and Quitting Argus ONE ccessceeeeeeeneeeees 41 Where to Go from Here vev sisscctieciei ese oneei ia 42 The Mathematics Beneath Argus ONE ccccccesccesceeseeeeeeeeeeteeenees 43 Numerical Precision and Coordinate Systems csccesseeeeeeeeeeeees 44 Mesh Density viiasticccesdiceadl seitei aa e EE eats aa Gate 44 Auto Mesh Generation ceceeseesesseceseceseceeeseseeeseesaecaeensecneeeseeesnes 45 Mesh Smoothing igear ee RE aes aaavi ieee ede eden 45 Mesh Refinement omeen e ana arar a E eaves A er iS 45 Renumbering BandWidth Optimization ssseseseseeseesseesseesseesesesees 46 Interpolation of Information Layers Data ssesessesseesseesse
277. eger zero denoting it can not be resolved To duplicate a layer parameter To shorten layer parameter definition Argus ONE enables you to duplicate a parameter 1 Select the parameter you wish to duplicate 2 Inthe parameter control panel click the Duplicate button The parameter is duplicated To keep parameter naming valid Argus ONE adds a suffix digit to the duplicated parameter If the originating parameter name has a suffix digit the digit is incremented to the next available digit Linking Parameters Argus ONE User s Guide Linking layers as explained in part 1 is actually performed by means of linking parameters Linking parameters allows you to reference parameters from any layer including from the same layer Parameter linking is actually a basic form of Argus ONE expressions explained in the next section You will use parameter linking for many purposes such as linking information layers to mesh and grid layers creating expressions exporting your data etc However since you will be using parameter linking very often Argus ONE supports few shortcuts to simplify and shorten your work Chapter 3 Layer Parameters 133 Expression Domain Outline gt Mesh gt Density Expression Domain Outline gt Mesh bi Density Density Domain number You can change the name and the linked parameter at any time To Link Parameters A link is always created between two parameters
278. element If the element is too small to contain the number Argus ONE hides the number When you zoom in Argus ONE tests each element again to decide whether the number can be contained within the element and if possible presents it To show elements numbers from the View menu choose Show Element No The menu item is marked with a check mark to its left Chapter 7 Editing and Refining a Mesh 219 View Opaque Elements v Show Element Name Show Element No p v Show Element Icon v Show Nodes Show Node Name Show Node No Show Node Icon Layers L Show Hide gt Hide Others 38H Show All v Show Info Ruler Colors Calculate colors View v Opaque Elements Show Element Name Show Element No v Show Element Icon v Show Nodes v Show Node Name Show Node No v Show Node Icon Layers L Show Hide gt Hide Others 38H Show All v Show Info Ruler Colors Calculate colors EOE acquit EN Acqui f er Sa Mesh Mesh Arou LIL 4 50 60 E be Element numbers are shown in elements large enough to contain their number To see the other numbers Zoom in To hide elements numbers from the View menu choose Show Element No The check mark to the left of the menu item is removed To show and hide elements names If you assign a name to an element Argus ONE enables you to decide whet
279. ement Name Show Element No v Show Element Icon Element Boundary Line v Show Nodes v Show Node Name Show Node No v Show Node Icon Showing and Hiding Element Boundary Lines You can now turn off the drawing of element boundary lines element sides This might prove handy if you evaluate the mesh elements by color using the color palette and popup menu 2 SS Bay G Harbor Mesh KAT aa is A W SNN D EN ATA ea Zz mati iy N aN A N TAVA Weer a G Vy Z IAS ZTS AA ATAATA AS a VAA YAVA A TATAY Cra IZ SCE AASE ay at waar SEREA Ee ean Q A To show hide element boundary lines e From the View menu select Element Boundary Line Bay amp Harbor Mesh n 4 15 en TIS 4rous n Argus ONE User s Guide 48 s3 Supplements version 3 Creating Orthogonal Quadrilateral Meshes To quickly create an orthogonal quad mesh you can import a grid from a grid layer into a quad mesh layer The grid is automatically exported by Argus ONE as a quad mesh and then imported back into the active quad mesh layer To create an orthogonal quad mesh from a grid 1 Ina grid layer create a grid and refine it as you wish Sa ffect0fignorevertice EENT RA OS 4rous L d sda L 1 ff 2 Activate a qu
280. emplates module Creating and using export templates is discussed in detail in chapter 5 Exporting a Project If you are using Argus ONE with a ready made PIE the PIE takes care of defining the appropriate export template for you In this chapter you will learn about exporting your projects using the built in export format which is available as part of Argus ONE meshing modules You will also find out how to import grids you have created elsewhere into Argus ONE Exporting a Grid Argus ONE User s Guide Exporting the grid you have created within Argus ONE and its related data enables you to input it to processing and modeling programs Range and Precision of Data All real data is internally handled by Argus ONE in double format The following table summarizes the range of real numbers Argus ONE can work with Type identifier Double Size bytes bits 10 64 Significand precision Bits 64 Decimal digits 15 Decimal range approximate Min negative 1 1E 308 Chapter 10 Exporting a Grid 293 Type identifier Double Max neg norm computing platform dependent Min pos norm computing platform dependent Max positive 1 7E 308 Errouneous values resulting from invalid parameter expressions circullar reference etc are exported as NaN Not a Number Non Exportable Grid Variables Only block icons are not exportable Built in Export File Format Argus ONE s built in export
281. ems Mesh Density Argus ONE User s Guide Argus ONE enables you to set the coordinate system you wish to work with This includes setting the coordinate system orientation its scale and its units Your work is carried out in real coordinates All of Argus ONE internal data representations for real type variables are of double precision depending on your platform representation of double precision The mesh density is a new proprietary concept It was developed and implemented to allow you to easily define the mesh density anywhere within the domain to be meshed without forcing you to define the number of divisions along the domain boundaries and to subdivide the domain into sub regions Mesh density is a real type variable set by you to define the average size of an element at a given area of the mesh Mesh Density is measured in the current scale and units The final mesh density is affected by the following factors e The mesh density you apply to the domain outline contour Additional mesh densities you set in the mesh density layer through density contours Size of segments constructing the domain outline contour Segments smaller than the user defined densities either by the domain outline contour s density or by the mesh density contours override the original densities if they are 2 5 times smaller than the latter The internal distance between domain outline vertices Internal distance between domain outline holes
282. ens to let you specify additional parameters Color Map Please specify object information Co Click here to cancel Layer M First Realization Data creating the object Pull down to select the data layer parameter to be visualized Value M Pressure Position Click here to open the BX Show axes C Revert x axis Position dialog EJ Show legend O Revert Y axis I Keep ratio L Check to revert the Uncheck to hide axes X and or Y axis Uncheck to hide the legend Uncheck to allow Argus ONE to distort the X and Y ratio according to the object frame size Argus ONE User s Guide 3482 5 Supplements version 2 5 5 From the Layer popup menu select the data layer containing the parameters you wish to plot All data layers into which you have read or imported information are listed in the menu Layer v First Realization Data aM Us Available data layers are listed in the menu Second Realization Data Value 6 From the Value popup menu select the parameter its distribution you wish to plot All the parameters that have been read or imported into the selected data layer are presented Layer First Realization Data vatue v Fresse i v Pressurel 7 Click the OK button A Color Diagram post processing object representing the pressure distribution in a flow field around a cylinder PO 6 w om
283. ent layer radio button to scale the currently active layer e Click the Entire document radio button to scale all project layers and objects at once Selecting the reference point for scaling The reference point is the point around which the scale will occur There are altogether eleven 11 possible reference points which are grouped into three groups relative to objects relative to the document and relative to an absolute point After a reference point has been selected the selected objects are scaled by applying the following equation to each of the points defining the objects X_after_scale X_before Xrefernce Xscale Xreferenc Y_after_scale Y_before Yrefernce Yscale Yreferenc Reference points relative to the selected objects bounding rectangle You can select one of five available reference points located at the four corners and the center of the selected objects bounding rectangle The bounding rectangle is defined as the minimum rectangle enclosing all objects in the selection Reference points relative to the selected objects bounding rectangle You can also select one of five available reference points located at the four corners and the center of the document s drawing size An absolute reference point You can also define an absolute reference point at any X and Y coordinates All scaling will be performed relative to that point To scale an object or a selected group of objects 1 Se
284. ent lines 107 condensed project 168 Constrain cursor movements 97 constraints Angle 84 Contour maps objects 93 Contour parameters and values 94 contour 102 Select a contour data Interpretation of 33 contour description Last line of a 105 contour file Import a generic Argus ONE 70 104 contour information Showing and hiding 113 contour values Assign 98 contour s name Changing the 103 contour s values and name Changing the 103 contour s values Change a 104 Contour s name line 107 contour s name Show and hide the 114 contour s value Show and hide the 113 contour Add to the selection 102 contour Assigning a value 97 contour Closing the 97 contour Create an open 100 contour Domain outline 194 263 contour Duplicating a 112 Argus ONE User s Guide contour General description in an import export file 105 contour Goto 90 contour Name a 98 contour Open 195 264 contour Point object 195 264 contour Remove from the selection 102 contour Reshaping a 103 Contoured data 93 Contours in a domain type layer 94 contours describing a parameter distribution Create 32 contours file Multi 105 contours interpretation method Setting the 119 contours parameters Using to define search criteria 120 Contours data format 104 contours Copy 111 contours Creating open 99 contours Deleting 102 contours Drag 103 contours Editing using other applications 111 contours Export fr
285. entered after the line that is selected when you create it 1 Click the mouse anywhere in a layer s line 2 Click the New button in the layers control panel A new layer is created and highlighted vz Name Units Type cx Domain Outline Domain t Done ne Mesh Mesh _ ones mr Grid Grid rr Density Information r Maps Maps mo i ir Click the New button to ME create a new layer s LEI L Duplicate lA newly created layer The newly created layer appears below the layer that was highlighted when you clicked the New button To change the layer s name When you create a new layer it is assigned an initial name The initial name is always the string New layer unless there already exists a layer in that name In this case the string New Layer is suffixed by the next available digit starting from 1 For instance if there exists a layer by the name New Layer a newly created layer will automatically be named New layer 1 This insures that each layer has a unique name Information Temperature ME e Start typing the layer s name Or Click the line within the name field and type the layer s name The cursor changes into an I Beam cursor to indicate you are in text edit mode Chapter 1 The Argus ONE Workplace 75 A layer s name is used by Argus ONE to show you the current layer s name in the information ruler When you export your mesh and grid with the related data from info
286. ents this function returns the total number of nodes in the layer Note Used mainly in Export templates to loop over the number of nodes Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value NumParameters no arguments Returns the number of mesh layer related parameters Note Used mainly in Export templates to loop over the number of mesh layer related parameters Argus ONE User s Guide 148 Part 2 Basics for Using Argus ONE Argus ONE User s Guide Mesh Layer Element Functions These functions can be invoked only for element related parameters To read more about setting mesh layer parameter types refer to the chapter Editing and Refining a Mesh Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value ElementArea no arguments Returns the area of the element Example Rainfall ElementArea if rainfall is an information layer describing the rainfall distribution returns the replenishment rate mass contributed by the element Name amp Syntax Arguments ElementNumber no arguments Description amp Return Value Returns the number of the element Note Used mainly in Export templates to export the element number Name amp Syntax Arguments ElementOnBoundary no arguments Description amp Return Value Returns True 1 if one or more of the element s nodes lie on the perimeter of the domain oc
287. ents version 3 KA o X Rs User requests a New Project PIE issues request to create layers Model specific Input files Export Scripts Synthesize Data vead PIE Model Output files User requests to visualize Results PIE reads model output and presents results Argus ONE New Features Supplement For version 3 Information in this document is subject to change without notice and does not represent a commitment on part of the Argus Holdings The software described in this document is furnished under a license agreement or nondisclosure agreement Information in this document is subject to change without notice No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical for any purpose without the express written permission of Argus Holdings Copyright 1994 1997 Argus Holdings Limited All rights reserved MeshMaker and MeshMaker Pro are trademarks of Argus Holdings Ltd All other products or service names mentioned herein are trademarks of their respective owners This product was developed using Neuron Data Open Interface Elements Sales and Services offices at Argus Interware Inc 11 Merit Lane Jericho NY 11753 USA Supplements version3 3 s3 Argus ONE Version 3 The many new features and capabilities introduced in Argus Open Numerical Environments Argus ONE version 3 are described in detail in this supplement W
288. epts underneath Argus ONE s workplace Your work is always carried out in one of the layers Working with layers is actually like working with transparency sheets that you overlay However layers are much more convenient and powerful You can hide any number of layers from view at any time Hiding layers is very important when your workplace becomes cluttered by too much information Argus ONE s layers are much more powerful then standard CAD layers since they transfer information between themselves and affect other layers There are six types of layers in Argus ONE s workplace 1 Domain type layers Where you define the domain s outline related to as a Domain Outline and set the default mesh and grid densities for mesh and grid layers that might be associated linked with it 2 General Information type layers Serving as containers of quantitative spatial information such as property boundaries boundary conditions physical parameters initial conditions topographies and also mesh and grid densities Working with these layers is described in detail in chapter 2 Working with Information Layers and chapter 3 Layer Parameters 3 Data type layers into which you read and import scattered grided and meshed data This layer type enables you to read large number of points with related information created by a numerical model or sampled during a survey Using data type layers you can import your model results or any other poin
289. er First Realization Data H Value RAMUS ULC S Available data layers are listed in the menu Second Realization Data Y Value Y 77 Color v By Length 6 From the X Value popup menu select the parameter for the X component All the parameters that have been read or imported into the selected data layer are presented Layer v First Realization Data H Value Y Pressure1 v Pressurel Y Value Color 7 From the Y Value popup menu select the parameter for the Y component All the parameters that have been read or imported into the selected data layer are presented Layer vI First Realization Data Layer M First Realization Data H Value M vxi H Value v Ved Y Value W Vx1 Y Value vyl Color hd By Length Select None to leave a arrows uncolored Select By Length Pressurel to color arrows by UHI to their length yl Select another parameter to color arrows by 8 By default Argus ONE colors the arrows according to their length which represents their magnitude If you wish to use another parameter to color the arrows select it from the Color popup menu You can also choose not to color the arrows by choosing None Again all the parameters that have been read or imported into the selected data layer are presented 9 Click the OK button An Arrow Diagram post processing object representing the velocity distributi
290. er s Guide Chapter 1 The Argus ONE Workplace 87 gt Bay amp HatborMeshforZoom gt gt HE Bay amp HatborMeshForZoom gt Ge 8 4rous Men A 4rou O 15 00 15 00 Outline of a lasso selection region Multiple elements and nodes selection e Release the mouse button All objects enclosed by the lasso region are selected Argus ONE enables you to create very long lassos However they are not infinite If you exceed the lasso limits Argus ONE will present you with the following message i Your lasso ran out of rope It will then close the lasso and select the objects contained in it Adding to and removing from the selection To add or remove objects from the current selection you can use the click stretch band or lasso tools while holding the SHIFT key Clearing the selection e To clear the selection just select another object or click the cursor somewhere else within the window Argus ONE User s Guide 88 Part 2 Basics for Using Argus ONE Selecting all objects in a layer e From the Edit menu choose Select All to select all the objects in the active layer Opening objects All Argus ONE s objects carry additional information that you can access For instance a contour carries its value information an element a node and a grid block contain specific information and values from Information layers e
291. er Inter polation vy Detant Type to change the Select the required interpolation parameter name method from the popup menu Supplements version 3 57 s3 To add a data layer parameter You can create empty data layer parameters This allows you to relate to such parameters in other parameters although the actual data is still unread If when you read the actual data the parameter names read are identical to the names of the parameters you manually added the links to such parameters remain valid 1 Inthe layers dialog select the line of the data layer from the layers list 2 Inthe parameters list select the line after which you wish to add a parameter 3 Click the New button in the parameter control panel Selecting an Interpolation Method When you link information in data layers to grid or mesh layers an interpolation procedure is invoked With the introduction of Argus ONE PIE technology you may have additional third party interpolation engines installed If such engines are available to you they will appear in the Interpolation method popup menu New Maps Layer Capabilities 3 g x d Z A number of new maps layer capabilities have been added These include e Text annotation tool e Text rotation e New color palette supporting the standard DXF colors e Coloring of graphic objects e Enhanced cross section diagram Text Annotation The text annotation tool allows you to annotate your maps
292. er privileges are not needed during this step Argus ONE User s Guide xvi Before You Begin Registering Arg 2 Upload the application and the libraries from the tape commands cd usr bin ArgusONE tar x 3 Add the following command to the shre or cshre setenv ND_PATH usr bin ArgusONE 4 add usr bin ArgusONE to the path 5 Typing ArgusONE will start Argus ONE The first time you run the application a registration dialog appears During the registration stage you should have write access to the directory usr bin ArgusONE After the registration process is complete you can use the application with read access and no write access is needed us ONE On Macintoshs and PCs make sure the portability enabler is connected to the appropriate port The first time you run the application a registration dialog appears Follow the registration instruction as described on the Application Registration Instructions card These instructions can be also accessed from the registration dialog by clicking the Help button Argus Product Support Argus ONE User s Guide Argus offers a variety of support options to help you get the most from your Argus product This section summarizes these options If you have technical questions or problems operating your Argus product please take a moment to check the following items Many problems can be solved without our help 1 Does your hardware meet the minimum requirements for the so
293. eresresss 7 s2 5 Importing Information from Files eeeeeeeseeeessesesssessessresresseesresrrsserseesereseesseseresresee 9 s2 5 Creating Additional Data Type Layers lt c c c 4c4e tees Bees cee 16 s2 5 Linking Data layers Parameters to Other Layers ee eeeceeceeseeeeneecnaeeeseeeeeeenaeees 17 s2 5 Interpretation of Data in Data Layers Aictcnn Sani ete eee uenlag wena 17 s2 5 Using Data Layer Parameters in Expressions escesssecsseceeeeeseeeeseeceaeeneeesneeeaeees 17 s2 5 Using Data Layers for Post Processing and Visualization eseeeseeeseeeeeeeeeees 17 s2 5 Exporting Data Layers Informatomccige nseie cies eeleis 8 tetra iesee ei 17 s2 5 Enhanced Maps ayers oicciec facie aceon ie ade e eae ae Gio arene eels 19 s2 5 OVEN GOW ot iia a Set ili ae ie a alata sce RE E eet ae 19 s2 5 Color and Values mM DXF Piles ccc ccccsce ecveaiens ca ce anc sececisctes scala Ea R Na TETE aeons 19 s2 5 Vector Fonts Scalable and Rotatable Text Objects 0 eee eeeceesseeeesseeeeeteeeeneeees 19 s2 5 Drawing Toolsin e easel conadevshes sien ducsdacdotes i oante 20 s2 5 Post Processing Tools and Objects isssiicesssscceasscessiees satscesnsesdedanst stance stacdedssncsdateness 23 82 5 New Functions the following functions are new additions to the functions described in Ey 61 Glo Renee ee reer aM act oh ee on Oe Cn REN rant on PR SET eNO ete Pot ee eee RTE ae 44 52 5 Quadrilateral Mesh Layer and Additional Mesh Layers Tools
294. eria Check the check box Icon Lis v None v BJ icon Is 3 isnot Sink Source y Observation 77 Pumping ij Disposal Site amp Dump Site W Contamination Head Transient Argus ONE User s Guide 122 Part 2 Argus ONE User s Guide Basics for Using Argus ONE To search by contours types You can instruct Argus ONE to search only for contours of a specific type that is for close open and point contours e Select the contour type Check the check box Close wa Contour Open Singular The contours matching the search criteria are selected If no contours matching the search criteria are found Argus ONE reports it with the following alert f No objects were found matching the criteria Expanding the Search Scope By default the dialog is set to Replace Selection By If when invoking the dialog some contours are already selected they are de selected and replaced by the newly found set To expand or reduce the search scope over an already found set change this field to Add Found Contours To Current Selection or Remove Found contours From Current Selection and define the additional search Chapter 3 Layer Parameters Overview 124 An Example 125 Creating and Manipulating Layer Parameters 126 To create a layer parameter 126 Creating object specific parameters 126 Default vs Manually Overridden Pa rameter Values 128 To manually override a parameter
295. ering algorithm The renumbering algorithm is a fast minimum degree heuristic algorithm Interpolation of Information Layers Data You can direct Argus ONE to interpolate data you have entered in an Information layer using the contour mapping tools The interpolation is performed to give interpolated values at an X and Y position Argus ONE interpolation is based on a proprietary Inverse Distance weighted Interpolation algorithm Other interpolators are available through third party developers using the Argus PIE technology Argus ONE User s Guide Argus ONE Basics for Using Chapter 1 The Argus ONE Workplace Overview 50 Using the Search For Command 90 The Window 50 Basic Elements of the Window 50 The Coordinate Rulers 52 The Information Ruler 52 The Tool Palette 54 Zooming Techniques 59 The Coordinate System 61 The Drawing Size 65 Layers 67 Mesh Related Layers 67 Grid Related Layers 67 Maps Type Layers 68 Setting Your Layers 73 Moving Between Layers 78 Showing and Hiding Layers 78 Using the Layer Selection Button to Show and Hide Layers 80 Keyboard Shortcuts for Moving Showing and Hiding layers 80 Inactive Layers and Selected Objects 80 Menus and Commands 81 Choosing Commands 82 Undoing Commands 82 Mouse Cursors and Techniques 82 Cursor Shapes 82 Basic Mouse Techniques 83 Constraining Cursor Movements 84 Selecting and Opening Objects 84 Orienting in the Workplace 88 Usi
296. ers and search criteria required 6 Click the Search button The Boolean range popup menu The String range popup menu Search for Nodes v That Search f Nodes gt Cancel Z string amp v boolean v integer Node Name Does v Contain v O Icon Is v None v Are ba Boundary Nodes Node Number Is v From v 0 To o When Finished Replace Selection By Found Nodes Add Found Nodes To Current Selection Remove Found Nodes From Current Selection To define a search criteria for a boolean type parameter 1 Select the parameter to be searched If the parameter is of type boolean the From and to range popup menus automatically disappear and a single True popup menu appears 2 From the True popup menu select True or False 3 Select all other appropriate parameters and search criteria required 4 Click the Search button Argus ONE User s Guide 24 s3 Supplements version 3 New Functions Argus ONE User s Guide Many new functions as well as function families which have been added in version 3 0 are listed here by category New String Functions String functions are a new family of functions available in ArgusNE With the introduction of string values some string function and operators were added to allow manipulation of strings If you have suggestions for additional string functions plea
297. ers tool palette The information layer tool palette is almost identical to that of the domain layer The only difference is that the Close and Open Polygon tools icons do not include the island shape To learn more about using the information layer tools refer to chapter 2 Working with Information Layers Maps layers tool palette The maps layers tool palette is explained in detail in the Supplement chapter Argus ONE User s Guide 58 Part 2 Colors are off Color w The color palette Colors are on Colors Legend Values range v Depth Initial Conditions Boundary Conditions BC Value Permeability Temperature Layer s parameter popup menu Argus ONE User s Guide Basics for Using Argus ONE The color tools and legend The color tools enable you to turn colors on and off set a layer s parameter to be evaluated by color and present you with the range of values and their respective colors To turn colors off e Click the Color handle The handle moves into a horizontal position Colors are turned off in all your project layers and the color legend roles up To turn colors on e Click the Color handle The handle moves into a vertical position Colors are turned on in all your project layers and the color legend roles down To set the evaluated parameter e Click and hold the mouse button in the Color popup arrow to open the parameter popup menu and choose one of the layer s
298. es you to pop up an alert during export e Evaluate expression Enables you to compute a given expression e Execute external code Enables you to call an external code when the export is performed The G Format With the introduction of the four new parameter types i e real integer string and boolean the available format specifiers fixed integer and scientific could not support the export of strings and booleans Also when generic and default export templates are performed it is required to have an automatically switching format specifier which supports all parameter types as the type of a parameter is unknown at the time the template is defined To use the G format 1 In the number format dialog pull down the format menu to select General Number Format Please specify number format Repeat factor Use the repeat factor to specify how many times to repeat the field it appears after Select the G format from the format popup menu General Integer Fined Scientific Type the required number of digits If you specify 0 zero all digits or characters will be exported Format type Total number of digits Result format G8 2 In the total number of digits box type the required number Argus ONE User s Guide 62 s3 Supplements version 3 Important Note Do not use the repeat factor in conjunction with a delimiter specifier Argus ONE User s Guide G format
299. es2 and lakes3 and export the area of lakes which intersects with the current block Loop for Objects in layer Lakes i Export expression ContourIntersectArea G0 End loop End loop End loop End file gal Argus ONE User s Guide 50 s4 Supplement version 4 Functions unique to loop for objects in layer when nested within a loop for blocks or elements Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value ContourIntersectArea no arguments Returns the area defined by the intersection of a closed contour and a block or element Operates on the information type layer the Loop for Objects in Layer is set to Example In the following illustration the bottom left block is tested for ContourIntersectArea and returns for each of the two contours intersecting it the area of intersection marked by a different hatch pattern The areas returned may be exported added or manipulated using other functions Each block is tested in its turn loop for blocks with the 3 contours in the information layer the layer the loop over objects in layer refers to and returns the area of intersection The bottom left block is intersected by the contour marked 10 and returns this hatched area The bottom left block is also intersected by the contour marked 20 and thus returns the crossed area as well Argus ONE User
300. esMap aa State lines map v g Argus 0 2 p0 4 00 6 90 10 00 a Color x These four handles mark the four corners of the selected object s enclosing rectangle 8 00 New York State To select a number of graphic objects 1 Make sure the layer in which you want to select the objects is the active layer 2 Place the cursor at some point along an object s outline and click the mouse button 3 Hold down the SHIFT key while selecting the next object to add it to the current selection Or Click drag the mouse across the area you want to select objects in To select all graphic objects in a layer e From the Edit menu choose the Select All command To delete a selection of graphic objects e From the Edit menu choose the Clear command or hit the DELETE key Argus ONE User s Guide 72 Part 2 A graphic object on the move Argus ONE User s Guide Basics for Using Argus ONE To copy graphic objects from a Maps layer You can copy graphic objects from a maps layer and paste them into other maps or information layers either in the same project or in another project 1 Select the graphic object or objects you want to copy 2 From the File menu choose Copy The objects are stored in Argus ONE s internal clipboard Moving graphic objects in a Maps layer You can move graphic objects anywhere within the drawing
301. essesseeesees 46 viii Contents Part 2 Basics for Using Argus ONE nsss 47 Argus ONE User s Guide The Argus ONE Workpllace 0 00cccccccccccesccesececssecessesessseceseeceseeeesaes 49 OVERVIEW a loves dices cians aaa ET e EA E A A ieee cen eel oe 50 The Window is cesieei ieee aed ome iit flees danny ieee 50 BANLE EAT AST TEA cache ET A E ATE tes tie 67 Menus and Commands 20 0 0 eeeesseeseceseceseceseeeseeeseesseceaeenseeeeeeeneeenees 81 Mouse Cursors and Techniques seeeeeseeeeeeeresreereeresreeresresrerersrese 82 Orienting in the Workplace seeeeseeeeeeeseeressesrssresresresresirsresresrssresreses 88 Working with Information Layer ccccccccccscceseceseeeeceeceeeseenaeenaeens 91 OVERVIEW issiiies E R nl eet E N a a ee eins 92 Contours and Contour Maps Definitions ee eeeeeeceeeeeseeeneeeneee 95 Creating Contours ereire cenre iei te er ea iie ene iaaa 96 Editing COntOUrS ineen aneneen n e a a a Baise 101 Importing Contours ner ioe pt e aeee e tE E aaa rii aa 104 Exporting C ntoutS sseni ieii cous R T ER T ea 109 Copying and Pasting Contours sseeeseseeseseereseeeresreseesresresresresreseses 110 Setting Your VIEWS nieee et ene ano Ne na ie iS 113 Contours Interpretation Methods ce eesesseceseceseceeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeaeens 116 Searching for Contours in an Information Layer 0 0 0 0 cece 119 ayer Parameters ici cseccdi neces sate tees desks acces Ros BE a aiia 123 OVEIVICW ninh era tie oA se
302. ew menu choose the Show Hide popup menu and select Show Layer for the layer you wish to be visible Show All and Hide Others To view only one layer e From the View menu choose Hide Others All layers except the active layer are hidden To show all layers e From the View menu choose the Show All command All layers are shown Argus ONE User s Guide 80 Part 2 Use Command Down or Up Arrow to move between layers t Argus ONE User s Guide Basics for Using Argus ONE Using the Layer Selection Button to Show and Hide Layers Since you will mostly be using the Layer selection button in the Information ruler to change the active layer Argus ONE provides you with some shortcuts that enable you to combine layer selection and hiding The following table describes the four available techniques for moving hiding and showing layers using the Layer selection button Use this keyboard combination while To move to clicking the Layer selection arrows Click The next visible layer SHIFT Click The next layer either hidden or visible If it s hidden it becomes visible OPTION Click Macintosh The next visible layer and hide all ALT Click Other platforms others OPTION SHIFT Click The next layer either hidden or ALT SHIFT Click Other platforms visible and hide all the others Keyboard Shortcuts for Moving Showing and Hiding layers The speed up your work Argus ONE enab
303. f bandwidth including diagonals in a Quadrilateral mesh The argument with_diagonals is not used for Triangular meshes If more than one continuous mesh is present in a mesh layer returns the largest half bandwidth of all meshes For a detailed discussion of bandwidth refer to Renumbering BandWidth Optimization on page 238 Example Some models require that you provide the bandwidth as part of their input This may serve the model to dimension arrays and matrices Use this function in an export template to provide the model with the information required For instance if the model requires the full bandwidth create the expression Bandwidth 2 1 Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value CountElements condition condition can be any logical expression condition returning True 1 or False 0 Returns the number of elements in a mesh layer which satisfy the condition Example Some models require that you provide the number of elements satisfying a condition These may be the number of elements in which you specify boundary conditions Use this function in an export template to provide the model with the information required For instance if the model requires the number of elements through which rivers are flowing create the expression CountElements CountObjectsInElement River 1 0 Note Try not to use this function from within a mesh parameter as it perform
304. f blocks 2 From the Edit menu choose Deactivate Blocks or use the keyboard shortcut To reactivate an inactive block 1 Select the inactive block or blocks 2 From the Edit menu choose Deactivate Blocks or use the keyboard shortcut Your First Argus ONE Project 29 Saving Your Work When you re working in Argus ONE you re actually working on a copy of your project temporarily stored in the memory of your computer To save your work for future use you must give the project a name and store it on a disk either the hard disk of your computer or a floppy disk It s a good idea to save your project approximately every 10 minutes Save more often if you re doing complex work you don t want to redo If a power failure or other problem occurs to interrupt your Argus ONE session any work you haven t saved will be lost To Save a Project 1 From the File menu choose Save If you re saving the project for the first time Argus ONE displays the Save As dialog box 2 Type aname for the project in the Save as box Use a name that is not assigned to another project in the current folder The name must comply with your computing platform file system naming conventions For a detailed explanation refer to your operating system manual 3 Make sure the currently open directory or folder is where you want to store the project in 4 Choose the Save button Your project remains open on your screen so you can continue working A
305. f ruler you want the average block to span 8 Type this number in the text edit box and click the OK button If you wish to change your choice later on you can do so by double clicking the contour which brings up this dialog again You will see later how you can define different grid densities for different zones of the grid You can also name the contour the name you give it will be drawn on it and will enable you to locate the contour by its name To create a hole an opening or an island in the domain you could continue using the Polygon tool and using the same technique you ve used for creating the outline contour create an island inside the outline contour However to make good use of valuable information you brought into Argus ONE the No Flow Zone 1 and No Flow Zone 2 close contours Argus ONE enables you to copy these contours from the Maps layer and paste them in the Domain layer Argus ONE will automatically transform them into islands To create the Domain s island contours using copy and paste 1 Using the Layer Selection Menu or Button activate the Maps layer by bringing it to be the front most Click the first contour you wish to copy the contour vertices are highlighted to inform you it is selected SHIFT Click the second contour you wish to copy to add it to the current selection From the Edit menu choose Copy Using the Layer Selection Menu or Button activate the Domain layer by bringing i
306. ference Grids Adding rows and columns When you first create the grid Argus ONE divides it into rows and columns of one 1 unit If one of the sides of the grid is too small it divides it and creates rows or columns of 1 10 1 100 of that side You can add grid lines one at a time or many at once To add one Vertical grid line 1 From the tool palette select the Add Column Tool the tool highlights itself to designate that it is the active tool Hj and the cursor changes its shape to a vertical line 2 Click the tool in the grid between any two grid lines A new vertical grid line is added and a new column is created Argus ONE User s Guide 26 Part 1 Basic Things to Know About Argus ONE To add one Horizontal grid line 1 Click and hold the Add Column Tool to popup the menu and select the Add Row Tool the cursor changes its shape to a horizontal line 2 Click the tool in the grid between any two grid lines A new horizontal grid line is added and a new row is created To add a number of grid lines 1 Click the Add Row or the Add Column Tool 2 Press the mouse button and move the cursor to create a stretch band spanning over the area you wish to add grid lines to When you release the mouse button the Grid Lines Generation dialog box appears Check to add desired Enter the number of i Please enter number of number of grid lines horizontal and vertical grid lines to add or the
307. formance of Argus ONE in some memory intensive operations such as Auto Mesh Generation e Install a Graphic Accelerator Card Platform Specific Hardware Requirements The following table summarizes the minimum system and hardware requirements for the different computing platforms Argus ONE is supported on Hardware amp System Software Minimum Requirements Power PC UNIX Macintosh Platforms System Software 7 6 or higher MS Windows 95 MS Windows NT UNIX with X Windows CPU 601 Pentium Pent Pro recommended Mouse Required Required Required RAM 32 MB 32 MB or more recommended DISK 5 8 MB 7 MB 15 MB Display Color Display VGA SVGA Display 65 000 colors Color Display Printer Any Printer Supported by Operating System PostScript Basic Things to Know About Argus ONE Your First Argus ONE Project Like most people you probably want to get started on your work immediately This section is designed to let you do just that In the following pages you can quickly learn the basic skills and concepts you will need the first time you use Argus ONE You will learn how to e Create a project e Edit your project e Save your project e Export your project e Print your project Is This Section for You Unless you re experienced with Argus ONE the answer is yes You might want to skip material you re already familiar with but you should pay particular attention to the
308. formation Information Layer Remove ETI Duplicate Layer Parameters Name FILE CONTROLS BAS CONTROLS STRESS PERIOD 1 STRESS PERIOD 2 vy 0 6o y o Parameter MO Came Copy and Paste layer or layers The Value field only pops up the Expression dialog STRESS PERIOD 3 0 STRESS PERIOD 4 y o Type OC CONTROLS o Layer Param BCF CONTROLS y o LH Block Param Domain v foorLow Domain Outline Density M Grid Density Linking Layers The Parameter List Value Field Linking layers and parameters can now be only performed from within the Expression dialog When you click and hold the mouse above the Value field in the parameter list the Expression popup menu appears to allow you to enter the Expression dialog This new function was implemented to avoid the very long menus resulting from the use of many layers To link layers and or parameters you can also use the Multiple Add button Copying and Pasting Layers Copying and pasting of layers is a powerful tool both for the end user and the Argus ONE PIE developer Copy and Paste a single layer Copying and pasting a layer allows you to duplicate a layer but have it inserted below any layer you choose It is a shortcut for duplicating the layer and promoting or demoting it manually When you copy or paste a layer it is copied together with its parameters expressions tags visibility and activation status and export templates
309. ftware These requirements are listed on the next page Check memory disk storage operating system type and version 2 Have you checked to see if the problem or question is explained in the documentation 3 Are your hardware and peripherals set up according to the documentation Are all cable connections secured Before calling please fill out the information below and have it available when you call Argus Product Support This will enable the Support Specialist to answer your question more quickly Before You Begin xvii Software Version Registration No Computer Type amp Model Activation Code RAM memory Hard Disk Operating System System Version Network Type Argus ONE s version is specified in the greeting window that opens when you launch Argus ONE On Macintosh versions you can see this window by choosing About Argus ONE from the Apple menu Use Electronic Mail Because of the very technical nature of Argus products it is best that you eMail your problem description to the Electronic Mail Technical Support Service Center Using the Electronic Mail Technical Support Service insures you the fastest and most professional response Internet Address support argusint com Internet Home pages and Anonymous ftp site Argus Internet Home pages and an anonymous ftp site are also available New versions updates demos and other relevant materials are available through this site You can also use certain directories to pla
310. g Argus ONE Overview While a Argus ONE layer is like a data base layer parameters are like data base fields Linking layer parameters allows you to create a relational data base for your data Layer parameters allow you store different information describing the same object Layer parameters enable you to create meaningful and elaborate expressions to define relations between different data describing your problem You can create and use as many layer parameters as you need Some of Argus ONE layers are automatically assigned parameters while to others you assign them yourself Argus ONE User s Guide You might ask yourself why should you have more than one parameter per layer The first and most important reason to add parameters to layers is for linking layers A layer parameter can be assigned any other layer or layer parameter and by that link the two layers For instance if you wish to link depth variation stored in an information layer to mesh elements or nodes or to grid blocks you create a mesh or a grid parameter and assign it the layer describing the depth variation Each parameter can hold such a link The second reason to have multiple layer parameters is that the phenomenon you need to describe might have more than one value defining it For instance a material property in heterogenous media might need three parameters to describe its value in each of the three coordinate system directions
311. g the cursor over the elements you wish to detach 4 Drag the elements you want to detach out of the mesh If you release the detached elements over other elements Argus ONE alerts you that they overlap other elements and relocates them to their original location Node numbering When you detach elements Argus ONE automatically creates new nodes The nodes on the boundary of the detached group are left with their original numbers The new nodes within the mesh are assigned new numbers Finding a detached group of elements within the mesh If you detach a group of elements and do not move it out of the mesh your mesh may look at first glance as a continuous one but it is not To find the lost group of elements 1 Select any element in the mesh 2 From the Edit menu choose Select Adjoining Argus ONE selects all elements in the mesh that are connected to the element you have selected SS untitled 2 SSS utils EEEE Cant Undo Cut 38H Copy 3C Paste 3BU Clear NAZ yZ ie AD VAA Z VAA DAS RIS OOK O D There are two hidden groups of detached elements in this mesh Select All A Select Acute Elements Select Adjoining k xZ x AA Z r Search For Find Next ZA Detach Elements Choosing Select q Adjoining locates them To select the two found groups use the lasso tool Argus ONE User s Guide Chapter 7 Edi
312. g up to three linked parameters If you need to define a search criteria based on more linked parameters execute one search for the first three and then define and execute more searches using the Add Found Blocks To Current Selection option e From each of the three Parameters popup menus choose the parameter to be searched for and assign its range aly Formation 1 Top Is Not v From vj 125 4 T0 254 82 amp v Formation 1 Top Transmisivity 1 Formation 1 Bot Conductivity 1 Porosity 1 Formation 2 Bot Formation 2 thickness New Parameter Conductivity 2 Porosity 2 Argus ONE User s Guide 286 Part 4 Finite Difference Grids To search for blocks icons Assigning icons to very special blocks can help you to orientate within the grid e From the Icon popup menu choose the icon and specify the search criteria O Icon Is Not v Pumping v O Icon Is Well Source f Observation 9 Pumping Disposal Site jj Dump Site A Comtamination Source Head 52 Transient _ None To search for boundary blocks Boundary blocks are defined as blocks in contact with close domain contours including islands Negating the search allows you to find internal blocks e Choose Are or Are Not amp Boundary Blocks ag fre i Boundary Blocks To search for block numbers e Set the block row and column range amp Block Column Is v From v o J e A Block Row l v From v 0
313. ges Grid centered grid s blocks are of equal size blocks vary in size To set the grid type to Block Centered 1 Make sure there is no grid in the grid layer if there is select it and hit the DELETE key on your keyboard to delete it 2 From the edit menu choose Block Centered Every grid you create in this grid layer will be of the block centered type Argus ONE User s Guide 262 Part 4 Finite Difference Grids Grid Related Layers To allow Argus ONE to automatically grid a domain a grid layer must be associated with two other layers a domain outline layer and a density layer The domain outline contours in a domain layer tell Argus ONE s AGG what is the domain it needs to grid when you click the magic wand As you will find out soon it also contains additional information such as the default grid density you assign to domain outline contours in the density parameter etc The density layer allows you to specify different rows and columns sizes in different areas of the domain overriding the default density defined by the domain outline contour Assigning the Grid Layer Domain and Density Layers When you create a new Argus ONE project it is created with one grid layer a domain layer named Domain Outline and an information layer called Density This predefined grid layer is automatically associated with the domain and density layers You can change the domain and density layers a grid layer is associated w
314. h All Drawing Size Scale and Units 3U Preferences R v Manual Calculation Calculate Now N Supplements version 2 5 Import Out of Drawing Size is The imported objects extend out of the current Drawing Size Current drawing size Current Drawing Size Import Area Size Top Top 138119 Left Left 123052 Bottom Bottom 133888 Right Right 115098 Size of imported objects enclosing rectangle MeshMaker can set the Scale to fit the imported objects and current document fit the imported objects only within the current document size Check to force Argus ONE to scale and change the origin such that imported objects and the current drawing size fit within the current drawing size Click Cancel to leave the Scale as is Check to force Argus ONE to scale and change the origin such that imported objects fit within the current drawing size You can choose to either e Join the two areas and scale them to fit to the current drawing size Or e Scale the area defined by the imported objects enclosing rectangle to fit the current drawing size Note If the project already contains any objects only the first option will appear in the dialog If you choose OK Argus ONE will set the scale to fit both the existing and imported objects within the current drawing size If you choose Cancel the scale and origin are maintained thus possibly causing imported
315. h a pattern Click N N po beg Release Click Move To create the first Move the mouse to the Click to create the third two nodes third node s location node Validity Tests Manual element creation adheres to all the basic validity rules that apply to elements These rules are e Elements can not overlap e The element s smallest angle must be larger than the minimal angle criteria you set e An element can not be of zero area When you manually create elements Argus ONE performs all the needed validity tests to ascertain the elements created comply with the above set of rules Chapter 7 Editing and Refining a Mesh 233 User action Click in an element to create a new element s first node Click in an element to create a new element s second node Click in an element to create a new element s second or third node Click across an element to create a new element s third node Click to create an acute element Click to create an empty element A The area of the last element recorded was zero 0 it had to be discarded Please record it again automatic validity testing Argus ONE beeps and does not record the element Argus ONE beeps and does not record the element Argus ONE beeps and does not record the element Argus ONE beeps and does not record the element Argus ONE brings up an alert describing the problem and does not record the element
316. h template Construct Export Template i Redirect output to BaseName Start a new line Export expression NumElements G8 Export expression NumNodes G8 Script Commands Export expression NumElemParameters G8 Export expression NumNodeParameters G8 control panel End line Loop for Nodes Start a new line Remove P Export expression N GO Script Editing Export expression NodeNumber G8 poiaieate control panel Export expression Positionx G8 Redirect output to file BZES _ Base Name Argument Editing control panel To edit a template You can either edit an existing template or create your own template Using a pre defined template as the basis for your template is an easy way to create your first templates Editing templates in the Template Editor dialog is executed by clicking the appropriate buttons in the various control panels To select a command Selecting a command tells Argus ONE that you wish to edit that command or to add another command after the selected command e Click the command s line or if it s a block command click its first or last line You can edit the command arguments change the command s location within the script remove the command or duplicate it To remove a command e Select the command line If the command is a block command select the command s first or last line e Click th
317. h was created using the technique described in the paragraph Using Manual Element Creation tool and Refinement to create regular Meshes RegularMesh Node number 4 is connected to node 25 The half bandwidth is equal to 21 The following table is the connectivity matrix of the above presented mesh The connectivity matrix is symmetric However the following matrix shows the connections appearing in the export file of the mesh 20 21 22 23 24 25 1 12 3 4 15 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 1 fl x xX 2 2 x xX 3 3 4 4 5 5 x x X x 6 6 x X x 7 7 x xX X x x 8 8 Xo Xx 9 9 x xX 10 10 x x 11 11 12 12 T3 137k 3X 14 14 15 15 16 x 16 x 17 x T7 18 x 18 x 19 19 20 x 21 22 23 x 24 x 25 20 x 24 x 25 Argus ONE User s Guide 240 Part 3 Special Refine Elements Renumber Smooth Elements Drawing Size Scale and Units Preferences 3R Align To Grid Show Grid Lines Show Page Breaks The resulting matrix half Band Width equals 5 The matrix is much less sparse Argus ONE User s Guide Finite Element Meshes To optimize the mesh BandWidth 1 From the Special menu choose Renumbert The Renumber dialog opens The Renumber dialog enables
318. have a value for some of the parameters assigned to them For example consider a layer describing temperature and humidity measurements read by a number of gauges If some gauges did not measure the humidity you can assign their humidity parameter the N A value Chapter 4 Opening and Saving Your Projects Overview 164 Opening a Project 164 From within Argus ONE 164 From the desktop or the shell 164 Memory Considerations 164 To increase the memory allocated to Argus ONE 165 Opening Multiple Projects 165 To open another project 165 Saving a Project 166 To Save a Project 166 To Rename a Project or Copy It to Another Location 167 To Close a Project 167 To Save an Open Project as You Quit Argus ONE 167 Saving a Condensed Version of a Project 168 What Is a Condensed Project 168 When to Save a Condensed Project 168 To save without the mesh 168 Argus ONE User s Guide 164 Part 2 Overview Basics for Using Argus ONE To work on a project you open the project to display it on your screen You can edit the project edit the mesh and grid and print it To preserve your work you will need to save the project Saving a project stores the version of the project you see on the screen in a file on a disk Be sure to save your projects regularly Also note that since Argus ONE files are cross platform binary compatible you can easily transfer your files to your colleagues or work on the same project on the different platforms yo
319. he other node When you join nodes the node being dragged is removed from the nodes list All data you have manually set to it is lost Argus ONE User s Guide Joining Nodes Argus ONE enables you to join nodes Each time you drag a node above another node the cursor changes into a hollow cursor signaling you that if you release the mouse button at this location the two nodes will be joined into a single node The two node will be joined only if Argus ONE validity tests are met To join these elements drag one of the the two nodes are joined continue nodes onto another Joining the rest of the nodes Join these two nodes to complete joining the elements Chapter 7 Editing and Refining a Mesh 225 Detaching Nodes Detaching nodes is the reverse operation of joining nodes Actually you detach elements at the detached node All the selected elements will be detached from the non selected elements sharing the detached node Detaching an element or a group of elements is explained later in this chapter To detach a node 1 Select the elements their node you want to detach 2 From the tool palette choose the Detach tool The cursor changes into a detach cursor s 3 Click the node to be detached 4 Move the node If the detached node was an internal node highlighted as a hollow circle it changes to a boundary node highlighted as a full circle Or using a keyboard shortcut
320. he Cross Section Diagram dialog opens to let you specify additional parameters Argus ONE User s Guide 60 s3 Pull down to select the source data layer Supplements version 3 Click here to cancel creating the object Cross Section Please specify object information Click here to open the Scroll to view and or edit the vertices of the cross section polygon Uncheck to hide axes Uncheck to hide the legend A Cross Section Diagram presenting the distribution of two parameters along the cross section If the parameter used for color fill is not constant with the Layer Data Position dialog Select Parameters Check to activate the fill option Click to select all data layer parameters to be investigated Section Line Coordinates 1 97556 7 8 17 5683 16 69 Click to deselect all parameters O Revert x axis Show axes Check to revert the E Show legend E Use colors X and or Y axis O Revert Y axis C Show vertical lines Uncheck to plot cross Check to visualize projection sections in black of grid lines or mesh nodes 6 From the Layer popup menu select the data layer containing the parameters you wish to plot All data layers into which you have read or imported information are listed in the menu 7 Select all the pairs of parameters you want to plot 8 Click the OK button 1 The black
321. he Search For Command The following dialog appears 3 Set all the fields you need in order to define the search criteria 4 Press the Search button While searching a progress dialog appears to indicate the search progress Search progress bar Search in progress Argus MeshMaker User s Guide Chapter 9 Creating and Editing a Grid 285 Search For Search for Blocks That Undo Cut 38H Copy HC okl Formation 1 Top Is From v o To o Paste U oki Formation 1 thickness L 7 Clear oleraca Cs i R Select All 3A Select Acute Elements search Select Adjoining 3J K Icon Lis v Source _ _ _ _ vy range o Are Boundary Blocks Search For Find Next 326 O Block Column _Is__ v From y 0 To 0 O BiockRow _is___ From v o to o Deactivate Blocks D Lock Grid BE v Block Centered Grid Centered When Finished Replace Selection By Found Blocks Add Found Blocks To Current Selection Remove Found Blocks From Current Selection Using several search processes together with different settings of the current found set enables you to expand or reduce the search scope Defining a search criteria In the following paragraphs each of the fields and options in the search dialog are explained Choosing the blocks parameters to be searched You can create a search criteria containin
322. he X and Y velocity components the type of tracking the intervals at which Argus ONE will seed path lines start points and the size factor Argus ONE then performs the following sequence for each start point 1 Creates path lines start points at the specified intervals on the data boundaries 2 At each start point it interpolates the Vx and Vy components at that point from the data in the source data layer 3 Using Vx and Vy at that point the magnitude of the velocity is calculated as Jvx vy and the angle as tant 4 It then plots a line segment of length SizeFactor x dvx vy in the direction V tan Vx 5 Steps 2 through 4 are repeated at the end of each new line segment created until the last line segment crosses the data boundaries or until maximum number of iterations is exceeded If back tracking is selected the line segments are plotted from a point at Vy tan V If both fore tracking and back tracking are selected two lines segments are Vy _ Vy created at tan oe and tan vi angles To create a Path Line Diagram 1 Make sure you have at least one data layer into which a data set was read Also the data should have at least two parameters representing the Vx and Vy components 2 From the Layers menu select the maps layer in which you wish to create the post processing object 3 From the tool palette select the path line diagram tool 4 Click the cursor where you want the object to start an
323. he density layer you assign to a mesh layer However only a domain type layer can serve as a mesh layer s domain layer You can replace both the domain and density layers associated with a mesh layer at any time To create different meshes in the same mesh layer you can replace the domain and density layers it is associated with and remesh You can also create different mesh domain and density layers sets for the different realization you need to create meshes for To set the domain and density layers associated with a mesh layer You assign a mesh layer its domain and density layers in the layers dialog 1 From the layers popup menu in the information ruler choose Layers 2 In the layers list select the line of the mesh layer its domain and density layers you want to change When you select a mesh layer two popup menus appear at the bottom of the dialog box 3 From the left one named Domain select the domain layer Only domain layers are listed in this popup menu 4 From the other named Density select the layer to serve as density layer Listed in this popup are only information type and domain type layers Argus ONE User s Guide 194 Part 3 Finite Element Meshes Set the domain and density layers for the selected mesh layer Zz Domain Outline 3 Density Domain z Domain Outline 1 Density Domain Domain Outline 2 Density Domain Select the mesh layer its domain and density layer
324. he following seven image formats are supported by Argus ONE Format name Format file extension GIF gif TIFF tif or tiff XBitmap bm MacPaint mcp Windows DIB BMP Sun Raster RIS Nexpert Objects Images NBI If you try to place a file which contains an image saved in a format other then those supported an alert will be presented To Place an image 1 From the File menu select Place Image 2 From the dialog box select the image file you wish to place 3 The image appears on the screen Supplement version4 37 s4 o untitled z r e ee Close Save 2S Save As Export gt Import Maps gt Place Image Page Setup Print P If the image is large it can take a while for it to be placed Because of technical limitations a progress bar is not available to indicate the time left to complete the process Images and memory considerations Contrary to vector graphics such as that of Argus ONE DXF and Shape files images consume large amounts of memory Image size and the number of colors in the image are some of the factors effecting the amount of memory required by Argus ONE to present the image Editing Images The following editing commands operate on images e Move e Resize e Scale e Delete The following editing commands are not applicable to images e Copy e Rotate Argus ONE
325. he layers floater automatically opens when a new project is created It also features a View toolbar and layer selection by typing the layer s name The following components have been relocated and changed e The cursor position info line is located below the toolbar e The layers popup menu is also located below the toolbar and shows only visible layers e The information ruler is located at the bottom of the window below the horizontal scroll bar Some menu items have been moved to different menus untitled2 File Edit View Special Navigation PIEs Windows Help OSHS 94 9 Sl a Ce pay Sc ce Layer Domain Outline z cmx 8 33 y 149 Domain Outline PE Density TriMesh QuadMesh Toolbar jam f a Grid Cursor location Data e fs 2 The layers Show AN None Layers popup menu The layers lv a Zj Domain Outline im T Density floater N E7 QuadMesh Grid 4 Data E Maps a Ree The information help ruler Domain Outline O Density Argus ONE User s Guide In some layer types you might need to resize the window to see all tools Supplement version4 7s4 The Toolbar The toolbar located at the top of the window contains shortcuts to the more often used menu commands The number of toolbar icons is layer dependent and some icons
326. he solution This can also cause a numerically imposed discontinuity in the problem domain Argus ONE meshing engine automatically handles all cases that might produce such errors It does so by automatically reducing the mesh density in the area where domain contours close contours open contours and points are closer to each other than the local mesh density The following two screen shots illustrate how Argus ONE handles cases where two domain contours in this case two point objects are closer to each other than the local mesh density The default mesh density assigned to the domain outline contour is 5 To handle the two very close sources sinks Argus ONE reduced the mesh density near them marae L 7 R E gt Bas Berk ZA gt er PSs WO ANININ VO Va Argus ONE User s Guide ERE T ae create at least one node between them Argus ONE automatically reduces the mesh density around the two close point objects to There are three distinct cases that are automatically handled by Argus ONE and that you can disable or enable 1 Point to contour distance 2 Point to point distance 3 Contour to contour distance Chapter 6 Meshing a Domain 201 In the previous example and two following ones the domain outline contour was assigned a default density of 5 As you can see Argus ONE automatically reduced the mesh density around
327. he stretch rectangle along the grid axis The following grid tools create a rotated stretch rectangle e Magnifying glass zoom in and out e Arrow select with e Arrow move grid line e Delete rows and columns Add rows and columns o untitled Row 2 Col 7 Stretch rectangles are rotated to allow better selection Changes in Export and Import File Formats The first line of a grid file also lists the grid rotation angle If it is omitted Argus ONE assumes it is zero The first line of a grid export import file Number of Row Number of Columns Number of grid amp block Grid Rotation Angle in parameters 1 radians optional GridAngle Function The GridAngle function returns the grid angle of rotation in radians See description under new functions section in this supplement Argus ONE User s Guide 20 s4 Supplement version 4 Block Information Dialog Some of the static information listed in the block information dialog has been changed to support rotated grids Instead of listing the locations of the grid lines defining the block the distances of the grid lines from the grid s origin and the block height and width are specified Block Information Information about block 1 6 Co Block information dialog gt 16 4078 Center x 3 71774 before version 4 Since the 3 24556 Center y 16 8664 grid was always aligned with BALE CTE ORY the coordi
328. her it shows on the screen Argus ONE presents the name at the center of the element If the element is too small to contain the name Argus ONE does not show it When you zoom in Argus ONE tests each element again to decide whether the name can be contained within the element and if possible presents it To show elements names from the View menu choose Show Element Name A check mark is added to the left of the menu item SSS acquife B ey i Arou aD DOE fiequifer EEN i S4reu t 50 5 00 5 50 6 00 7 6 00 as Element names are hidden Element names are visible e To hide elements names from the View menu choose Show Element Name The check mark to the left of the menu item is removed Argus ONE User s Guide 220 Part 3 Finite Element Meshes To show and hide element icons If you assign an icon to an element Argus ONE enables you to decide whether it shows on the screen Argus ONE presents the icon at the center of the element If the element is too small to contain the icon Argus ONE does not show it When you zoom in Argus ONE tests each element again to decide whether the icon can be contained within the element and if possible presents it To hide elements icons from the View menu choose Show Element Icon The check mark to the left of the menu item is removed Acquifer S Acquifer Mesh AA Men AA
329. hree panels and two lists allowing you to access all the ingredients necessary to create an expression When you finish creating an expression and click the OK button the dialog tests the expression you ve created to see if it is valid that is if it is free of syntax errors and that functions and parameters you used do exist The three panels are the calculator panel the logical operators panel the and the expression editor panel Expression The expression editor panel E Functions The calculator au Contour panel PIEs String Mathematical The logical Lasers opera tors pane l Domain Outline Density The Functions Groups and Layers list The Functions and parameters list The calculator panel This panel contains the digits the period and the four basic arithmetic operators You use this panel by clicking the mouse in the appropriate buttons Each button you click produces the appropriate digit or operator in the expression editor at the insertion point You can use the keyboard instead of clicking the buttons in the calculator panel To enter the expression 7 3 click the 7 button than the button and than the 7 button Argus ONE User s Guide 160 Part 2 Basics for Using Argus ONE EEO OIL Logical operators panel Argus ONE User s Guide The logical operators panel This panel contains the logical operators You use this panel by cli
330. ia Using Nodes or Elements Parameters to Define Search Criteria Since you can assign nodes and elements as many parameters as needed you can use these parameters to create intricate search criteria To do so create mesh parameters containing the expressions needed or create other layers parameters and link them to mesh parameters Then in the Search For dialog box choose these parameters to define the search criteria Argus ONE User s Guide 242 Part 3 Cant Undo Cut 38H Copy C Paste au Clear Select All 2A Select Acute Elements Select Adjoining Search For Find Next Detach Elements Argus ONE User s Guide Finite Element Meshes To Search a Mesh 1 Make sure the active layer is a Mesh Layer 2 From the Edit menu choose the Search For Command The following dialog appears 3 Set all the fields you need in order to define the search criteria 4 Press the Search button While searching a progress dialog appears to indicate the search progress Choose elements or nodes Search For Search for K Mi Formation 1 Top XH v Transmisivity 1 From gt neea O Ce I se Is Not v From vj 125 48 To 258 43 Element Name Does Not v End With v Well 1 EJ Icon Is Not v Pumping v amp Are Boundary Elements Element Number Is v gt v 200 When Finished Replace Selection By Fo
331. ialog box When the gray area completely fills the progress bar the grid appears The automatic grid generation creates a grid of the size of the domain s outline contour enclosing rectangle ile Edit Yiew Special Navigation 2 00 The Navigation Window facilitates orientation It presents the Domain Outline objects of the Domain layer linked to the current Grid Layer Your First Argus ONE Project 23 Using Information Contours to refine the grid The grid you create has a tremendous impact on the solution of the numerical model both with respect to its accuracy and to the computing resources it demands Argus ONE enables you to assign different grid densities to different areas in the domain You can define the grid density in any information type layer and tell Argus ONE which is the information layer serving as the density layer for a specific grid layer The grid layer that is created for you when creating a new project document is already assigned a grid density layer named Density You can rename any layer and assign the grid layer a different grid density layer as you will learn later in this manual To define a Grid Density Contour 1 Click the lower arrow in the Layer Selection button to move to the Density Layer 2 Using the Polygon tool create a conto
332. ic block deactivation 0 Gg Press Cmd to abort Re Griding an Already Grided Domain When you click the Magic Wand in a grid layer Argus ONE tests the domain to be grided for an existing grid If it does find such a grid it alerts you and allows you to cancel A grid already exist in this layer the current grid aan ET e Click the Re Grid button to allow Argus ONE to delete the existing grid and re grid the domain H Do you wish to erase it and re grid or only set inactive blocks within e Click the Cancel button to remain with the current grid e Click the Deactivate button to automatically deactivate manually created blocks Argus ONE User s Guide 270 Part 4 Finite Difference Grids Setting Your Views When you edit your grid you can take advantage of Argus ONE s information hiding capabilities to concentrate on the objects you need In the following paragraphs we will outline some of these capabilities For a detailed explanation of showing and hiding layers refer to part 1 chapter 1 in this manual All the commands you will use to set your views are presented in the View menu Seeing Through the Grid To view the grid and the other layers you have defined at the same time you can set the grid transparent If you need to hide all other information you can set the grid to opaque Argus ONE s default is set to Opaque Blocks To toggle between opaque and transparent blocks e From
333. id the General Export Arguments dialog box opens The General Export Arguments dialog box allows you to set the delimiters between the different fields and to set some other variables i Please set export arguments Check to export only cancer selected objects Set the Separator 5 Expert Titles S Check to export delimiting Ke Tab o 7 Export Related Data parameters names character Check to export node element or block related parameters e Click the OK button The Save As dialog box opens 5 Type the file name and set the directory or folder and click the OK button A progress dialog box indicating the progress of the export is presented Mesh Export in progress Press Cmd to abort Argus ONE User s Guide 40 Part 1 Basic Things to Know About Argus ONE Previewing and Printing Your Project Argus ONE User s Guide To preview your whole project you can use the zooming tools located at the bottom left corner of the window e Click the Zoom Out tool to zoom out until you have full view of your project Printing Your Project Printing your project is supported on all platforms Argus ONE is available on Printing on the PC and Macintosh versions is supported to all printer types supported by the operating system Argus ONE prints using the currently selected printer driver Printing on Unix workstations versions is supported only on PostScript printers To print the project Fro
334. id tools refer to chapter 8 Creating and Editing a Grid Domain layer tools The contour tool popup menu for domain type layers Information layer tools Chapter 1 The Argus ONE Workplace 57 Domain layers tool palette The domain layer tool palette contain all the tools you need to easily create and edit domain outline objects the Point Open Contour and Close Contour objects To operate on the domain layer objects select a tool and use it on the appropriate object When you select a tool it highlights itself to indicate it is the active tool and the cursor changes its shape to suit the selected tool The different cursors are presented in the paragraph Mouse Cursors and Techniques later in this chapter Tool Tool s name and function Tool can be activated when The Arrow tool The default tool in all Always E layers Allows you to select edit and move objects The Lasso tool Allows to select all There are one or more objects within an arbitrary shape objects in the current layer 1 Click and hold the mouse button A domain layer is the active until the popup menu appears layer 2 Move the cursor to the item you wish to select 3 Release the mouse button The Close Polygon tool Allows you to create a Close Contour The Open Polygon tool that allows you to create an Open Contour The Point tool that allows you to create a Point Object Information lay
335. ide Others 38H Sian Ri When you edit contours in a layer you can take advantage of Argus ONE s information hiding capabilities to concentrate on the objects you need In the following paragraphs we will outline some of these capabilities For a detailed explanation of showing and hiding layers refer to part 1 chapter 1 in this manual All the commands you will use to set your views are presented in the View menu Showing and Hiding Layers Showing and hiding layers enables you to view the layer you work in with respect to only some of the layers Hiding and showing layers and moving between layers is explained in detail in the chapter The Argus ONE Workplace To hide or show a layer e From the View menu choose Hide or Show Layer name Zooming When you want to edit a part of the contour that is too small to edit in the current zoom level Zoom In or to select large areas of the layer Zoom Out to refrain from tedious autoscroll Zooming also enables you to digitize and edit contours in high resolution A detailed discussion about zooming is presented in the chapter The Argus ONE Workplace Showing and Hiding Contour Information Some of the information you can assign to contours can be graphically presented on the screen You can show and hide this information so that your workplace does not become cluttered To show and hide the contour s value The contour s value concatenated with the parameter s
336. ie co ie a es soy scl ae Sole oa one es Stic Sed x T T as eee ia n gt t 2 chet Hee Stage See ceil Seah Aes a 2 tH EENS ELA hc E zi he re ee H a it t aa erie hes kii a Ti hd ie a ea Finite Difference Grids Chapter 9 Creating and Editing a Grid Overview 260 Grid Centered and Block Centered Finite Dif ference Grids 261 Setting the Grid Type 261 Grid Related Layers 262 Assigning the Grid Layer Domain and Den sity Layers 262 Using Contour Objects in Domain Layers 263 The Domain Outline Contour 263 The Open Contour 264 The Point Object Contour 264 Grid Densities 265 Default Grid Density 265 Creating Grid Density Contours 266 To Define Grid Density Contours 266 Controlling the Horizontal and Vertical Grid Densities 267 Controlling Automatic Grid Generation 269 Re Griding an Already Grided Domain 269 Setting Your Views 270 Showing and Hiding Layers 270 Zooming 271 Showing and Hiding Block Information 272 Moving Resizing and Deleting a Grid 274 Locking and Unlocking the Grid 276 Locked Grid 276 Editing the Grid 277 Adding Rows and Columns 278 Deleting Rows and Columns 279 Moving a Grid Line 280 Deactivating Blocks 280 Assigning Block Information 281 Searching the Grid Database 283 Using Block Parameters to Define Search Criteria 284 To Search a Grid 284 Expanding the Search Scope 287 Colori
337. ighted to indicate it is selected 3 In the Parameters control panel click the New button to create a new Mesh parameter 4 Click and hold the mouse button in the Value field to open the popup menu 5 Choose Depth from the popup menu and release the mouse button The Mesh layer is linked to the Depth layer To learn more about information linking refer to chapter 2 returned is that of returned is that of Your First Argus ONE Project 35 Layer linking is a very important tool It keeps your data linked to mesh and grid objects no matter how many times you change them Layer linking also enables you to create complex relations between different types of information Ss Steps 1 amp 2 Bring up the Layers Dialog and 3 click the Mesh layer line to ee select it The line is highlighted Maps to indicate it is selected Information Y Fa GY TE 4 Domain Outline f Density Domain Outline Information Maps Information Y Click the New A new mesh button to create a parameter is created and new mesh layer assigned the parameter name New Parameter Steps4 amp 5 Domain Outline Grid Information Maps Information Y The parameter name is automatically changed to the name of the layer it is linked to Choosing the Depth layer from the parameter value popup links the new parameter to the Depth _2f Domain Outline Density f Density Js layer Argu
338. igits el Click to enter a dynamic delimiter set the format Result format 8 3 Click the Edit button in the Arguments Editing control panel to set the expression format Argus ONE User s Guide 176 Part 2 Argus ONE User s Guide Basics for Using Argus ONE To edit an expression You can either enter an expression manually by typing it in the Argument Editing control panel or use the Expression dialog to create it The latter is safer since you avoid syntax mistakes Creating an error free export template is very important since the template is interpreted only during the actual export is in process and if erroneous it might result in corrupted export files Using the Expression dialog The expression dialog is the same expression dialog you use to create parameter expressions in the Layers dialog For a detailed discussion of the Expression dialog refer to chapter 2 Working with Information Layers Using the Number Format dialog Each expression must be specified a format When you create an expression Argus ONE defaults to F8 2 To change the format you can either type it yourself or use the Number Format dialog It is recommended that you use the dialog unless you are certain you are familiar with the format syntax 1 Click the Edit format button in the bottom left corner of the Arguments Editing control panel The Number Format dialog appears Number Form
339. igned a manual override value Argus ONE User s Guide Starting with version 3 all constants functions expressions and parameters can be set to one of four types 1 String any string of characters not including quotation marks 2 Real the default type for all ArgusNE variables up to version 3 3 Integer any number between 2 147 483 648 and 2 147 483 647 4 Boolean zero 0 False any number other than zero True usually 1 All ArgusNE functions now return their values in one of the above four types Setting Parameter Types Setting a parameter s type enables you to declare parameters which will return a value of a certain type For instance a parameter holding the expression ContourName which returns the contour s name String should be set to type String while a parameter holding the expression NodeAboveContour layer_name which returns boolean True 1 only if a node is located exactly above a contour in the layer Llayer_name could be assigned boolean integer or real type You should set the parameter type when you first create it When you first create a layer or a layer parameter Argus ONE sets it by default to type Real You can either change the type immediately after creating the parameter or later on To set a parameter s type 1 Inthe Layers Dialog select the layer for which you need to change a parameter s type 2 Inthe parameters list bottom part of the layers dialog select the
340. ilateral elements EK Include diagonals in Band Width calculation Bandwidth Calculation in Quadrilateral Meshes Bandwidth calculation in Quad mesh layers now takes into account all OK connectivity combinations including node connectivities along diagonals For compatibility sake you can turn this option off to have the bandwidth calculated as in triangular elements To calculate triangular bandwidth for a quad mesh 1 From the Special menu select Preferences 2 Click the Quadrilateral Meshing preferences panel 3 Uncheck the Include diagonals check box to calculate triangular bandwidth 3 Uncheck to calculate triangular bandwidth Preferences Meshing Preferences Quad mesh only EJ Enhanced cleanup E Don t allow triangle shaped quadrilateral elements 2 Select the Quad Meshing preferences panel EK Include diagonals in Band Width calculation OK Supplements version 3 47 s3 View Show Layers Window 3L Layers 38K Show Hide gt Hide Others Show All Colors Calculate Colors v Opaque Elements v Show Element Name Show Element No v Show Element Icon v Element Boundary Line v Show Nodes v Show Node Name Show Node No v Show Node Icon View Show Layers Window 3L Layers 38K Show Hide gt Hide Others Show All Colors Calculate Colors v Opaque Elements v Show El
341. ility Temperature Argus ONE User s Guide 38 Part 1 Basic Things to Know About Argus ONE Navigating Through Your Project The Search For dialog box for grid blocks Choosing the Search For command from the Edit menu when the active layer is a mesh layer brings up a similar dialog for nodes and elements Argus ONE User s Guide Argus ONE enables you to easily find your way through your project You can use the zooming tools the Goto Node Goto Element Goto Block and Goto Position commands to focus your view on a specific area or objects The information ruler at the top of your window presents real time information about your cursor position the objects it lies above and the value in information layers The small Navigation window in the top left corner of the window presents a small copy of the layer s contours allowing you to easily orientate To obtain general information such as the number of elements nodes or blocks you can use the Mesh Info and Grid Info commands To select an object or group of objects in a mesh or a grid type layer based on the data associated with them use the Search For command The Search For dialog box enables you to set a complex search criteria that relates to all the types of information you have included in your project i Search for Blocks That Search Cancel m ef mita Conditions man e F meon z E Boundary Blocks Block Column Froma fi To 5 v
342. ill be arranged in separate columns Note Files exported with the comma character can not be re imported by Argus ONE e To export the selection only check the Export Selection Only check box Argus ONE User s Guide Chapter 8 Exporting and Importing a Mesh 253 The first line of an exported file of a partial mesh Export Selection Only contains the string Partial mesh Note Ifa partial selection is exported it can not be re imported into Argus ONE e To add titles at the top of each data line or block of lines check the Export Titles check box e To export the mesh only without parameters values uncheck the Export related Data check box e Set the element and node lines prefix If you do not need to have a prefix string at the beginning of the lines clear these fields e Click the OK button to confirm your choices The Save As dialog box opens e To export under a name different from Argus ONE s default type it in the text edit box e Click the Save button A progress dialog box indicating the progress of the export process appears on the screen An Example of an Exported Mesh The following table contains the exported file of the project shown in the following screen shot The project includes one Information layer describing depth variation The export file was created by selecting Export Titles Export Related Data and setting TAB as the delimiter A
343. in its icon until the menu pops up and then select the close polygon tool 2 Click the mouse where you want the polygon to start an image of the first segment follows your cursor 3 Click the mouse to create an additional vertex 4 Double click the mouse to end the polygon creation and close it To draw an open polygon 1 From the tool palette select the open polygon tool If the close polygon tool is selected click the mouse in its icon until the menu pops up and then select the open polygon tool 2 Click the mouse where you want the polygon to start an image of the first segment follows your cursor 3 Click the mouse to create an additional vertex 4 Double click the mouse to end the polygon creation If you click the last vertex in the first one a close polygon is created To copy graphic objects from a Maps layer You can now copy all graphic objects from a maps type layer and paste them into other maps or information type layers either in the same project or in another project 1 Select the graphic object or objects you want to copy 2 From the File menu choose Copy The objects are stored in Argus ONE s internal clipboard Setting the segment length for copying arcs and circles When you copy arcs and circles from maps type layers Argus ONE subdivides them into line segments to transform them to information layers contours This way you can paste them into information domain outline and density layers
344. ing block parameters will be listed as well as all data type layers Contour Diagram Please specify object information Position CJ TriMesh QuadMesh _ Data i Maximum 1 99331 Value CO Calculate automatically E Show axes E Show legend EJ Keep ratio J Show colors EJ Smooth contours Contour Thickness Select the information source layer Argus ONE User s Guide 40 s4 Supplement version 4 Smooth Contours in Contour Diagram Objects Contours created in Contour diagram post processing objects may be smoothed To smooth contours in contour maps 1 Open the Contour Diagram dialog box 2 Check the Smooth contours check box 3 Click OK to close the dialog and accept the change i Contour Diagram Please specify object information Position Layer v pata Value v New Parameter Minimum 1149 35 CO Calculate automatically Maximum 949 452 Delta 500 E Show axes E Show legend EJ Keep ratio J Show colors EJ Smooth contours Contour Thickness Resizing Objects by Clicking and Dragging All the objects available in Map type layers are resizable by click drag BiZERGSERSE To resize an object select it and click drag release the mouse button The one of its bullets Drag the stretch object is resi
345. ing contours To choose the delimiter character From the Special menu choose Preferences The Preferences dialog box is presented Preferences General Preferences Minimal allowed angle 22 50 Delimiter character for contour E Cancel Copy Paste Type the preferred delimiter character You can enter any character or set of characters as delimiters However if you use more than one character a digit period the letter e or E you will not be able to paste contours you copy In case you changed the delimiter to one that is not accepted by Argus ONE as a valid one for pasting remember to change it back before attempting to paste contours To Export Contours from a Layer to a File 1 Activate the layer from which you want to export contours 2 From the File menu choose Export Layer s Name 3 Enter the file name Argus ONE suggests a default name that is a string containing the layer s name suffixed by exp 4 Click the OK button Argus ONE User s Guide 110 Part 2 Basics for Using Argus ONE Exported domain layer An Example of an Exported Domain Outline Contour A Domain Outline contour having two islands one open contour and one point is presented on the screen shot to the right Its exported values are presented in a spreadsheet application window The domain layer EC un title
346. ing depth Contours variation Use the Color Popup to activate color interpreting 7 of contours Y GR values A small text box ITOT TE KIEN 7 Gg PET ie i menu choose the indicating the contours calculate Colors value is attached to each command to contour automatically set the colors range You may add additional Information type layers to describe quantitative or descriptive information Probing for Information Argus ONE layers can be linked You create a layer parameter and assign it a parameter from another layer When an object or a parameter expression is evaluated it probes the linked layer or layers for its value The probing object a node an element a block or the mouse location sends its position X and Y to the layer being probed which returns the appropriate value Interpretation of Contour Data Argus ONE supports a number of interpretation methods of contour maps data The most basic and the default one is the Nearest contour method When a query is sent the probing object s location is tested against all contours in the layer The value returned is that of the first contour containing the tested object s coordinates If the object s coordinates are not enclosed by a contour the value returned is that of the nearest contour either close open or a point If the layer contains no contours the default value is returned If there is only one contour in a layer either close or open the
347. ing the mesh validity is the percent of acute elements it contains Argus ONE s default criteria for an acute element is that one of the element s angles is less than 22 5 You can change this criteria in the preferences dialog To read more about this criteria refer to the chapter The Mathematics Beneath Argus ONE and to chapter 7 Editing and Refining a Mesh After you have created a mesh From the Edit menu choose Select Acute Elements If the mesh is free of acute elements Argus ONE puts up the following message Your mesh is heaven on earth No acute elements found If Argus ONE locates any acute elements it selects them To find out the total number of acute elements e From the Information menu choose Mesh Info Argus ONE presents you with the following dialog Information about Finite OK Element Mesh CEJ Number of nodes 172 On boundary 34 Internal 138 Selected 6 Bandwidth 66 Number of elements 308 On boundary 64 Internal 244 Selected Z Total Area 159 374 SSOR This field will contain the number of acute elements found if you bring up this dialog immediately after performing the Select Acute Elements command Ruler units cm Current scale 1 Zoom Factor 1 The concept is that the smallest mesh densities you specify are mandatory while higher ones are upper limits for elements growth Chapter 6 Meshing a Domain 209 Setting Different Mesh
348. ing the search criteria are found Argus ONE reports it with the following alert f No objects were found matching the criteria Expanding the Search Scope By default the dialog is set to Replace Selection By If when invoking the dialog some nodes or elements are already selected they are de selected and replaced by the newly found set To expand or reduce the search scope over an already found set change this field to Add Found To Current Selection or Remove Found From Current Selection and define the additional search Search Examples To find all nodes lying on the mesh boundary check the Nodes On Boundary check box and initiate the search Chapter 7 Editing and Refining a Mesh 245 5 00 Em un titled EN K Node 462 Pos 9 84 6 72 sdrgu 10 00 15 00 s ie 2 Tavaf 2 a c5 RAD Fats sy Lys FS RN Re A VN TSS 10 00 DANE Vay a Sarath ra BSE Sats AIAN PEE SEEKS VSS Ioe Pa eaa a AS EAS De fs S ee lt SECEPECE KAAS To find all elements lying on the mesh boundary check the Elements On Boundary check box and initiate the search er 15 00 U untitled yg ZA DY Node 398 Pos 8 11 7 42 Arou 2 Argus ONE User s Guide 246 Part 3 Finite Element Meshes Coloring
349. int objects use the grid density layer Using the grid density layer is discussed in detail in the following sections To instruct Argus ONE to calculate for each block the value a B of all point objects within it create a block parameter and assign it DF the expression N X 7 SumObjectsInBlock parameter_n J NX ame 0 It will sum up all point H objects values in parameter_name layer xi A simple domain outline contour with point objects Argus MeshMaker User s Guide Grid Densities Automatically generated grid using the default density assigned to the domain outline contour Chapter 9 Creating and Editing a Grid 265 Grid density is defined in Argus ONE workplace as the length and width of a grid block The larger the length width you set the larger the resulting blocks and the lower the density of the grid lines You define the density by two means the grid density you assign to the domain outline contour referred to as the default density the density you assign to islands and open contours and the density layer in which you assign different zones different grid densities Default Grid Density At the end of a domain outline contour creation Argus ONE prompts you for the grid density of that contour The number you specify tells Argus ONE what is the block size you would like to have in the domain You specify the grid density in the cur
350. investigate model results that you import Save As Export Import Data Page Setup Print Quit 3P 0 i Text File from your model output files Supported Data Formats Supplements version 2 5 9 s2 5 There are seven data formats that are available for importing information from files These are Scattered points NO oo FP WD a Points on a line centered grid with grid topology Points on a block centered grid with grid topology Points on a line centered grid associated with a grid layer Points on a block centered grid associated with a grid layer Points on a triangular element mesh with mesh topology Points on a triangular element mesh associated with a mesh layer You specify the data format you intend to read in the Import Data dialog To import data into a data layer 1 Make sure the active layer is a data type layer 2 From the File menu select Import Data The Import Data dialog opens to allow you to specify the data format Select this radio button to read Scattered data Import Data Please specify the type of data to import Scattered data Mesh data Grid data Mesh data 3 Specify the data format 4 Click the OK button Use the standard Open File dialog box to locate and open the desired file Argus ONE User s Guide 10 s2 5 Supplements version 2
351. ion 37 element data Assign and edit 231 element functions 148 element growth rate Set to maximum 204 element growth rate Set to minimum 205 element growth rate Setting the 203 element icon Show and hide the 220 element information Assigning 231 Argus ONE User s Guide element information Showing and hiding 216 element names Show and hide 219 element numbers Show and hide 218 element or a group of elements Detach an 229 element Create using existing nodes 234 element Editing and adding information 36 element Export Line describing an 252 element Goto 89 element Import Line describing an 256 element Manually create an 232 element Move an 228 element Using manual creation and refinement to create a regular mesh 236 Elements numbering 229 elements and nodes Selecting groups of 14 elements Delete and move 16 elements Deleting 229 elements Detaching 229 elements Editing nodes and 15 elements move 16 elements Moving 227 elements Refine 235 elements Selecting 14 elements Smooth 237 exact contour method 117 Export a grid using the built in export 294 Export a mesh using the built in export 252 Export a selection 255 Export contours from a layer to a file 109 Export nodes only 255 Export Template Script commands 174 Export Template Script validity checking 173 Export your grid 39 Export your mesh 39 export file format Built in grid 293 export file format Built in mesh 251 e
352. ion of your numerical model both with respect to it s accuracy and to the computing resources it demands To get the best possible solution while maintaining computing needs to the minimum required one usually tries to comply with the following three discretization rules e Keep the number of nodes to the minimum to save computing resources e Have sufficient number of nodes at zones where high gradients of the function solved are encountered or where the domain boundaries are needed to be described in detail e Create a mesh free of acute and obtuse elements As you might have read before the only thing you have to do to mesh a domain is to define it by creating a domain outline contour and then click the Magic Wand in it However to create a mesh that complies with your numerical and physical needs as described above you must tell Argus ONE of these needs You do so by defining the domain setting different mesh densities to different zones in it and finally letting Argus ONE meshing module mesh it The three main stages in meshing a domain are 1 Defining the domain by creating a domain outline contour 2 Setting mesh densities 3 Clicking the Magic Wand in the domain You define the domain in a domain outline type layer by creating a outline contour Creating contours is explained in detail in chapter 2 Working with Information Layers In this chapter you will learn the techniques that will enable you to create
353. ion type layer 1 Click the New button in the Layer Control Panel A new layer is created The default type is set to Information type layer and the new layer s name is set to New Layer The new layer is active the front most and visible To change its name and units just click the appropriate field in the layer s line and start editing 2 Click the Done button to close the dialog and return to your work To read more about the Layers Dialog refer to chapter 1 The Argus ONE Workplace and to chapter 2 Working with Information Layers Argus ONE User s Guide 32 Part 1 Basic Things to Know About Argus ONE You may change a contour s value at any time by double clicking the contour This dialog box will open Argus ONE User s Guide You can now import digitized information in DXF format or Argus ONE s internal format These files may contain information describing topography bathymetry materials or boundary and initial conditions etc Describing the Spatial Distribution of a Parameter Information Contour Maps allow you to describe the spatial distribution of a parameter using the Point the Open Contour and the Close Contour objects A parameter can be the topography of a geological formation the bathymetry of a lake the spatial distribution of a material initial and boundary conditions the rainfall distribution etc To create contours describing a parameter distribution For example to creat
354. ions Included amp including contour 2 eee WE Disjoined contours A domain outline contour The Rules 1 An Argus ONE contour is a point a close or an open polygon made up of one or more vertices connected by straight line segments A layer with contours is a contour map A contour can not intersect itself A contour can not intersect other contours a Aa N Close contours can contain other points and close contours or be contained by other contours They can also have disjoined contours 6 Open contours must be disjoined from other contours Domain outline contours are slightly different from all other contours Their definition complies with the above rules except for the two last rules A domain outline contour is further defined by the following rules 1 A domain outline contour can not include or be included by another domain outline contour Domain outline contours can only be disjoined 2 A domain outline contour can include any number of open contours They are used to mark domain lines such as faults rivers and other internal boundaries 3 A domain outline contour can have islands which are part of it 4 Islands are contours contained by and belonging to their domain outline contour They are used to mark regions within the domain outline contour that you do not want to mesh or grid Argus ONE Remembers these Rules for You You don t have to memorize these rules
355. ir layers All layers appear in the Groups List below the word Layers To locate and enter a parameter 1 Select the layer in which the parameter is defined The layer s parameters are listed in the Function Parameters list to the right 2 Scroll through the Function Parameters list to locate the parameter 3 Double click the parameter The parameter is entered in the expression editor panel at the insertion point If you do not know which layer contains the parameter just scroll through the layers and through the Functions Parameters list Function Arguments When you double click a function in the Function Parameter list it is now entered in the expression editor with its arguments Optional arguments are not entered You should replace the arguments by their actual values Examples If Condition True_Value False Value Index Index Numbers Supplements version3 13 s3 CountObjectsInContour Parameter_Name NthParamName Parameter_Number StriIndex String Substring CountElements Condition CountObjectsInElement Parameter_Name NodeAboveCntr Parameter_Name CountBlocks Condition CountObjectsInBlock Parameter_Name Support of DXF Blocks DXF files may use a macro language named block to allow for the description of scaled and rotated objects It also allows for the description of objects which appear many times in a DXF file thus reducing the amount
356. is presented in the chapter The Argus ONE Workplace To zoom in 1 From the tool palette choose the Magnifying Glass 2 Stretch the tool around the area of interest 2 E icute E T Acquifer en AR 4rou A gan OA END OKA ERINN 3 ATANA VATAN AVANAN ACOSO Argus ONE User s Guide 216 Part 3 Finite Element Meshes Showing and Hiding Node and Element Information Some of the information you can assign to nodes and elements as well as information automatically assigned to them by Argus ONE can be graphically presented on the screen You can show and hide this information so that your workplace does not become cluttered To show and hide the nodes highlight When you select a node it is surrounded by a small circle node s highlight When you zoom out or the mesh is very dense and you select elements and nodes the mesh may become cluttered with the nodes selection You can instruct Argus ONE to remove nodes highlighting However when you do so you lose the feedback effect when selecting nodes e To disable nodes highlighting from the View menu choose Show Nodes The check mark to the left of the menu item is removed View Opaque Elements v Show Element Name Show Element No v Show Element Icon Acquifer v Show Nodes v Show Node Name Show Node No v Show Node Icon Layers L Sho
357. is deleted If you click in the intersection of a vertical and a horizontal grid lines both grid lines are deleted To delete a group of grid lines 1 Click the Delete Grid Line Tool X 2 Click drag the mouse and move the cursor to create a stretch band spanning over the area from which you wish to delete the grid lines When you release the mouse button all grid lines in the marked area horizontal as well as vertical are deleted Moving a grid line You can move a grid line by hand or re position it at an exact location To move a grid line 1 From the tool palette select the Arrow Tool X When the cursor lies over a horizontal grid line its shape changes into and when it lies over a vertical grid line its shape changes into 2 Click drag the mouse button and move the line to its new desired location To position a grid line at an exact location 1 From the tool palette select the Arrow Tool X 2 Double Click the grid line the Line Position dialog box appears i Please enter line s position 6 52135 Type in the new grid line position Valid range Limits 5 4479 7 5948 Cancel oK_ The positions of the two adjacent grid lines 3 To re position the grid line type in the desired new location Argus ONE informs you of the valid range that is the locations of the two adjacent grid lines If you try to type in a position out of the valid range Argus ONE beeps and brings up the following
358. is good practice to name your contours Naming them will help you find them later on using the Goto Contour command You do not have to worry about cluttering your view since you can hide and show contours names and values at any time To name a contour e After you finished creating the contour enter its name in the Contour name text edit box You can always change the contour s name or delete it all together as you will learn later in this chapter Adding Islands to a Domain Outline Contour Islands are parts of a Domain Outline contour To create islands within the Domain Outline contour use the same techniques you use for creating contours Chapter 2 Working with Information Layers 99 E E th T cmx 13 8 y 11 7 Domain Outline w ER Re Domain Outline 2 Density Argus O 5 00 10 00 15 00 Domain outline contour Islands When you finish creating an island Argus ONE adds a hash pattern to the island to distinguish it from the domain Creating Open Contours What are open contours Open contours are contours that their first and last vertices are not connected When to use open contours In many cases where you import or digitize contour maps some of the contours might end at the map boundary Argus ONE enables you to create open contours Like in real maps open contours can not be included within other contours However in domain type layers open contours c
359. is over a node it turns to a hollow cursor The node highlights itself to indicate it is selected Selecting an internal node changes its appearance to a hollow bullet while selecting a boundary node changes its appearance to a solid black bullet 4 To select an element move the cursor over an element and click the mouse button The element highlights itself and its three nodes to show that it is selected Selecting groups of elements and nodes To select a group of elements and nodes press the mouse button and move the mouse to create a stretch band When you release the mouse button all the elements and nodes enclosed by the stretch band are selected e You can also select any combination of nodes and elements by using the Lasso tool F Pick it from the tool palette click and hold the mouse button as you move the cursor After you release the mouse button all elements and nodes enclosed by the lasso region are selected e To add or remove nodes and elements from the selection simply hold down the SHIFT key while clicking the mouse on these objects The selected or highlighted area in a project is called the selection Your First Argus ONE Project 15 Selected Element Selected Group of Nodes untitled E x 3 26 y 6 81 Node 198 Pos 3 25 6 82 2 00 7 TEE JA Oi EESTE 2 Wa TSK a NID OJ o AKLINA T AOS VAS SARAN IPS AZ
360. ith at any time As you might have read before any information type layer or a domain type layer may serve as the density layer you assign to a grid layer However only a domain type layer can serve as a grid layer s domain layer You can replace both the domain and density layers associated with a grid layer at any time To create different grids you can either replace the domain and density layers it is associated with or create different grid domain and density layer sets for the different realization you need to create grids for This is very useful if you need to create a three dimensional grid To set the domain and density layers associated with a grid layer You assign a grid layer its domain and density layers in the layers dialog 1 From the layers popup menu in the information ruler choose Layers 2 Inthe layers list select the line of the grid layer its domain and density layers you want to change When you select a grid layer two popup menus appear at the bottom of the dialog box 3 From the left one named Domain select the domain layer Only domain layers are listed in this popup menu 4 From the other named Density select the layer to serve as density layer Listed in this popup are only information type and domain type layers Argus MeshMaker User s Guide Chapter 9 Creating and Editing a Grid 263 Set the domain and density layers for the selected grid layer Domain Outline 1 Dens
361. itor 2 In the expression editor from the Loop popup menu select Variable 3 Enter the loop variable make sure it is already defined the loop starting value and the step All three may be Argus ONE functions and or expressions 4 Between the Loop and End loop command insert the commands to be executed within the loop Supplements version3 65 s3 Advanced Script Commands Three new advanced commands are available They can be used to call external functions to execute external programs or applications and to alert the user during the execution of a template To insert an Alert Alerts can be used for debugging purposes or to inform the user yourself or your users of the progress of the export or of its successful termination 1 From the commands list select and double click the Alert command to insert it into the template editor 2 In the expression editor enter the string to be presented to the user when the alert appears To insert an Evaluate command The Evaluate command enables you to evaluate an expression when the template executes without having to export the result This may be used to call an external Argus ONE PIE function which has a side effect that you need to take place 1 From the commands list select and double click the Evaluate command to insert it into the template editor 2 In the expression editor enter the expression to be evaluated To insert an Execute command The Execute command en
362. its However if the file being imported is relative to a different scale or directions you must externally translate it before importing it If you do not adjust the coordinate systems prior to importing and the imported data was digitized with respect to a different coordinate system than the project s current coordinate system the imported contours might look very different from their original form or be completely out of sight Validity Tests Argus ONE performs validity tests on imported files These include data integrity tests and legality tests of the contours being imported depending on the layer they are being imported to These tests are based on the set of contouring rules explained earlier in this chapter Argus ONE tests the validity of each new contour read from the imported file against all the contours that are already present in the layer If it finds a violating contour it beeps does not register the contour and continues reading the following contours in the file Chapter 2 Working with Information Layers 109 Exporting Contours The preferences dialog box Exporting contours allows you to document your contours and their values in a general format For a description of the Export file format refer to the paragraph Contours Data Format earlier in this chapter Choosing the Delimiter Argus ONE enables you to choose the delimiter character that will be inserted between data fields when copying or export
363. ity Domain Domain Outline 2 Density Domain Domain Outline 3 Density Domain Select the grid layer its domain and density layers you want to set 66 6 6 6 Grid 2 Bathemetry Units Information Grid3 Grid Density Information 6668 Domain Density Domain Outline 2 Domain Outline 2 Domain Outline 3 Domain Outline 3 y Domain Outline 1 k Bathemetry y Density r Density 1 Domain Outline 1 Select the layer to serve as density layer for the selected grid layer Select the layer to serve as domain layer for the selected grid layer Using Contour Objects in Domain Layers Grid blocks which their centers lie outside the domain outline contour or inside islands are hatched to indicate they are inactive As in information type layers you can use close and open contours as well as point objects All contour objects but point objects can be assigned densities The Domain Outline Contour A close contour in a domain type layer is referred to as a domain outline contour It tells Argus ONE what is the domain it needs to grid that is the enclosing rectangle of the domain outline contour and the default grid density A domain outline contour can contain other close contours defining islands like internal boundaries A simple domain outline contour assigned default grid density of 0 5 An island Argus ONE User s Guide 264
364. k specific information to assist you in identifying blocks untitled Grid Layer View Show Layers Window 3L Layers K Hide Others Show All Colors Calculate Colors Show Node Values Show Element Values v Opaque Elements v Show Element Name Show Element No v Show Element Icon v Element Boundary Line v Show Nodes v Show Node Name Show Node No v Show Node Icon Supplement version4 43 s4 Values Floater Mesh Type Layers In mesh type layers two values floaters are available one for node values and the other for element values This might become useful if you need to view numerically all node and element values as they will be exported to your model You may want to add parameters with element or node functions such as ElementArea and ElementName NodeName etc to display element and node specific information to assist you in identifying elements or nodes The elements values floater The elements values floater lists all elements and their values If no element or layer parameters have been assigned to the elements only the element numbers are listed The list updates as you add and delete elements or parameters The nodes values floater The nodes values floater lists all nodes and their values If no node or layer parameters have been assigned to the nodes only the node numbers and X and Y locations are listed The list updates as you add and delete nodes
365. ke Note that since the Nearest Contour interpretation method is applied to the Topography layer the grid blocks values change along lines lying on equal distance from disjoined contours Chapter 2 Working with Information Layers 117 From the Layers Dialog Nearest Contour method Exact Contour method Interpolation method Tip To instruct Argus ONE not to color blocks having the layer s default value use the Colors dialog to set the colors range and choose the Leave uncolored option Objects out of color range Leave uncolored Use nearest color The Exact Contour Method This method is designed for contours describing zone wise type of information such as the distribution of a physical parameter in a geological formation or boundary conditions in and around the investigated domain This type of information is characterized by the presence of a default value describing most of the domain s area with some zones having different values Boundary conditions for instance are null over most of the domain but have some specific value at points lines and some areas in the domain and along its boundaries In the following example a grid is linked to an information layer named Boundary Conditions Type 1 The Boundary Conditions Type 1 layer was set to use the Exact Contour method ExactContourMethod 5 Bound
366. ked The Zoom by percent text edit box presents the current zoom level To return to 100 percent zoom level hold down the CONTROL key and click the Zoom by percent text box Important note Your maximum zoom level is limited to maxint pixels Argus ONE User s Guide 60 Part 2 A mesh of a bay and harbor at full view Mesh after zoom in Detailed view of the mesh in the inner harbor Argus ONE User s Guide Basics for Using Argus ONE A Zooming example To magnify a rectangle around the head of the large breakwater in the following Argus ONE window select the Magnifying Glass and stretch that rectangle Bay amp Harbor EJ emx 7 9 y 3 77 Element 1128 Nodes 756 759 500 Neighbors 1288 1127 1121 5 00 10 00 i Argus 15 00 AN WNT SCORES ne a ve AN INS A N S FX F 5 K NZ AS BAAS ae SO ES KE Ly ERIC at 7 S a A 1 a Sef ray KI lt i CI GS ee ATS tay EN VASAT ES i ES Sd f K is eS EK BAA gt br Wahy KI RSS aT AN ve A Ki ZS os ray ANY LX Fa Ss a TIKIN AT IRO iS gt my SL x Bay amp Harbor emx 6 65 y 7 22 Element 785 Nodes 570 571 569 Neighbors 786 1170 784 DRI VAVICATAVANAN S ATAATA AIA REEE VN E The Scale amp
367. l menu choose Preferences 2 Set the preferred number of iterations Enter number of smoothing iterations Element growth rate Reduce mesh density when the default local density is higher than the distance between the following objects amp Adjacent contour vertices amp Point objects and contour objects m Point objects z Contour objects Renumbering BandWidth Optimization Argus ONE User s Guide The efficiency of some numerical simulators depends on the half BandWidth of the matrix they operate on The BandWidth of the matrix is determined by the numbering of nodes Each row in the matrix to be solved describes the connectivity of a node on the main diagonal to the other nodes it is connected to The matrix BandWidth is defined as the difference between the diagonal term and the most distant non zero term in the row over all rows Renumbering the mesh can results in an improved BandWidth by reassigning node numbers such that the numbers of connected nodes are as close as possible If you use such solvers Argus ONE can optimize the mesh numbering to achieve smaller BandWidth The renumbering algorithm is a fast minimum degree heuristic algorithm Argus ONE can perform the renumbering if the mesh layer contains only one complete continuous mesh The matrix is very sparse the half BandWidth is 21 Chapter 7 Renumbering a Mesh an Example Editing and Refining a Mesh 239 The following mes
368. l parts of the grid While iterating through the processes of model calibration and solving for different realizations you can use the search facilities to relate numerical information block numbers from the solution program with the blocks location in the grid For instance if you get a singular solution at some blocks and you want to query the boundary or initial conditions at these blocks you can search for these blocks using the Search For command You can then use the Block Information dialog to change these blocks values one by one or all at once The Search For dialog enables you to search for blocks define a search criteria and to decide how to treat the current selection After you have selected a group of blocks based on some search criteria you can extend or reduce the found group by adding or removing from it another group of blocks satisfying a different search criteria You can also negate each search criteria Using Block Parameters to Define Search Criteria Since you can assign blocks as many parameters as needed you can use these parameters to create intricate search criteria To do so create grid block parameters containing the expressions needed or create other layers parameters and link them to grid or block parameters Then in the search dialog box choose these parameters to define the search criteria To Search a Grid 1 Make sure the active layer is a grid layer 2 From the Edit menu choose t
369. large number of scattered grided or meshed points Such cases might occur when your data was sampled during an automated survey or by a numerical procedure When a data layer parameter is linked to a mesh or a grid layer parameter the value returned by the data layer when probed is an interpolated value of a number of neighboring data points Argus ONE interpolation is based on an Inverse Distance weighted Interpolation algorithm The point of evaluation is part of the Evaluation Context which is explained in detail in Chapter 3 section Expressions on page 135 Using Data Layer Parameters in Expressions Data layer parameters can be used in expressions as any other Argus ONE parameter To read more about using parameters in expressions refer to Chapter 3 section Expressions starting on page 135 Using Data Layers for Post Processing and Visualization As you will find out later in this chapter post processing objects can be created only from data stored in data type layers Exporting Data Layers Information Argus ONE enables you to export any data stored in a data type layer Although all data stored in data layers can be also exported otherwise for instance directly from a mesh or grid layer it was read from Argus ONE allows you to export directly from a data layer to let you have full access to your data Argus ONE User s Guide 18s2 5 Supplements version 2 5 To export from data laye
370. last element or mesh element or mesh parameter parameter To Export a Mesh Using the Built in Export 1 Ifyou have not yet linked parameters to the mesh and its objects and do need to do so open the Layers dialog create the parameters and link them 2 Make sure the active layer is a mesh layer 3 If you want to export only parts of the mesh select these parts 4 From the File menu choose Export Mesh The General Export Arguments dialog opens General Export Arguments Please set export arguments Cancel Check to export selected Pe nodes and elements only Open gt O Export selection only F Export Titles Check to export es De Expert Related Data data field titles Space Element line prefix Other C Node line prefix L Close BW Save BS Save As Seperator Export Mesh Import gt By Template Check to export linked Page Setup Edit Template OU _ T GS G l parameters values Print Choose or enter the Enter the element and node Quit 0 delimiter character or string lines prefix character or string The Export dialog box allows you to determine the shape of the exported file and the delimiters between the different fields e To set the delimiter check the appropriate radio button Selecting Tab as the delimiter will allow you to open the file in a spreadsheet type application where all data columns w
371. late without prior knowledge of the numbers of layers to be exported In the following example NumLayers is either a global variable see Global Variables on page 21s in this supplement or a PIE variable which is set to the number of parameters sharing a name such as Grid Perm Unitl Grid Perm Unit2 etc As the loop progresses the loop variable i the layer s and parameter s name appearing before the square brackets is concatenated with the value of i to produce the actual parameter name Loop for Variable i from 1 to NumLayers step 1 Export matrix Grid Perm Unit i G0 End loop Export Arrays Using arrays in exported templates is supported through an Array PIE This PIE allows one to initialize set and get values of a one dimensional array Any number of such arrays can be used For details regarding the use of Array PIEs refer to Array PIEs on page 54 New and Enhanced PIEs Supplement version 4 53 s4 Although many PIEs are available we describe here five PIEs which can be used by everyone Other more specific PIEs are listed on the Argus web site Enhanced Import Shape Files PIE The shape file PIE now automatically filters shp files notifies you of the types of fields stored in a shape file and automatically creates new layers and parameters into which shapes will be imported with their respective values To import a shape file 1 From the File menu select Import and Shape file Locate a
372. layers into which you have read or imported information are listed in the menu Layer Y First Realization Data H Value RALEA SLALA ELE Second Realization Data Value Y 73 Available data layers are listed in the menu 6 From the X Value popup menu select the parameter for the X velocity component All the parameters that have been read or imported into the selected data layer are presented Layer Ir First Realization Data H Value Y Pressure v Pressurel Y Value component From the Y Value popup menu select the parameter for the Y velocity All the parameters that have been read or imported into the selected data layer are presented Layer M First Realization Data Value Mi Vx1 Pressurel v Ugi Argus MeshMaker User s Guide Supplements version 2 5 3982 5 8 Click the OK button An Path line Diagram post processing object representing particle path lines in a flow field around a cylinder Controlling other parameters You can also control the following parameters Show Hide axes Keep Ignore ratio When keep ratio is off the objects frame horizontal vertical ratio overrides the coordinate system ratio Revert the X axis Revert the Y axis The line thickness Fore Tracking Back Tracking Scale Factor A number by which the Jvx vy magnitude is multiplied SizeFactor x dvx
373. ld and the X and Y velocity components Steps performed 1 Defining the problem domain in a Argus ONE Domain layer 2 Application of boundary conditions and other parameters using Information layers Auto mesh generation of the domain Linking parameters required by the model to the mesh Export the data to ASCII files in the format required by the model ao oa A Q Run the model and import the resulting pressure distribution and two velocity components into a Argus ONE data layer To find out how to import data into a Argus ONE data layer refer to To import mesh data with triangulation information on page 11 or to To import mesh data without triangulation information on page 12 earlier in this chapter The following three screen shots represent the problem domain the mesh and the data points at which the solution was obtained DS WARD SOOO SOC EO SAIS SRC np E ese BAIS BAERS SPER RIS OTT ae 5 HAAN A cross section of a flow The finite element mesh The data points at which region around a cylinder on which the solution solution was obtained and was obtained imported into a data layer Creating and Editing a 3D Surface The 3D Surface post processing object enables you to visualize the distribution of a scalar field in space while letting you control the size location color shading view angle and legend Argus ONE User s Guide 26 s2 5 Supplements version 2 5 Pull down to
374. lect the object or objects to be scaled 2 From the Special menu select Scale The scale dialog opens Argus ONE User s Guide 16 s3 Supplements version 3 3 Click the Selected objects radio button 4 Select other required options and click the OK button To scale a layer 1 Activate the layer to be scaled 2 Click the Current layer radio button 3 Select other required options and click the OK button To scale a project 1 Click the Entire document radio button 2 Select other required options and click the OK button Using Information Dialogs with Multiple Selected Objects Argus ONE User s Guide Until version 3 you could have manually changed the values of objects such as contours nodes element and blocks only one at a time All object information dialogs which popup when you double click objects are now enhanced to allow you to change all the selected objects values at once If the selection contains more than one object you can now e Change all of the parameters values of all the selected objects at once e Change values of only some parameters of all the selected objects at once e Scroll through the selected objects one by one and change only some e Locate the current object in the main window The three areas where you can derive the most benefit from these new capabilities are e Assigning a value to a group of objects which are grouped based on their geographical location If you need to as
375. lecting Tab as the delimiter will allow you to open the file in a spread sheet type application where all data columns will be arranged in separate columns Note Files exported with the comma character can not be re imported by Argus ONE e To add titles at the top of each data line or block of lines check the Export Titles check box e To export the grid only without parameters values uncheck the Export related Data check box e Click the OK button to confirm your choices The Save As dialog box opens e To export under a name different from Argus ONE s default type it in the text edit box e Click the Save button A progress dialog box indicating the progress of the export process appears on the screen An Example of an Exported Grid The following table contains the exported file of the project shown in the following screen shot The project includes one Information layer describing depth variation The export file was created by selecting Export Titles Export Related Data and setting Tab as the delimiter Argus ONE User s Guide 296 Part 4 General Information Rows Coordinates Columns Coordinates Argus ONE User s Guide Finite Difference Grids Ti m GridForExport EN oe A Argu 9 2IDHOKRwWNHE SO 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 19 Empty line ZASS N CZ Z Rows Columns Number of Sub Paramete
376. lection Selected parameters lines are highlighted 5 To remove a parameter from the selection just click it again to deselect it 6 When you finish adding parameters to the selection click the OK button For each parameter you selected Argus ONE automatically creates a linked parameter named after the referenced parameter name A list of parameters added using the Multiple Add button Layer Parameters Name Formation 1 Top Formation 1 thickness Transmisivity 1 Formation 1 Bot Formation 2 Bot Formation 2 thickness Value Formation 1 T3 Type Real Parameter m Real Formation 1 TU New Remove ft 2 sec Real Formation 1 T8 m Real Formation 1 K1 ft sec Real Conductivity BF Real Porosity v Type m Real Formation 2 Layer Params m Real Formation 2 6 Element Params Geographic M Domain Outline Density v Density Node Params Chapter 3 Layer Parameters 135 Expressions Important note When you assign an element a node or a block an expression the expression is evaluated for every element node or block in the mesh or grid Linked Parameters Naming When you link parameters using the Multiple Add command a linked parameter is assigned the name of the referenced parameter The full name of a parameter is made of the parameter name prefixed by the name of the layer it is defined in For example you intend to create a
377. lem with an exact geometry this allows you to define the exact geometry within the Argus ONE workplace To draw a line 1 From the tool palette select the line tool 2 Click drag the mouse where you want the line to start an image of the line follows your cursor 3 Stretch and rotate the line as you create it 4 Release the mouse button to set the line s last point To draw a rectangle 1 From the tool palette select the rectangle tool 2 Click drag the mouse where you want the rectangle to start an image of the rectangle follows your cursor 3 Stretch the rectangle in any direction as you create it 4 Release the mouse button where you want the rectangle to end To draw an arc 1 From the tool palette select the arc tool 2 Click drag the mouse where you want the arc to start an image of the arc follows your cursor 3 Stretch the arc in any direction as you create it 4 Release the mouse button where you want the arc to end To draw a circle 1 From the tool palette select the circle tool 2 Click drag the mouse where you want the circle to start an image of the circle follows your cursor 3 Stretch the circle in any direction as you create it 4 Release the mouse button where you want the circle to end Argus ONE User s Guide 22 s2 5 Supplements version 2 5 To draw a close polygon 1 From the tool palette select the polygon tool If the open polygon tool is selected click the mouse
378. lements will loop for number of elements in the exported mesh layer Loop for blocks will loop for number of blocks in the exported grid layer and will export the blocks expression row by column looping over the columns first By 1 2 t73 2 1 columns 271 2 9 34d 3 2 rows 1 z R A 5 rows columns Loop for rows will loop for number of rows in the exported grid layer and will export rows expressions by row Loop for columns will loop for number of columns in the exported grid layer and will export column expressions by column Loop for parameters will loop for the number of parameters that are assigned to the elements nodes or layer depending on the loop it is nested in For instance to loop over all element parameters Loop for elements Start a new line Export expression ElementNumber I8 Loop for Element Parameters Export expression Parameter F10 4 End loop End line End loop In the above example if the elements are assigned three parameters the Parameter argument will be evaluated three times in each line within the loop to export the three element related parameters Argus ONE User s Guide 186 Part 2 Basics for Using Argus ONE Export Template Examples Mesh Template Example The following listing is the default mesh export template The output format this template creates is identical to
379. length for copying arcs and circles on page 22 in this chapter Argus ONE User s Guide 42 s2 5 Supplements version 2 5 The Cross Section Diagram on the previous page changed to present the velocity components as well as the pressure distribution Editing Post Processing Objects Since all post processing plots are real objects you can edit them at any time To edit a post processing object 1 Select the object by clicking on it 2 From the Navigation menu select Object Info Or Double click the object The object s dialog opens to allow you to change the object appearance location and any other parameter 3 When you click the OK button the objects reads the associated data layer and recalculates itself Yyl KERI Pressurel Note that only if you re open a post processing object it will re read the source data layer If you changed the source data layer all post processing objects associated with that layer will not change until you open their dialogs and confirm the changes To delete a post processing object 1 Select the object by clicking on it 2 Hitthe delete key on your keyboard The object is deleted If you accidently deleted a post processing object use the Undo command from the Edit menu to undelete it Arranging Post Processing Objects Since all post processing plots are real objects you can always move them around the project as you can move any other object You
380. les Argus ONE imports the objects colors and Z values attributes as well This is extremely useful when you create contour maps in AutoCad or store digitized maps in DXF format When you import such files into Argus ONE maps and information type layers the contours or objects values are imported as well and are automatically assigned to Argus ONE s objects Vector Fonts Scalable and Rotatable Text Objects Text that is imported from DXF files or created in Argus ONE s visualization objects is now fully scalable and rotatable If the source text is rotated Argus ONE rotates it as well When you zoom in or out all text objects are scaled to the appropriate size Argus ONE User s Guide 20s2 5 Supplements version 2 5 Drawing Tools Maps layers tool palette this page should be placed after page 57 in the User s Guide The map layer tool palette contains all the tools you need to easily create and edit map objects To operate on map objects select a tool and use it on the appropriate object To create objects select the tool and start creating the object A tool is active only when you can use it When a tool is not available it is dimmed to indicate you can not use it When you select a tool it highlights itself to indicate it is the active tool and the cursor changes its shape to suit the selected tool Tools that contain a number of optional tools are marked with a popup arrow New Drawing Tools Ed 2
381. les you to use keyboard shortcuts of the above described methods for moving hiding and showing layers Simply replace every Click in the above description by holding the COMMAND Up or Down arrow keys Macintosh or the CONTROL Up or Down arrow keys Other Platforms For example instead of clicking in the layer selection button to move between layers hold down the COMMAND key and press the down or up arrows on your keyboard For a detailed description of these shortcuts refer to Appendix A Inactive Layers and Selected Objects Object selection and hence object manipulation is possible only in the active layer When you change the active layer the selected objects selection highlighting in the layer you leave is turned off and the selected objects in the activated layer are highlighted Argus ONE does not forget the selected objects in a layer you deactivate when you re activate a layer all selected objects in it are highlighted Chapter 1 The Argus ONE Workplace 81 Menus and Commands Choosing a command tells Argus ONE what to do next print a project mesh a domain export the mesh and so on Commands that carry out similar actions are grouped on a menu For example the File menu has commands that you use to open print and save your projects The menus are listed on the menu bar across the top of the Argus ONE screen To see the commands on a menu point to the menu name and press the mouse button The menu d
382. lines 1m represent the distribution ij of the first group of parameters in the cross section i e Top1 Bott cross section its distribution is colored with the projection of the grid lines or mesh nodes Argus ONE User s Guide Bot2 Bot3 and Bot4 S 4 4 3 4 8 8 a The color fills represent the distribution of the second group of parameters in the cross section i e Perm1 Perm2 Perm3 and Perm4 Supplements version 3 61 s3 New Export Template Dialog and New Script Commands Important Note If you specify G format and zero 0 for the total number of digits all digits or characters will be exported Important Note All default export templates are now in G format Following is a list of enhanced or new script commands and format specifiers New format specifiers e G format A general format specifier to support the 4 new parameter types e Repeat factor Repeats the field it is placed before New and enhanced script commands e Loop for Parameters In grid layer now exports only layer parameters e Loop for Block Parameters A new loop which exports both layer and block parameters e Else Enables you to simplify and eliminate unnecessary If blocks e Define Variable Allows you to define a variable e Set Variable Enables you to set the variable value e Loop for Variable Enables you to write loops over variables e Alert Enabl
383. ll other platforms This activates all selected blocks To manually toggle active and inactive blocks The Deactivate Blocks menu command is a toggle command 1 Select the group of blocks 2 From the Edit menu choose Deactivate Blocks Or Hold the SHIFT key and type the DELETE key on your keyboard Macintosh or SHIFT BACKSPACE on all other platforms This toggles all selected blocks Assigning Block Information Like a node or an element a block is actually a detailed data structure The block s data structure includes its center s location area top left bottom and right position icon and data from the other layers You can also access all block data that can be obtained from the block functions chapter 3 Argus ONE allows you to access all data types The following table summarizes block data Argus ONE User s Guide 282 Part 4 Finite Difference Grids Block Data Description Access Block s center X andY coordinates Move or change grid lines Position of the block s center of gravity Block is Active Use activate deactivate to toggle Block s Area Move or change grid lines Block Icon One of ten pre Block Info dialog and Block Icon configured icons menu item Data from Any real number Through grid layer parameters linked layers which results froma referenced parameters and manual link or expression override in the Block Info dialog To assign and edit block data You can edit and assign block data at
384. ll want to relate to deleting and adding them at times Argus ONE is set by default to hide block numbers grid lines Argus MeshMaker User s Guide View Opaque Blocks Show Block Name Show Block No v Show Block Icon Show Block Center Show Nodes v Show Node Name Show Node No v Show Node Icon Layers L Show Hide gt Hide Others 38H Show All Show Info Ruler Colors Calculate colors Chapter 9 Creating and Editing a Grid 273 Argus ONE presents the block number at the top left corner of the block If the block is too small to contain the number Argus ONE hides the number When you zoom in Argus ONE tests each row and column again to decide whether the number can be contained within the block and if possible presents it To show block numbers from the View menu choose Show Block No The menu item is marked with a check mark to its left SSS SSS SSS Acqui f er ES A T ANTOI Na AAA SBA INA E A AAT NG SHAR AAG PNAS SNAG HA Blocks numbers are hidden N TON aa A N WW N N N N N IN N S N N T TAZ fo Block numbers are shown in blocks large enough to contain their number To see the other numbers zoom in e To hide block numbers from the View menu choose Show Block No The check mark to the left of the menu item is remo
385. lp you to orientate within the mesh e Enter the name and specify the search criteria J Element Name Does v Match Exactly v Well 1 J Element Name Does n Contain W Well 1 Match Exactly Start With End With To search for nodes or elements icons Assigning icons to very special nodes and elements can help you to orientate within the mesh e From the Icon popup menu choose the icon and specify the search criteria O Icon Is Not v Pumping v O Icon Is Well 4 Source f gt Observation 9 Pumping Disposal Site jj Dump Site A Comtamination Source if Head 52 Transients None Argus ONE User s Guide 244 Part 3 Argus ONE User s Guide Finite Element Meshes To search for boundary nodes or elements Boundary nodes are defined as nodes lying on the outline of the mesh on external as well as internal domain outline contours Boundary elements are defined as elements having at least one of their nodes lying on internal or external mesh boundaries Negating the search allows you to find internal nodes and elements e Choose Are or Are Not isa Boundary Elements mg fre a Boundary Elements To search for nodes or elements numbers e Set the node or element number range K Element Number Is v gt v 200 K Element Number Is The nodes or elements matching the search criteria are selected If no nodes or elements match
386. lues floaters belong to the project in which they were opened If you have a number values floaters opened in one project and you switch to another project they disappear from sight Once you bring to the front the project they belong to they reappear Opening and Working with Values Floater Once you have objects or data in Data Information Mesh and Grid type layers a menu command named Show lt object type gt Values will be available under the View menu To resize the width of columns 1 Place the cursor above the dotted line between any two columns The cursor changes into a two sided arrow 2 Click drag the cursor to the right or to the left to resize the column a solid black line represents the new location of the column 3 Release the mouse button i untitled TriMesh Layer Elements Data Chart Info Axes Lables Chart Data Chart Info Axes Lables Chart Element values for layer TriMesh Element values for layer TriMesh eArea OnBoundar MinAngle 43 4619 Click drag the cursor to resize the release the mouse button in the column width and new location Argus ONE User s Guide 42 s4 Show Layers Window 3L Layers K Hide Others Show All Colors Calculate Colors Show Contour Values Opaque Contours v Show Contour Name v Show Contour Value v Show Contour Icon v Contour Boundary Line Show Layers Window 3
387. ly produces numeric results Division Multiplication Comparison The expression Equal Compares two values Depth gt 50 produces the and produces the value True if the value g Chee aD logical value True of Depth is greater than lt Less than 1 or False 0 50 If the value is less S Gieaterthan or than or equal to 50 this equal to expression produces the logical value False lt Less than or equal to l Not equal to Logical The expression AIB amp And Performs basic produces the value True Or boolean operations combines logical values and produces logical results if either A or B are True If both are False this expression produces the logical value False Chapter 3 Layer Parameters 137 Order of Evaluation of Operators Functions and Parameters If you combine several operators functions and parameters in a single expression Argus ONE performs the operations in the order shown in the following table Operator Function Parameter Description Functions and Parameters Argus ONE functions and layer parameters 0 Parentheses Negation of a single operand or in parentheses and Multiplication and division and Addition and Subtraction lt gt lt gt s Comparison amp and Logical If the expression contains more than one operator with the same priority for example several comparison operators Argus ONE evaluates the operators from left to right If you want to alter the or
388. m by Percent tool Type in the Always zoom level and hit the RETURN key Your view is zoomed to the required zoom level The Magnifying Glass tool Allows you Always to zoom in and out in various ways using the mouse The Zoom In button Click the button to Always zoom in to twice the current zoom level The Zoom Out button Click the button to Always zoom in to half the current zoom level To read more about zooming techniques refer to the paragraph Zooming Techniques in this chapter Mesh layer tools Chapter 1 Mesh layers tool palette The Argus ONE Workplace 55 The mesh layer tool palette contain all the tools you need to easily create and edit a mesh and its objects the elements and nodes To operate on the mesh objects select a tool and use it on the appropriate object A tool is active only when you can use it When a tool is not available it is dimmed to indicate you can not use it When you select a tool it highlights itself to indicate it is the active tool and the cursor changes its shape to suit the selected tool The different cursors are presented in the paragraph Mouse Cursors and Techniques later in this chapter Tool s name and function Tool can be activated when Ed E The Arrow tool The default tool in all layers Allows you to select edit and move objects Always The Lasso tool Allows to select all objects within an arbitrary shape
389. m the file menu choose Print Argus ONE displays the Print dialog box Options in your Print dialog box differ depending on your computer operating system and your printer driver Unless you change the options in the print dialog box Argus ONE prints one copy of the entire project e Choose the Print button Argus ONE prints the project exactly as it looks on the screen Layers and other information you choose to hide on the screen will be hidden on the hard copy too When printing the zoom level is at 100 percent To reduce or enlarge the printed copy use the Page Setup options from the Page Setup dialog Your First Argus ONE Project 41 Closing Your Project and Quitting Argus ONE If you re ready to begin work on another project save your current project and close its window to remove it from your screen Make sure the window you close is not the last open window If it is Argus ONE quits If you re finished working for now you can quit Argus ONE To Close the Project e On the Macintosh click the close box in the upper left corner of the project window On other platforms double click the close box in the upper left corner of the project window Or from the File menu choose the Close command xass wens CE Element 121 Nodes 5 106 6 Neighbors 122 123 2 4 00 ERIN ZN AAN J Z V Z cx i T ZS EX DA SONS SZ Ot AN S PES en NES ee Se a Li Sapo eee eee RISO nam K Ma
390. map visualization of scalar data stored in a data type layer Or The Path Line tool Allows you to create a path lines diagram of two components of a vector field stored in a data type layer Or The Cross Section tool Allows you to create a cross section diagram of any number of data sets stored in a data type layer There is at least one non empty data type layer There is at least one non empty data type layer There is at least one non empty data type layer There is at least one non empty data type layer There is at least one non empty data type layer There is at least one non empty data type layer and a graphic object such as an open polygon a close polygon or a line is selected Argus MeshMaker User s Guide Supplements version 2 5 2582 5 Creating and Editing Post Processing Objects Visualizing your model results or the distribution of a parameter are as easy as stretching a rectangle to specify the plot size and location and choosing the parameters to be displayed All post processing objects share common controls that allow you to specify their look location and size An Example The following pages presents you with all six visualization methods using a simple flow example The example used is of a flow around a cylinder solved on a mesh The solution was then read back into a Argus ONE data layer The three variables solved for are the pressure fie
391. maps layer 70 pasting contours Taking advantage of 111 performance considerations Colors and 289 Platform specific hardware requirements xvii Point contours representation 105 Point object contour 195 264 point object Create a 101 point objects Creating 100 Position a grid line at an exact location 27 280 Argus ONE User s Guide 318 position Goto 90 precision of data 292 292 preferences dialog Open the 199 Print the project 40 Printing your project 40 Probing for information 33 product support xvi project Close the 41 167 projects Opening multiple 165 Q Quit Argus ONE 41 R Range and precision of data 250 292 Real world units 62 Redo an undone command 82 Refine elements 235 Remove a layer 77 Remove a parameter 132 Remove the manual override 130 Rename a project or copy it to another location 167 Renumbering a mesh an example 239 Reshaping a contour 103 Resize the grid 275 Resolving basename 183 Resolving loops 185 Resolving the dynamic delimiter 183 Resume work on an existing project 5 rows and columns Adding 25 Argus ONE User s Guide rows and columns Deleting 279 rows position Export Line describing 293 ruler Information 52 rulers Coordinate 52 rulers Using 88 Rules 95 S Save a project 29 166 Save an open project as you quit Argus ONE 167 Save without the mesh 168 Save your export template 172 Scale 63 scale amp units Drawing size a
392. marked with a check mark to its left To read about assigning blocks icons refer to the following section in this chapter Moving Resizing and Deleting a Grid You can move resize and delete a grid All commands you issue within Argus ONE are undoable To undo a command select the Undo command form the Edit menu When you delete a grid all manually overridden data is lost This is why you should try to keep manually overriding blocks data to the minimum Moving the Grid When you move a grid you move it with respect to the current coordinate system All blocks within the grid are automatically assigned their new X and Y coordinates All data linked to the grid from information layers is automatically updated Argus MeshMaker User s Guide Chapter 9 Creating and Editing a Grid 275 To move the grid 1 Click drag the grid on one of it sides An outline of the grid follows your mouse movements as you move the grid 2 Release the mouse button at the new required location I Acquifer 2 e ak 17 6 y 2 23 Grid ys S4reu po 5 00 10 00 15 00 20 00 25 00 A grid on th a F N ria on tne move N 9 aN Z Color v N CEHN NY k i An outline of the grid moves along with your cursor to indicate the new grid s location
393. mb D MeshExmp mmb vv O Morectrl D BayCtr exp D worldCtr exp 7 O Contours Density exp Domain exp Perm exp Perm2 exp Porol exp Poro2 exp Rainfall exp Topol Bot exp Topol Top exp DOOODODODDDDDB Topo2Bot exp D o x m Ww D NY dxf RainCntr dxf D USAStats dxf v O Export O BayExmp exp D D GridExmp exp D MeshExmp exp Argus MeshMaker User s Guide Mac and Unix File names vy O Examples vw O Bay amp Harbor Mesh D Grid Example D Mesh Example O Additional Contour files DO Bay amp Harbor Geo exp D World Domain Outline exp O Contours files for Exaples Density exp Domain Outline exp Permeability 1 exp Permeability 2 exp Porosity 1 exp Porosity 2 exp Rainfall exp Topography 1 Bot exp Topography 1 Top exp OOOODODDORDDDO Topography 2 Bot exp CO D F files O NY dxt D Rainfall contours dxf D USA StateLines dxf O Exported Files D Bay amp Harbor Mesh exp D Example Grid exp D ExampleMesh exp Argus ONE project files Open them to learn about linking parameters to grids and meshes Files containing domain outline contours Create a new project import them to a domain layer and mesh them Files containing information contours used in creating the Grid Example project and Mesh Example project DXF files Import them into Maps type layer Files containing information on a mesh and a grid exported using the default Argus ONE export Supplem
394. meters list Locating and Entering a Function Functions are grouped into their respective groups All function groups appear in the Groups List below the word Function To locate and enter a function 1 Select the group the function belongs to The group s functions are listed in the Function Parameters list to the right 2 Scroll through the Function Parameters list to locate the function 3 Double click the function The function is entered in the expression editor panel at the insertion point Argus ONE User s Guide 12 s3 Supplements version 3 Argus ONE User s Guide Expression CountObjects nContour ea The function is entered at the insertion point with the E 5 Functions ContourArea appropriate arguments L Contour C000 A E String Contour Name a 7 O Mathematical ContourT ype Layers untObjects nContour N 3 Double click the EffectiveYalue aint OBAM Density A function to enter it into T NthYertexY the expression editor 1 Select the function group The list to the right presents the functions available for the selected group 2 Scroll to locate a function Use the scroll bar or the arrow keys If you do not know which group the function belongs to just scroll through the function groups and through the Functions Parameters list Locating and Entering a Layer Parameter Layer parameters are grouped under the
395. might be dimmed inactive if they are not applicable Project related tools 1 File menu commands New Open Save and Print 2 General commands Search Rotate and Scale and Layers dialogs 3 Project settings Drawing size Scale and Units and Preferences dialogs Layer related tools 1 Floating windows Layers and Charting floaters 2 Info dialogs 3 Layer specific commands 4 Goto commands Project toolbar General Project settings Information layer toolbar sed gt od Floaters Info Layer Goto Mesh layers toolbar Floaters Grid layer toolba Floaters Info Goto Data layer toolbar FIREA Floaters Goto Map layer toolbar Flej Floaters Info Goto Argus ONE User s Guide 8 s4 Supplement version 4 Toolltips and help in the information ruler are also available for tools in the tool palette and buttons in some dialogs Macintosh If Balloon Help is on a balloon will appear showing the text which appears in the information ruler Goto exact position given by X and Y coordinates Argus ONE User s Guide Tooltips and tools help When you place the cursor above a tool s icon a tooltip appears describing the action of that tool The information ruler at the bottom of the screen shows a more detailed explanation of the tool untitled pile letles Lele n lin ne ME A a a E Help about tool
396. might be required to decrease the number of equations solved To use the non uniform effect on meshes and grids e Automatically mesh or grid a domain when non uniform scale is on To view your mesh or grid as they actually appear in the real world e Switch to uniform scale Effect of rotation on objects presented in non uniform scale While rotated objects when presented in uniform scale retain angles they do not conserve them when viewed in non uniform scale This is a mere visualization effect If the scale is changed back to a uniform one the real world is presented and it does conserve the angles 1 A domain outline contour lenght 30 height 2 2 The same domain viewed in fe the same uniform scale but rotated at 4 degrees from X 4 The rotated domain overlaid with a grid automatically generated viewed in non uniform scale 15 1 Angles are not preserved 3 The rotated domain view ed in non uniform scale 15 1 Angles are not preserved 5 The rotated grid viewed in uniform scale Angles are preserved Argus ONE User s Guide 30 s4 Supplement v ersion 4 New Functions Argus ONE User s Guide The new functions added in version 4 0 are listed here by category New Math Functions Name amp Syntax Ceil number Arguments number Description amp Return Value Rounds number real up to the nearest
397. n Contour layer_name contour_type Arguments layer_name contour_type optional Description amp Return Value The name of the layer for which you need to count the number of objects of type contour_type intersecting the contour or contained in it 0 for Point objects 1 for Open Contour objects 2 for Close Contour objects Returns the number integer of objects of type contour_type in layer layer_name intersecting or contained in the contour If contour_type is omitted returns the total number of all objects intersecting or contained in the contour Example The function CountObjectsInContour Domain Layer counts the number of objects in the layer Domain Layer intersecting or contained by the contour and returns 0 if the contour is not intersected by or does not contain any object 1 if the contour is intersected by or contains one object of any type N if the contour is intersected by or contains N objects of any type Name amp Syntax ContourType Arguments no argument Description amp Return Value Returns the type of the contour 1 for a point contour 2 for an open contour 3 for a close contour Argus ONE User s Guide Supplements version3 29 s3 Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value NthVertexX number Returns the X coordinate of the contour s number number vertex Name amp Synt
398. n its evaluation context The evaluation context for elements parameters is the element s center coordinates for nodes it is the node s coordinates and for blocks it is the block s center coordinates Some functions context is the object s area or perimeter When you assign an element a node or a block an expression the expression is evaluated for every element node or block in the mesh or grid Argus ONE User s Guide 136 Part 2 Argus ONE User s Guide Basics for Using Argus ONE Using Expressions An expression combines values with operators such as a plus or minus sign in a layer parameter to produce a new value from existing values An expression can include layer parameters constant values and can also use general and layer specific functions You can think of an expression as one side of an equation whose result is evaluated and shown in the layer Using Operators You can use operators to specify the operation such as addition subtraction or multiplication to perform on the operands values on either side of the operator in the expression Argus ONE uses three types of operators as shown in the following table Type of operator Example Operator Description Arithmetic The expression 20 2 4 Addition Performs basic multiplies 20 by 2 and S Subtraction mathematical divides the result by 4 Ae EAG negation if used operations combines with one operand numeric values and on
399. n menu select Object info yer 2 Edit the text and set the rotation angle PEM a 3 Click the OK button Other text editing capabilities Text objects can be moved deleted scaled and colored as all other graphic objects in maps type layers DXF Color Palette for Maps Layers The color palette in Maps layers now support the standard set of DXF colors Using the white color is supported However a white object appears in black Coloring Graphic Objects All graphic objects can now be colored The colors available are the ten standard DXF colors presented in the color palette To color graphic objects 1 Select the graphic objects to be colored 2 Click the required color in the tool palette color legend All object are colored To discolor graphic objects 1 Select the graphic objects to be discolored 2 Click the black color in the tool palette color legend Argus ONE User s Guide Supplements version3 59 s3 Enhancements to the Cross Section Diagram The cross section diagram now also enables you to visualize two groups of parameters in a special way Where one parameter type is distributed along the cross section vertical dimension and presented as value lines the distribution of the other type is used to fill the gap between values of the first with colors This might become very handy if you need to plot the depth variation together with the distribution of an additional parameter To crea
400. n the area to be meshed already contains elements Skip meshing this domain Instruct Argus ONE what to do when one of Remove those elements d the domain outlines to be meshed will Important notice create elements overlapping existing A domain with density value of zero will be ignored This operation is not Undoable elements While meshing the domains Argus ONE informs you of the domain it is currently meshing by posting its name or number in the progress dialog Chapter 7 Editing and Refining a Mesh Overview 214 Setting Your Views 214 Seeing through the mesh 214 To toggle between opaque and transpar ent elements 214 Showing and Hiding Layers 215 To hide or show a layer 215 Zooming 215 To zoom in 215 Showing and Hiding Node and Element In formation 216 To show and hide the nodes highlight 216 To show and hide nodes names 216 To show and hide the node icon 217 To show and hide nodes numbers 218 To show and hide elements numbers 218 To show and hide elements names 219 To show and hide element icons 220 Selecting Elements and Nodes 221 Selecting Nodes Only 221 To select nodes only 221 Editing Nodes 222 To set the acute element criteria 222 Moving a node 223 Joining Nodes 224 Detaching Nodes 225 Assigning Node Information 226 To assign and edit node data 226 To quickly set the node icon 227 Editing Elements 227 Moving Elements 227 To move an element 228 Deleting Elements 229 Element
401. n the grid between any two grid lines A new vertical grid line is added and a new column is created To add one Horizontal grid line 1 Click and hold the Add Column Tool to popup the menu and select the Add Row Tool the cursor changes its shape to a horizontal line 2 Click the tool in the grid between any two grid lines A new horizontal grid line is added and a new row is created To add a number of grid lines 1 Click the Add Row or the Add Column Tool 2 Press the mouse button and move the cursor to create a stretch band spanning over the area you wish to add grid lines to When you release the mouse button the Grid Lines Generation dialog box appears Check to add desired Enter the number of number of grid lines horizontal and vertical rid lines to add or the RAEE betwean Yertical Distance 100 gt EH pee Check to add grid pias i fi adjacent grid lines cance x PEs k specified 3 To add a specified number of grid lines check the By Count radio button Or to add grid lines at a specified distance from each other check the By Distance radio button P Please enter number of l tines to create Horizontal Distance 1 00 Set lines 4 Specify the number of grid lines you wish to add in both directions Or Specify the distance between adjacent grid lines 5 Click the OK button Grid lines are added as specified Argus MeshMaker User s Guide Chapter 9 Creating and Editing a G
402. n unlocked mode The handle is down To lock the grid indicating the grid is 1 Bring the cursor over the handle at the top left corner of the grid locked The cursor changes into an open hand cursor fh pointing up 2 Click the hand cursor it changes into a closed hand t to indicate the grid is locking itself When locking is accomplished the cursor changes into an open hand cursor iP indicating that you can now use it to lift the handle to unlock the grid To indicate the grid is locked the other three corners of the grid are grayed 2 title ENT 4reou DL spo 0 00 A locked grid The grid lock handle is in a vertical position indicating the grid is locked a a AR E HE EE Also note the three grid corners are grayed When the grid is locked you can not perform the following actions Argus MeshMaker User s Guide An unlocked grid Editing the Grid You can change the grid density that is the blocks height and width or the number of rows and columns at any area you choose There are three main capabilities to manually edit the grid moving grid lines adding grid lines and deleting grid lines These capabilities are intended for final refinement of the grid However remember that it is much more sensible to refine the grid by using domain outline and density contours as they will remain even if you re grid Chapte
403. nate of a contour s first vertex Chapter 3 Layer Parameters 145 Logical Functions Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value If condition true_val condition Any value or expression that false_val can be evaluated to True or False true_val The value returned if condition is True false_val The value returned if condition is False Returns true_valif condition evaluates to True and false_val if it evaluates to False Any number of If functions can be nested as true_val and false_val arguments to construct more elaborate tests Example If Formationl Thickness lt 0 1 Formation Thickness This function tests the thickness of a formation at each evaluation context such as a node and will return the value 1 for nodes at which the thickness is less than zero At nodes the thickness is larger than or equal to zero it will return the formation thickness Search Functions Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value Index selector number_1 selector Real number number_2 numbe_3 number_n number Ta A series of real numbers number_n Returns the value of an element in a series selected by selector Example Index 5 42 5 48 9 112 4 5 3 8 9 4 0 44 8 returns 8 9 Argus ONE User s Guide 146 Part 2 Basics for Using Argus ONE Action Taking Functions Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value Interp
404. nate system all 4 18991 Cell is Active block information was related None v to the document s origin Parameter Yalue Units SS Block Information SSS H Information about block 2 5 Co Block information dialog from H Dist 5 11024 Center x 4 64155 version 4 Since the grid may Dist 0 901543 Center y 10 1048 Width 0 937381 Area 0 845089 be rotated with respect to the Height 0 901543 Cell is Active coordinate system all block information is related to the Icon None v grid s origin Parameter Yalue Units 6 985 Center x 6 51631 7 212355 Center y 16 4156 0 937381 Area 0 845089 0 901543 Cell is Active H Dist Horizontal distance of the vertical left grid line from the grid s origin If X is from right to left H Dist will be measured from the right grid line defining the block V Dist Vertical distance of the horizontal bottom grid line from the grid s origin If Y is from bottom to top V Dist will be measured from the top grid line defining the block Argus ONE User s Guide Supplement version 4 21 s4 Miscellaneous New Features Cant Undo Cut 3X Copy BC Paste BY Clear Select All SA Search For F Find Next 6 Edit Global Variables Global Variables Global variables allow you to define constants which are independent of the Argus ONE layers in your project Global variables can be of type real integer boolean
405. nces Quad mesh only OK Enhanced cleanup EX Enhanced cleanup EK Don t allow triangle shaped quadrilateral elements E Include diagonals in Band Width calculation 2 Select the Quad Meshing preferences panel Eliminating Triangular Shaped Elements in Quad Meshes Since many numerical codes assume that no triangular shaped elements 3 nodes along an element side are present in a mesh Argus ONE is set by default to eliminate such elements If however your code allows for such elements you can change the default setting and allow the quadrilateral meshing algorithm to create triangular shaped elements In areas where triangular elements are created the ratio between adjacent elements might be superior to that of the mesh where triangles were eliminated Triangular elements eliminated Default Triangular elements retained Argus ONE User s Guide 46 s3 Supplements version 3 Argus ONE User s Guide To allow for triangular shaped elements within a quad mesh 1 From the Special menu select Preferences 2 Click the Quadrilateral Meshing preferences panel 3 Uncheck the Don t allow check box to retain triangular elements Preferences 3 Uncheck to retain triangular elements 2 Select the Quad Meshing preferences panel Meshing Preferences Quad mesh only EX Enhanced cleanup E Don t allow triangle shaped quadr
406. nctions returning block information un titled EENT amp KOE i 4reou 5 00 10 00 15 00 SS 4 NGS Grid s total area The area of SASSASNSSWN the grids outer rectangle KAS GGG GC GGG SRA S y Y A N Hashed blocks are inactive i YV IGG AS AA Dii White blocks are active The Grid active area is the sum of areas of all active blocks S z 222 S Color v Number of grid columns Number of grid rows Argus ONE User s Guide 152 Part 2 Argus ONE User s Guide Basics for Using Argus ONE Name amp Syntax ActiveArea Arguments no arguments Description amp Return Value Returns the total area of active blocks in the current grid layer Name amp Syntax NumColumns Arguments no arguments Description amp Return Value Returns the number of grid columns Note Used mainly in Export templates to loop over the number of grid columns Name amp Syntax NumParameters Arguments no arguments Description amp Return Value Returns the number of grid related layer parameters Note Used mainly in Export templates to loop over the number of grid layer related parameters Name amp Syntax NumRows Arguments no arguments Description amp Return Value Returns the number
407. nd 65 Screen units 62 Script commands export 174 Script commands reference 188 Script validity checking export 173 scripts Creating export template 173 Scroll bars 50 Search a grid 284 Search a mesh 242 Search an information layer 120 Search examples Grid 287 Search examples Mesh 245 search criteria Defining a Contours 121 search criteria Defining a Grid 285 search criteria Defining a Mesh 242 search criteria Using nodes or elements parameters to define 241 search for command 90 search Expanding the scope Contours 122 search Expanding the scope Grid 287 search Expanding the scope Mesh 244 segments effect Disabling small 198 Select a contour 102 Select a graphic object 71 Select a layer 74 Select a number of graphic objects 71 Select all contours 102 Select all graphic objects in a layer 71 Select nodes only 221 Selecting all objects in a layer 88 Selecting and opening objects 84 Selecting blocks 24 Selecting contours 102 Selecting groups of blocks 24 Selecting groups of elements and nodes 14 Selecting multiple objects using the lasso tool 86 Selecting multiple objects using the stretch band 86 Selecting nodes only 221 Selecting objects 85 selection Adding to and removing from the 87 selection Clearing the 87 Set element growth rate to maximum 204 Set element growth rate to minimum 205 Set the acute element criteria 222 Set the drawing size 66 Shortcuts panel 159
408. nd click The contour s vertices are highlighted to indicate it is selected Maps object Bring the cursor over the graphic object and click Handles at the four object corners are highlighted to indicate it is selected w 8 When you need to select a group of objects you can use the Stretch Band tool or the Lasso tool The former is a quick selection tool the latter enables you to create complex selection regions Argus ONE User s Guide 86 Part 2 Basics for Using Argus ONE Selecting multiple objects using the Stretch Band e Select the Arrow tool from the tool palette e Click drag the cursor to create the Stretch Band An outline of the selection rectangle follows the cursor Important note To start the Stretch Band within the mesh hold down the SHIFT key while clicking the mouse button The Stretch Band rectangle Multiple elements and nodes are selected e Release the mouse button All objects enclosed by the Stretch Band rectangle are selected To start creating a stretch band within a mesh hold down the SHIFT key when clicking the mouse After the stretch band appears you can release the SHIFT key Selecting multiple objects using the Lasso tool e Select the Lasso tool from the tool palette e Click drag the cursor to create the lasso An outline of the selection region follows the cursor Argus ONE Us
409. nd open the file shp type 2 3 Select the layer type into which the file will be read 4 Select the fields to be imported Fields types are listed next to their names i Import the SHP file into which layer Choose whether to import into the current layer or into a new one New layers are named after the name of the shape file If you import into an existing information type layer and allow intersection is not on shapes which intersect other shapes will be skipped An alert will pop up and allow you to either accept or cancel the import Also if you import into an existing information layer the existing parameters will be used and their type will not be changed to complement the actual type being imported i Import the SHP file into which layer Cancel If the current layer is a domain layer in which allow intersection is not allowed the PIE will only permit import into a new map or information layer Although allow intersection will be turned on when importing into a new information type layer shapes which intersect themselves allowed in ArcView but not in Argus ONE information layers will be skipped To avoid skipping such shapes import into a Maps type layer Import Shape File Arcss i Please select fields to import CFCC Char ST_COUNTY Char RECORD_NUM Number Integer 4R11001_ID Number Integer This dialog lists all the fields related to
410. ne 1 From the tool palette select the Arrow Tool X When the cursor lies over a horizontal grid line its shape changes into and when it lies over a vertical grid line its shape changes into 2 Click drag the mouse button and move the line to its new desired location You can not move a grid line out of the grid or above another grid line Grid lines can be moved only between their adjacent grid lines To position a grid line at an exact location 1 From the tool palette select the Arrow Tool x 2 Double Click the grid line the Line Position dialog box appears ety Please enter line s position 6 52135 Type in the new grid line position Valid range Limits 5 4479 7 5946 Cancel i ok_ The positions of the two adjacent grid lines 3 To re position the grid line type in the desired new location Argus ONE informs you of the valid range that is the locations of the two adjacent grid lines If you try to type in a position out of the valid range Argus ONE beeps and brings up the following alert i Please specify a position within the valid range 5 4479 7 5948 OK Deactivating Blocks When you use the Magic wand to grid a domain the automatic grid generation also automatically marks blocks that their centers lie out of the domain outline contour or within islands as inactive blocks and hatches them to indicate they are deactivated You can also deactivate blocks manually If you create
411. ned in the chapter Meshing A Domain Argus ONE User s Guide 14 Part 1 Manual changes to the mesh may be useful at times however remember that they will not be retained the next time you re mesh the domain Important note To start the Stretch Band within a mesh hold down the SHIFT key while clicking the mouse button Argus ONE User s Guide Basic Things to Know About Argus ONE Making Changes to the Mesh The mesh you have just created is made up of objects Each node and element is a dynamic object You can select an object or a group of objects and edit them There are many ways in which you can change the mesh You can reshape the domain outline contour and re mesh change the density in specific zones and re mesh refine smooth and edit the mesh manually In the following paragraphs we will outline some of these capabilities To learn more about meshes refer to Part 3 FInite Element Meshes Important Note All your actions are undoable To undo an operation choose the Undo command from the Edit menu Selecting nodes and elements To edit nodes and elements you must first select them Selecting them tells Argus ONE that your actions are to affect the selected objects 1 Choose the Arrow cursor from the tool palette 2 Move the cursor above the mesh and watch as it changes from a solid arrow to a hollow one each time it is located over a node 3 Click the mouse button when the cursor
412. ng Blocks 288 Colors and Performance Considerations 289 Manual Calculation and Calculate Now Menus 289 Argus ONE User s Guide 260 Part 4 Overview Argus ONES mesh and grid tools resemble each other Creating grids automatically is faster easier and safer than doing so manually Auto grid generation also deactivates external blocks Both grid centered and block centered grids are available Finite Difference Grids Although finite difference grids and finite element meshes serve the same purpose namely discretisizing a domain being derived from different theoretical approaches makes them very different Since you might be using both of them at different projects Argus ONE tries to keep the user interface as similar as possible between the two This should make it easier for you to work with both methods If you ve read part 3 of this manual Finite Element Meshes you will be able to just breeze through some of the issues explained in this part Although you can create a grid manually it is much easier and more benefiting to let Argus ONE automatically create it As you might have read before the only thing you have to do to automatically grid a domain is to define it by creating a domain outline contour and then click the Magic Wand in it However to create a grid that complies with your numerical and physical needs you must tell Argus ONE of these needs You do so by defining the domain setting differen
413. ng a vertex e X Vertex coordinate Delimiter Y Vertex coordinate Carriage return These lines are repeated for every vertex in the contour They are ordered in their drawing order such that the previous line holds the current vertex predecessor vertex and the following line its successor The last line of a contour description e Carriage return an empty line Multi contours file A file may contain any number of contours mixing open contours close contours and points After the last line of a contour s description the empty line a new contour may be added Close Open and Point contours representation An open contour with n vertices is described by n lines of pairs of vertices coordinates In contrast a close contour of n vertices is described by n 1 lines of pairs of vertices coordinates where the last line repeats the first vertex This is how Argus ONE distinguishes a close contour from an open one An open contour with one vertex only describes a point object An example of a file ready for import The following table presents an example file that can be interpreted by Argus ONE as a valid import contours file This example describes three contours the first being a close contour the second an open contour and the third a point Argus ONE User s Guide 106 Part 2 Basics for Using Argus ONE 13 tab 100 5 tab 22 4 tab 201 5 7 6552777778 tab 3 0691666667 45155555556 tab 1 5169444444 3 81000 tab 2 50472222
414. ng lines are an example of a file containing one close contour named A Close Contour having four vertices and four parameters including the main parameter Name A Close Contours Points Count Value 4 1 22 33 44 55 55 66 X pos Y pos 5 50333 5 43639 8 60778 7 90583 10 8303 6 8475 5 50333 5 43639 Ordering domain outline contours A file that is to be imported as domain outlines into the domain type layer may contain multiple domains Argus ONE imports the contours one after the other and tests them against all existing contours If the current contour being read is disjoined from all other domain outline contours Argus ONE imports it as a new domain outline contour If the contour is contained within a domain outline contour it is being imported as an island of that contour Argus ONE User s Guide 108 Part 2 Argus ONE User s Guide Basics for Using Argus ONE Although you do not have to order the contours in the imported file it might be easier for you to order the contours such that each domain outline contour is followed by the contours of its islands that is the way Argus ONE orders the contours when you export or copy contours Adjusting the Coordinate Systems In case you need to import a set of contours that were digitized relative to a coordinate system with units other than those currently set you can change the units of the project import and change back to the previous un
415. ng the Rulers 88 Using the Maps Layer 88 Using Node Element and Block Names and Icons 89 Zooming 89 Goto Node Goto Element Goto Block 89 Goto Position 90 Goto Contour 90 Argus ONE User s Guide 50 Part 2 Overview The Window Argus ONE User s Guide Basics for Using Argus ONE Argus ONE is a very productive and enjoyable place to work in Everything you need to define mesh grid add information to and navigate through is on the screen or at your fingertips The Argus ONE menus list commands that automate many tasks The tool palette puts commonly used commands in easy reach The rulers and zoom palette help you orientate through the mesh and grid and information layers allow you to combine all types of information into a comprehensive project Argus ONE windows contain the same elements on all windowing systems it is available on The basic elements of the window differ between the various windowing systems However all of the basic elements except for the iconize button not present on the Macintosh window have a similar function Basic Elements of the Window The Title Bar The title bar shows the project s name The Scroll Bars Use the scroll bars to scroll to different areas in the project The Close Box Double Click Macintosh click the close box to close the window You can also choose the Close command from the File menu The Size Box or Window Frame On the Macintosh use the Size box to
416. ng the same coordinate system origin direction and scale There are three main types of layers e Mesh and Grid type layers where the numerical type of information will be created presented and edited Information and Data type layers where you describe the domain s outline shape point sources sinks or point loads materials spatial distribution and initial and boundary conditions Argus ONE can automatically assign this information to the nodes elements and blocks in the mesh and grid layers Data type layers are described in the User s Guide Supplement e Maps type layers into which you can import digitized maps in DXF file format Argus ONE generic contour format and in which you create visualization objects described in the User s Guide Supplement to investigate your model results and information distribution There are two different sub types of information layers e Domain type layers Where you define the domain s outline related to as a Domain Outline and its initial mesh and grid density e General Information type layers Where you store quantitative spatial information such as boundary conditions physical parameters initial conditions topographies and also mesh and grid densities As you will learn later you can manipulate information from different layers assign layers values from other layers and assign and interpolate information from information and data layers to mesh and grid layers
417. nient when you have many layers To select a layer by typing its name 1 Type the first or as many as you can letters of the layer s name 2 The selection will move to the first layer whose first characters match the ones you typed 3 To select the next layer in alphabetical order press the tab key 4 To select the previous layer in alphabetical order press shift tab keys If the list is longer than the floater it will automatically scroll the selection into view Greeting Window The greeting window which opens whenever you launch Argus ONE disappears after a number of seconds It can be accessed from within the Argus ONE workplace using the About Argus ONE menu About Window The About window allows you to change your registration information and also lists the following information e Version number e Name and company of the registered user e Registration code e Lists of the available Argus ONE PIEs and modules T J Pees ts This copy of Argus ONE 4 0 Version and is registered to Registration John Doe ACME Inc information Registration Code 111222333444 PIEs Loaded Modules Functi PIE Available PIEs enericEx and Argus ONE Modules Virtual Node PIE PPC Click to change C registration j i Argus Holdings Lid 1992 97 information Argus ONE User s Guide 12 s4 Supplement version 4 Argus ONE User s Guide The PIEs Menu The PIEs menu o
418. node representing a well will help you to visually find it Zooming Argus ONE furnishes you with many zooming shortcuts To focus on a specific area or to find out where a specific area is located within the problem region use these tools Goto Node Goto Element Goto Block To find a node an element or a block in a grid use the Goto commands Each of these commands is available only in its respective layer 1 From the Navigation menu choose Goto Node Goto Element or Goto Block Argus ONE presents you with one of the following dialogs Goto Enter node number Goto which node 1 Valid range 1 40 Number of nodes in mesh layer Cor SS 6 Sl Goto which element 1 Valid range 1 58 Number of elements in mesh layer Cancel __ok Enter element number Goto Goto which block Enter column and row number Column 1 140 Number of columns in grid 1 t 9 Number of rows in grid Row f Please type a number in the valid If the number you enter is out of range range an alert explaining the problem is presented 2 Click the OK button Argus ONE scrolls to the selected object centers it in the window and selects it Argus ONE User s Guide 90 Part 2 Basics for Using Argus ONE Goto Position If you need to place an object at a position that is out of the current window you can use the Goto
419. not satisfied with the results use the Undo command and try again To open the Scale Objects dialog e From the Special menu select Scale The Scale Objects dialog opens Uncheck the Uniform box t0 a scale Objects apply different X amp Y scales Scale objects C Uniform scale E Uniform scale Scale Check to select Scalex Ii scale x Ma Selected objects which objects are Current layer Seale y L109 Entire document to be scaled Select the scale reference asi AN Clk MeF ason Position radio button to point to be at the top left bottom right top right STRAE P n bottom left or center of the selected objects bounding 0K rectangle or that of the document s rectangle If unchecked the scale is relative to the objects bounding rectangle Check to make the scale relative to the document s bounding rectangle Position C Relative to document Position EJ Relative to document Position x Ns L Supplements version 3 15 s3 Uniform Nonuniform scale By default the scale is uniform The scaled items are scaled proportionally both in X and Y e Type the required scale in the Scale X text edit box Or 1 Uncheck the Uniform scale check box 2 Type the required scale in both the X and Y edit boxes Selecting the objects to be scaled e Click the Selected objects radio button to scale only selected objects e Click the Curr
420. ns data layer parameters storing the various values at the points and triangulation information The data is stored at information points and the triangulation is either read or created If for instance you read data from a mesh layer the number and locations of data points read will be that of the mesh nodes and the mesh topology constitutes the triangulation information This chapter describes in detail the data formats and triangulation specifications How is Information Presented in Data Layers When you read information into data layers the layer presents the locations at which data is stored If for instance the data was read from a mesh layer data points locations are at the exact locations of the mesh nodes A ATAA O 4 TAAA E A d SACRE P E REE OEE AEK I PENINA NE SINISI ISN Bey RP Ki ERT SN When reading information into a Data points are created at the data layer from this mesh locations of mesh nodes Argus ONE User s Guide 6 s2 5 Supplements version 2 5 Important Note Data in data layers is Static If you change the source mesh or grid the data layer is not updated to reflect these changes Data Layer Parameters When you read information from mesh or grid layer parameters or from a file these parameters are added to the data layer parameter list Data layer parameters do not differ from other layers parameters You can link data layers parameters to
421. ns the TagValue of TagName In an export loop over parameters each parameter is tested for TagName If the TagName is found Tag Value is returned If TagName is not found the macro is replaced with its string representation unresolved to notify you that a problem occurred Example A Tag name PTCRun has a TagValue drnelev in a certain parameter The macro Tag PTCRun returns drnelev for that parameter If TagName PTCRun is not found the string Tag PTCRun is returned The BaseNameNoExt Macro This is a natural extension to the BaseName macro which might produce unwanted results on PC s Resolving Basename While exporting a mesh layer using the following template the SBaseName macro is replaced by the file name supplied in the Save As dialog Redirect output to Basename nod Node Command Node Command End File Redirect output to SBasenameS elm Element Command Element Command End File Macintosh For instance if you supply the name MESHEXP the two occurrences of the argument Basename will be replaced by MESHEXP to create two files named MESHEXP nod and MESHEXP elm Argus MeshMaker User s Guide Supplements version 2 5 59 s2 5 PC and UNIX For instance if you supply the name MESHEXP the two occurrences of the argument Basename will be replaced by MESHEXP to create two files named MESHEXP nod exp and MESHEXP elm exp Since this is not allowed on PC and usually not n
422. nsity of 50 cm The resulting mesh is made of the minimum possible number of equilateral triangles When you click the Magic Wand in a mesh layer Argus ONE can test the domain to be meshed against the existing elements in the mesh to check if auto mesh generation is about to create overlapping elements If it does find such elements it alerts you and allows you to cancel Testing the domain you clicked the Magic Wand in against all elements is very time consuming If you are certain that you want to delete all elements in the mesh layer you can select the Delete All button to avoid these tests A You have instructed MeshMaker to auto mesh a domain already containing elements MeshMaker must delete these elements Do you want to delete all elements fast or only those contained in the domain area slower Delete Contained Delete All e Click the Delete All button to delete all elements in the active mesh layer e Click the Delete Contained button to allow Argus ONE to delete overlapping elements Argus ONE deletes only overlapping elements e Click the Cancel button to remain with the current mesh The Effect of the Size of Boundary Segments on Mesh Density A domain outline contour including its islands and open contours are defined by their vertices in which the auto mesh generation is forced to create nodes In cases where contours segments a segment is the line connecting Argus ONE User s Guid
423. nth element s side or node can refer to the forth side or node e While exporting the element node connectivity list four nodes are exported e The file format of all imported files which are quadrilateral element related includes additional line or column to describe the fourth node e The information ruler and Element Info dialog list the additional node New Tool for Meshing Multiple Domains If you need to mesh a number of domains in one mesh layer you do not need to mesh them sequentially by clicking the magic wand in each of them You can now use the new Mesh All command under the Special menu When you choose this command Argus ONE brings up the following dialog asking you how to treat special cases while it is meshing the multiple domains Argus MeshMaker User s Guide Special Refine Elements Renumber Smooth Elements Mesh All Drawing Size Scale and Units 3U Preferences ER Align To Grid Show Grid Lines Show Page Breaks All node and element manual overridden values are deleted as well Supplements version 2 5 5192 5 Mesh All Please specify mesh generation options Instruct Argus ONE what to do when one of the domain outlines to be meshed lies above a density contour assigned a zero When encountering a density contour with value of zero value Skip meshing the parent domain Ignore this contour When the area to be mesh
424. nts number Description amp Return Value Real 1 lt number lt 1 Returns Sin number in radians Example ASin 1 returns 1 5708 Name amp Syntax ATan number Arguments number Description amp Return Value Real number Returns Tan number in radians Example ATan 412 returns 1 56837 Name amp Syntax ATan2 number divisor Arguments number divisor Description amp Return Value Real number Real number including zero Returns Tan number divisor in radians Example ATan2 2 0 returns 1 5708 Chapter 3 Layer Parameters 143 Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value Cos number number Real number in radians if the angle is in degrees multiply it by 7 180 to convert it to radians Returns the cosine of number Cycle 27 Example Cos 3 14 returns 0 99999 Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value CosH number number Real number Returns the hyperbolic cosine of number Example CosH 4 returns 27 3082 Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value Sin number number Real number in radians if the angle is in degrees multiply it by 7 180 to convert it to radians Returns the sine of number Cycle 27 Example Sin 1 returns 0 841471 Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value
425. number of disjoined meshes in a mesh layer and you need to mark all elements belonging to a certain mesh with a unique domain number Create a second parameter in the Domain Outline layer and name it Domain number When you open the expression dialog you will see the full name of the referenced parameter which in this example will be Domain Outline Domain number While creating parameters yourself or when Argus ONE creates them for you when you link parameters Argus ONE adds a suffix digit to parameters having identical names This is done to avoid duplicate names thus keeping parameter names valid If the originating parameter name has a suffix digit the digit is incremented to the next available digit Important note A circular reference is not allowed If you use Argus ONE expression dialog popup menus to reference layer parameters it does not enable you to create circular references An Argus ONE expression is like a formula Entering an expression is the basic technique you use to analyze data in your project With an expression you can perform operations such as addition multiplication and comparison on layers and objects values An expression can include any of the following elements operators reference to other layer parameters links values and functions To enter an expression in a layer parameter you enter a combination of these elements in the expression dialog box An expression is evaluated i
426. numbering After you delete an element the last created element is assigned the number of the deleted element The same applies to nodes being deleted when their elements are deleted Detaching Elements If you want to detach an element or a group of elements from the mesh you could use the detach tool to manually detach each of the nodes However since this might be a tedious task Argus ONE enables you to detach an element or a group of elements using a single mouse operation To detach an element or a group of elements 1 Select the elements you want to detach 2 From the tool palette choose the Detach tool the cursor changes into a scissors Cursor s E E utile EENE EDES untitles EE amp tenanoutine Il amp roy E S4rou Coo 10 00 Cfo 10 00 a2 i SAAS SATANATANAYAYAOA oe aw ae ay ace Seok AI SAINI New node numbers Original node numbers P aA ee ale Sia ESTAZIO SOT OIOOKAR 15 00 15 00 Select these elements to detach them oo _10 3 Click the elements to be detached one of the groups and drag it out of the mesh Or using a keyboard shortcut Argus ONE User s Guide 230 Part 3 Finite Element Meshes 1 Select the elements you want to detach 2 Hold down the COMMAND key Macintosh other platforms CONTROL key the cursor changes into a scissors cursor 5 3 Brin
427. numerical models employ Grid centered grids and some employ Block Centered grids To allow you to use the model of your choice Argus ONE grid type layers support both The two grid types are e Grid centered grid lines lie at block centers e Block centered grid lines lie at blocks borders Setting the Grid Type You set the grid type before you create the grid After you ve created a grid you will have to delete it before you can create a grid of a different type By default a grid layer is set to the block centered grid type To set the grid type to Grid Centered 1 Make sure there is no grid in the grid layer If there is select it and hit the DELETE key on your keyboard to delete it 2 From the edit menu choose Grid Centered Every grid you create in this grid layer will be of the grid centered type Undo Clear Cirl Z titled E NTE E utile E S ea dg Arou ea WIS SS 4row Copy Ctrl C Paste Cirl bo 1 4 ___ _10 00__ 1 J Lbs 1 1 4 10 00 1 J Select AIl Ciri Select Acute Elements Select Adjoining Ctri J Search For Ciri F Find Next Cirl G Deactivate Blocks Ctrl D Lock Grid Curl E Block Ce ntered Grid Centered R In a grid centered grid grid lines lie at In a block centered grid grid lines lie blocks centers The gray lines mark the on block edges Block centered grid s blocks ed
428. o 0 Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value Contourlcon no arguments Returns the index integer of the icon assigned to the contour If the contour is not assigned an icon returns 0 zero Icons are indexed from 1 according to their order of appearance in the Contour Icon pop up menu Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value ContourLength no arguments Returns the length real of a contour Example If an open contour object represents a line boundary condition such as a river a fault or just a line boundary and the mass contributed by the object is given as the total mass and not mass per unit length then the mass per unit length can be calculated by the expression Rivers Mass ContourLength If the information layer contains point objects as well the following expression prevents accidental division by zero Rivers Mass Tf ContourType 1 ContourLength 1 This function can also be used to calculate a quantity per unit length on closed contours representing for instance internal boundaries Argus ONE User s Guide 28 s3 Supplements version 3 Name amp Syntax ContourName Arguments no arguments Description amp Return Value Returns the name string assigned to the contour If the contour is not assigned a name returns an empty string The return value is case sensitive Name amp Syntax CountObjectsi
429. o study your model input It also enables you to interpolate data from grid layers onto mesh layers and vise a versa One of the strongest points of data type layers is that information stored in them can be linked to other layers and can be used in all of Argus ONE expressions Argus MeshMaker User s Guide Supplements version 2 5 5 2 5 Data Types and Formats Supported by Data Layers Introducing information into data type layers can be accomplished by reading it from mesh nodes and grid blocks or by importing it from data files Data in the following ten formats can be read or imported into a data layer Data from mesh layers Triangular elements Data from grid layers Line centered grid Data from grid layers Block centered grid Data from file Scattered points Data from file Points on a line centered grid with grid topology Data from file Points on a block centered grid with grid topology Data from file Points on a line centered grid associated with a grid layer Data from file Points on a block centered grid associated with a grid layer Data from file Points on a triangular element mesh with mesh topology SON OO A AORN 0 Data from file Points on a triangular element mesh associated with a mesh layer How is Information Stored in Data Layers When you read or import information into a data type layer the information is stored in a data structure This structure constitutes of data point locatio
430. ocument s borders the drawing size and origin are changed Argus ONE User s Guide Under certain conditions it is preferable to discretisize a domain using a rotated grid to minimize the number of grid blocks and thus to allow for a faster modeling cycle Grids can be rotated using one of three commands Manual Grid Rotation A grid can be manually rotated using the Rotate and Scale Dialog and by setting the grid angle To rotate a grid using the Grid Angle command 1 From the Edit menu select Grid Angle The Grid Angle dialog opens Grid Angle Please enter grid angle Angle s Type the grid rotation angle in degrees EB 2 Type in the grid rotation angle positive and negative values are allowed 3 Click the OK button To rotate a grid using the Rotate and Scale command Rotating a grid using the Rotate and Scale command offers greater control by allowing you to set the point of reference and to combine rotation and scaling 1 From the Special menu or from the toolbar select Rotate and Scale 2 Enter the grid s rotation angle both positive and negative values are allowed 3 Select the reference point for the rotation Rotate and Scale Objects Rotate and scale objects EJ Uniform scale Scale oo Scale X o Current layer Entire document Rotation Angle 45 Reference point Position Type the grid rotation angle in degrees
431. od v When probed for value use Viewing Parameters in Information Dialogs When you double click any Argus ONE object such as contours nodes element or blocks an information dialog box appears to allow you to view the values assigned to the objects With the introduction of parameter types objects values now reflect their types For instance if a parameter is of type boolean a value of True or False will be presented If a parameter is of type string the string assigned to the object will be presented Contour Information Please enter value for this contour Contour is Open Number of vertices 2 Contour area 0 Contour length 1 97578 River 1 m The SourceType parameter contains the ContourType function which returns an integer contour name m The SourceName parameter Icon Source v Parameter SuorceT ype SourceName IsPointSource SourceLength_or_Area Yalue Units contains the ContourName function which returns a string River 1 1 97578 False The SourceLength parameter containing the ContourLength or ContourArea function returning a real The IsPointSource parameter containing the If ContourType 0 1 0 expression is set to boolean to convert the integer return value to a boolean Argus ONE User s Guide 20 s3 Supplements version 3 Argus ONE User s Guide Expressions and Parameter Types Since expressions might contain
432. of a table For instance coordinates of observation or measurement points with their values When you import tabulated data it is stored in an information layer using the point objects Your contour map will be a collection of points with values If you wish to interpolate the data Argus ONE enables you to do so Using point objects for tabular data should be used if you have a reasonable number of observation points If however your data was sampled on hundreds or thousands of points or was created on a grid or a mesh you should use Data type layers to import that information into Argus ONE Dema m Fra Point wise digitized information gt Y Tabular data in a Argus ONE Real world information layer Contoured data Many times you do not get the original nodal data as recorded in the field but after it has gone some manipulation such as creating contours through equal value points Such are topography maps geological maps parameters distribution etc Such contour maps may contain point close and open contours This information is usually available in digitized format or you can easily digitize it from a map using a digitizing table When you import digitized maps your data is stored in an information layer using the point close and open contours Your contour map will be a collection of points and contours with the data associated to them Argus ONE User s Guide 94 Part 2 Basics for U
433. of grid rows Note Used mainly in Export templates to loop over the number of grid rows Name amp Syntax TotalArea Arguments no arguments Description amp Return Value Returns the total grid area Example The expression returns the TotalArea area of all inactive blocks in a grid ActiveArea Chapter 3 Layer Parameters 153 Name amp Syntax NthColumnPos col_num Arguments col_num Description amp Return Value col_num s grid line coordinate To get col_num use the function Column In a grid export template column can be obtained by calling the macro variable Column within a loop over columns Returns col_num s grid line coordinate When in grid centered grid this coordinate is identical to the block center s X coordinate When in block centered grid this coordinate is the minimum X coordinate of col_num or block depending on the coordinate system direction Example Used mainly in grid Export templates to export grid lines coordinates Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value NthRowPos row_num row_nums grid line coordinate row_num To get row_num use the function Row In a grid export template row_num can be obtained by calling the macro variable Row within a loop over columns Returns row_num s grid line coordinate When in grid
434. olate expression expression An expression containing any Information Layer number of Information type parameter layer parameters Interpolates all Information type layer parameters contained in the expression Example Interpolate Rainfall ElementArea returns the interpolated value of the information layer Rainfall multiplied by the element area at the evaluation context In the above example the evaluation context is at the element center s coordinates Interpolate Conductivity Thickness return the interpolated value of the Conductivity layer parameter multiplied by the interpolated value of the Thickness layer parameter at the evaluation context An expression can hold as many information layer parameters as needed all parameters values will be interpolated before the expression is evaluated To read more about Argus ONE s interpolate function refer to the chapter Working with Information Layers Layer Specific Functions Argus ONE User s Guide Layer specific functions are layer and object dependent Layer specific functions are available for mesh and grid type layers Both are categorized to layer and layer s objects functions Mesh Layer Functions Mesh type layers have three types of functions Mesh layer functions returning general mesh layer information element functions returning element information and node functions returning node information Nam
435. om a layer to a file 109 contours Import 104 contours Moving 103 contours Paste in a maps layer 70 contours Select all 102 contours Selecting 102 contours Turn opaque 115 contours Turn transparent 115 Coordinate rulers 52 Coordinate system 61 Coordinate system considerations 71 coordinate system s origin Set the 66 coordinate system Controlling the 61 coordinate systems Adjusting the 108 Coordinates direction 64 Copy contours 111 Copy graphic objects from a maps layer 72 copying and pasting contours Taking advantage of 111 Create the domain s island contours using copy and paste 21 Cursor shapes 83 cursor movements Constrain 97 cursor movements Constraining 84 97 234 Cursor s position 52 D Data validity 256 deactivate blocks in a manually refined grid Automatically 28 281 Deactivating blocks 28 280 Delete a group of grid lines 27 279 Delete a selection of graphic objects 71 Delete and move elements 16 Delete one grid line 27 279 Delete the grid 276 Delete vertices during contour creation 97 Deleting contours 102 Deleting elements 229 Deleting rows and columns 27 279 311 Deleting the grid 276 Deleting vertices while creating a contour 97 delimiter character Choose the 109 delimiter Choosing the export 109 delimiter Resolving the dynamic 183 density contour Define a grid 23 266 density contour Define a mesh 13 206 density layers associated with a me
436. on eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeereeeesn 238 Searching the Mesh Database sssneeeseeseeeeesseessereresresesrieserrreresses 241 Argus ONE User s Guide X Contents Coloring Elements mai a ne Gaetan 246 Exporting and Importing a MeSH 00 0 c cccceccccececseeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaes 249 OVVIE Wn a E EPT RN ETE EAE E OS ESETA 250 Exporting a Meshi re neite aeeai eiei i ti E e A ERA 250 Importing a Meshes earainn eein e eita eia a aa ek 255 Part 4 Finite Difference Gnd Sonme 257 Creating and Editing a Grid 0 0 0 0 ccc cccccccscccesececneeeesseceeeeseseeeeees 259 OVERVIEW runie iaon RA eS SL AA a ai 260 Grid Centered and Block Centered Finite Difference Grids 261 Grid Relat d Layers ssec cicccatiie ate iti hi ee ees 262 Using Contour Objects in Domain Layers ei ceeceeeeeeereeeneeeeees 263 Grid Densities ici heed Sa siesta eaten teense han eae 265 Creating Grid Density Contours eee esesseceseceneceeeeeneeeneenaeceneens 266 Setting Your VIEWS seinen n i A e isis dies cians 270 Moving Resizing and Deleting a Grid 274 Locking and Unlocking the Grid ee esceeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeaeeeaeens 276 Editin the Grid essai eetset ciroen euse atreure aeua 277 Searching the Grid Database 0 ee ce eeceeseceeceseeeeeeeesecaecnaeceeeeeeeeees 283 Coloring Blocks derr asain ea eit 288 Exporting a Grid ios ainsntiks Mad chin ee ee a reas 291 VET VIEW a cescteslesctuboasdeeies iaee ereas aaeeea eese es aa ee ia eea
437. on row and column Grid is Block Centered positions is to be read from the file Read triangulation from layer Line Centered Grid data file format Triangulation included The first line of a file describing mesh data Number of Row Number of Columns Number of block parameters Fields must be delimited by the TAB or SPACE characters The line is terminated by a CARRIAGE RETURN The number of block parameters is the number of values assigned to each block The number of parameters is unlimited A line describing rows position For block centered grids there are Number of Rows 1 lines describing the rows Y coordinate ordered from row 1 to Number of Rows 1 For line centered grids there are Number of Rows lines describing the rows Y coordinate ordered from row 1 to Number of Rows Row Y Coordinate After Number of Rows 1 or Number of Rows lines there is an empty line Argus ONE User s Guide 14 82 5 Supplements version 2 5 A line describing columns position For block centered grids there are Number of Columns 1 lines describing the columns X coordinate ordered from column 1 to Number of Columns 1 For line centered grids there are Number of Columns lines describing the columns X coordinate ordered from row 1 to Number of Columns Column X Coordinate After Number of Columns 1 or Number of Columns
438. on in a flow field around a cylinder Sibi ies alinae a so Cr 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 2i Argus MeshMaker User s Guide Pull down to select the source data layer Supplements version 2 5 3382 5 Controlling other parameters You can also control the following parameters e Show Hide axes e Show Hide legend e Keep Ignore ratio When keep ratio is off the objects frame horizontal vertical ratio overrides the coordinate system ratio e Revert the X axis e Revert the Y axis e The arrow thickness Scale Factor A number by which the vx vy magnitude is multiplied to change the arrows length Creating and Editing a Color Diagram The color diagram post processing object enables you to visualize the intensity distribution of a parameter in the plane while letting you control the size location axes and legend Argus ONE creates a color diagram by coloring each triangle in the triangulation read from the data layer according to the average value at its three vertices To create a Color Diagram 1 Make sure you have at least one data layer into which a data set was read 2 From the Layers menu select the maps layer in which you wish to create the post processing object 3 From the tool palette select the color diagram tool 4 Click the cursor where you want the object to start and stretch a rectangle to where you want it to end The Color Diagram dialog op
439. on method which is the Nearest Contour method To set or change a layer s interpretation method 1 Open the Layers dialog 2 Choose the layer its interpretation method you wish to change 3 From the menu at the bottom of the dialog choose the preferred method Domain Outline Domain Mesh Mesh Grid Grid Density Information Maps Choose the contour interpretation method from the popup menu Searching for Contours in an Information Layer As you add information to your project using the Information layers you re actually building a database Argus ONE enables you to perform extensive and complex searches of the contours based on their data Searching for contours is especially useful when you import detailed tabular data into an information layer The Search For command is the graphical interface to the query language you use to build your queries It allows you to perform searches based on all the types of data assigned to a contour e Contour name Argus ONE User s Guide 120 Part 2 Basics for Using Argus ONE e Contour type Close Open and Point object e Contour parameters data e Contour Icon Refer to the Supplement chapter You can use these searching capabilities to orientate within the project and search your data visually as well as quantitatively The Search For dialog enables you to search for contours define a search criteria and to decide how to treat the current selection After y
440. on off Important Note To prevent you from exporting wrong information to your model Argus ONE automatically performs a Calculate Now command while exporting the data Argus ONE User s Guide 290 Part 4 Finite Difference Grids Argus MeshMaker User s Guide Chapter 10 Exporting a Grid Overview 292 Exporting a Grid 292 Range and Precision of Data 292 Non Exportable Grid Variables 293 Built in Export File Format 293 The first line of a grid export file 293 A line describing rows position 293 A line describing columns position 293 A matrix describing active and inactive blocks 294 Matrices describing grid and blocks pa rameters values 294 To Export a Grid Using the Built in Export 294 An Example of an Exported Grid 295 Importing a Grid 297 Argus ONE User s Guide 292 Part 4 Overview To control the export format you need to have the Programmable Export Templates module Important note Using the Argus ONE built in export format is faster than exporting By Template Finite Difference Grids Exporting grids is how you communicate data created within Argus ONE to and from other applications Export is based on the ASCII data format If you use your own models or models for which Argus ONE PIEs Interfaces do not exisit Argus ONE enables you to create the exact export format that will fit with your simulators import formats You do so by using the Programmable Export T
441. ond to a Argus ONE mesh and that you did not change or edit that mesh since you exported it to your model 2 In the Import Data dialog click the Mesh Data radio button to set the data format to Mesh data 3 Click the Read Triangulation from Layer radio button 4 Click the OK button Use the standard Open File dialog box to locate and choose the file containing the data Click this radio button to select mesh data __ Mesh asta Click this radio button to specify that the triangulation information as well as node coordinates are to be read from a mesh layer Read triangulation from file BO Read triangulation from layer Choose the mesh layer which correspond to the data you import Mesh data file format Read triangulation from a mesh layer The first line of a file describing mesh data Number of Node Parameters The line is terminated by a CARRIAGE RETURN The number of node parameters is the number of values assigned to each node The number of parameters is unlimited A line describing a node Node Value of firstnode Value of second node Value of nth node Value of last node Number parameter parameter parameter parameter There are Number of Nodes lines describing the nodes Fields must be delimited by the TAB or SPACE characters Each line is terminated by a CARRIAGE RETURN Possible Pitfalls Argus ONE does not check that the data you read correspond to the mesh the
442. onductivity 1 Expression Validity Testing When you OK the expression dialog Argus ONE interprets the expression you entered and searches for expression errors If it detects errors it puts up a dialog explaining the errors Each error description starts with an followed by the function parameter or operator Argus ONE can not resolve followed by a description of the problem For example in the following expression the layer parameter Layer 2234 does not exist and the arguments of the function Exp are missing Hew Layer 2234 Expii Erroneous expression The error messages are presented in the following dialog SSS Expression Errors SE Some problems occured while i parsing the expression Co Unknown function New Layer 2234 encountered O Each error description starts with Parameters count for Exp doesn t match an asterisk and can span over expecting 1 parameter s but O were found 3 several lines Argus ONE User s Guide 162 Part 2 Basics for Using Argus ONE Infinities and Non Numbers An expression might when evaluated yield infinity or a meaningless result For example an expression which is defined as the division of two parameters could be evaluated to infinity if the denominator parameter becomes 0 zero or to a meaningless result if both parameters are 0 zero If the evaluation result is infinity or meaningless Argus ONE assigns the parameter the
443. one 1 The Repeat factor If you need to repeat a field n number of times set the repeat factor to n It appears in the export template before the format specifier as in 2G8 However note that you should not use the repeat factor if you use the delimiter field after the format specifier To insert a repeat factor e In the number format dialog enter the repeat factor The repeat factor appears before the format definition of the expression Enhanced Loops for Grid Layer Parameters When used within a grid export template the loop for parameters now exports only the grid layer parameters Previously this loop exported both layer and block parameters Supplements version 3 63 s3 Rows Columns Blocks Parameters Block Parameters n Variable New Loop for Block Parameters The new loop for block parameters now exports both block and grid layer parameters It replaces the previous loop for parameters when used in a grid export template Both the loop for parameters and the loop for block parameters offer you more control of the parameters exported Important Note Be sure to replace all loops for parameters to loop for block parameters if you designed and used custom grid export templates Enhanced Template Editor Dialog To allow access to the growing number of script commands and to the additional script commands variables the Template Editor dialog was modified Mesh template
444. or parameters untitled TriMesh Layer Elements Data Chart Info Axes Lables Chart Element values for layer TriMesh N Elem rea OnBoundary MindAngle 0 393949 55 3716 56 5215 Data Chart Info Axes Lables Chart Node values for layer TriMesh 7 20028 0 251081 0 927384 Argus ONE User s Guide 44 s4 Supplement version 4 Show Layers Window 3L Layers 3K Hide Others Show All Colors Calculate Colors Show Values Values Floater Data Type Layers In data type layers the values floater lists all values assigned to data points If there are no data points in the layer the Show Values menu is dimmed untitled Data Layer Data Chart Info Axes Lables Chart Data values for layer Data EffectiveArea f N_OnBoundar EffectiveLeng Values Floaters and Charts Once cells are selected you can click the Charts tab to view your chart You may also click the Chart Info Axes and Labels tabs to adjust your chart Argus ONE User s Guide Value floaters also feature charts Using charts you can graphically investigate the distribution of values assigned to objects There are eight chart types available and these can be controlled using the labels and axes control panes These charts are volatile they are not saved once you close the values floater they appear in Creating Charts To create a chart you first need
445. or cut other contours the clipboard retains your copied information When you copy a contour or a group of contours the information copied into the clipboard includes the contour vertices its name and its parameters values Pasting the contour pastes the parameters values as override values Override values are explained later in this chapter Taking Advantage of Copying and Pasting Contours Combining the contours copy and paste capabilities with a text editor a word processor or a spread sheet application enables you to enhance your working environment Editing contours using other applications If you need a quick way to numerically edit the contours vertices you can copy them into a spreadsheet application and edit them there After you edit them you can copy and paste them back into the layer When you paste the edited contours back into a layer Argus ONE checks their validity and will not paste offending contours For an example let s look at the case in which you want to create an exact square contour at a specific location You could use Argus ONE s facilities of zooming in and creating contours with constraints to record the vertices at the exact points However if you have already created the contour but not at the exact coordinates you wished you can copy the contour to an editor or spreadsheet and correct the vertices values there Argus ONE User s Guide 112 Part 2 Basics for Using Argus ONE
446. or example Click the element to select it Double click means to click the mouse button twice in rapid succession For example Double click the block to open the Block Information Dialog Box Drag means to press the mouse button and hold it down while moving the mouse then release the button For example Drag the node Keyboard Conventions Key names match the names shown on most keyboards and appear in small capital letters For example the Shift key appears as SHIFT The RETURN key and the ENTER key usually perform the same action in Argus ONE In the User s Guide Press ENTER means that you can press either ENTER or RETURN unless specifically stated otherwise The CTRL key and the COMMAND key perform the same action in Argus ONE The COMMAND key appears on Macintosh keyboards and the CTRL key appears on keyboards used on other windowing systems Before You Begin XV The ALT key and the OPTION key perform the same action in Argus ONE The OPTION key appears on Macintosh keyboards and the ALT key appears on keyboards used on other windowing systems A plus sign used between two key names indicates that you must press both keys at the same time For example Press COMMAND OPTION means that you must press the COMMAND key and hold it down while you press the OPTION key Installing and Starting Argus ONE To install and use Argus ONE the Windows operating system must be install
447. ort contours to omens 2 From the File menu choose Import Text File p Enpart P 3 Use the standard Open file dialog box to choose the file containing the Text File 38 contours 4 Click the OK button Argus ONE draws the contours on the screen To import contours from a DXF file Importing DXF files is supported only for the polyline and line DXF objects for further reading refer to chapter 1 The Argus ONE Workplace Contours Data Format Argus ONE supports the following data formats for importing contours The data can be only in ASCII format Argus ONE User s Guide Chapter 2 Working with Information Layers 105 General description of a contour in an import export file A contour is described by its name the number of its vertices its parameters values and a list of the X and Y coordinates of the vertices Data fields are delimited by one character The delimiter The delimiter can be any character but a digit period e or E The first line of a contour s description e Number of vertices Delimiter Contour s main parameter value Carriage return The contour s value field is optional You can have additional parameters value fields they should appear after the main parameter value field If the layer you import the contours into has less parameters assigned to it than the number of parameter value fields in the file the additional ones will be skipped A line describi
448. other expressions of different types it is you that have to decide what the type of the return value of a parameter will be If the actual value returned is of a different type than the one you have set then Argus ONE tries to convert the actual type returned to the one you initially set Explicit conversion of real numbers If an expression within a parameter returns a Real i e 5 43 and you set the parameter type to Integer all digits after the decimal will be truncated i e 5 Conversions of real numbers Parameter Expression Conversion Example Type or Value Type Real Real None 5 43 gt 5 43 Integer Real Real gt Integer truncation 5 43 5 Boolean Real Real gt Boolean False if 0 5 43 gt True otherwise True 0 00 False String Real Real gt String all digits 5 43 gt 5 43 signs decimal and exponent are converted to characters Explicit conversion of Integer numbers If an expression within a parameter returns an Integer i e 52 and you set the parameter type to String all digits are converted to characters i e 52 Conversions of integer numbers Parameter Expression Conversion Example Type or Value Type Integer Integer None 52 gt 52 Real Integer Integer gt Real 52 gt 52 Boolean Integer Boolean gt Integer False if 0 52 gt True otherwise True 0 False String Integer Integer gt String all digits and 52 gt 52
449. ou have selected a group of contours based on some search criteria you can extend or reduce the found group by adding or removing from it another group of nodes or elements satisfying a different search criteria You can also negate each search criteria Using Contours Parameters to Define Search Criteria Since you can assign contours as many parameters as needed you can use these parameters to create intricate search criteria To Search an Information Layer 1 Make sure the active layer is an Information Layer 2 From the Edit menu choose the Search For Command The following dialog appears 3 Set all the fields you need in order to define the search criteria 4 Press the Search button While searching a progress dialog appears to indicate the search progress Cant Undo Cut 3H Copy C Paste EaU Clear Select All A Select Acute Elements Select Adjoining sd Search For Find Next Using several search processes together with different settings of the current found set enables you to expand or reduce Search For Search for Contours That the search scope Argus ONE User s Guide aly Formation 1 thickness Lis v Zait nerna Do a m E romain tte Ce Crom si amp Contour Name Does v Contain x ER Icon Is v None v o oe Contour When Finished Replace Selection By Found Contours Add Found
450. ound Cylinder Loading Flow Around Cylinder a Save progress bar Load progress bar Important Note While a progress bar is active you can send Argus ONE to the background and work with a different application This is the case with all operations that are posting a progress bar which include save load import export auto mesh generation auto grid generation and search New Popup Menus in Tool Palettes Domain and information type layers contour tools as well as the Add Grid Line and Column tools are arranged in a tool palette popup menus To select a contour tool 1 Click and hold the mouse button until the popup menu appears 2 Move the cursor to the item you wish to select 3 Release the mouse button The contour tool popup The contour tool popup The add grid rows or menu for domain type menu for information columns tool popup layers type layers menu Argus ONE User s Guide 62s2 5 Supplements version 2 5 New Examples on Disk After installing Argus ONE you will find within the Argus ONE directory or folder an Examples directory In this directory we placed a number of Argus ONE projects DXF files and information files containing contours The DXF and information files are the files used to create the examples projects Also please find a new example file named POSTPROC MMB demonstrating some of the post processing capabilities PC File names vy Examples OD BayExmp mmb D GridExmp m
451. ours can be transformed to Allow Intersection mode but not vise a versa un titled E Coverage had 20 units 20 Units 30 units So Units 50 Units 80 units An Information type layer with enabled Allow Intersection option New Options for Setting Icon Sizes To allow you to customize your Argus ONE workplace you can now also set the icon s sizes Setting icon sizes You can now choose the sizes of icons e From the Navigation menu choose Small or Large icon size Large Icon Small Icon Argus ONE User s Guide 56 s2 5 Supplements version 2 5 New Parameters Tags To allow for adding model specific information Argus ONE layers and parameters can now be assigned additional information You store this additional information in parameters tags Each Argus ONE layer and parameter can be assigned as many tags as you need Parameter Tags can also help you better control your export template by using the tags as means for identifying special layers and parameters This way you can create templates that export different parameters in different formats while still leaving your template general purpose A parameter tag is defined by its name the TagName and its value the TagValue where both are strings Assigning tags to parameters Parameters tags are assigned in the Parameter Tag dialog which is invoked from the Layers dialog A layer s main parameter as
452. ours you want to delete and press the DELETE key on your keyboard Chapter 2 Working with Information Layers 103 Contour s outline Contour s original location 7 L i H J H l i fi S amd pe Shape up Moving Contours To drag contours 1 Select the contour or group of contours you want to move 2 Drag the selected contours to their new locations An outline of the contour follows your movements to indicate its future location 3 Release the mouse button Note You can not drag contours outside the drawing rectangle However if a contour was left outside the current drawing size you can drag it back into the drawing rectangle Validity tests If one or more moved contours intersect another contour Argus ONE beeps and relocates the violating contour to its original position Tip Ifyou want to move a contour outside of the current screen just drag it outside the window borders Argus ONE scrolls the window Reshaping a Contour 1 Select the contour 2 Drag one of the bullets to move the vertex You can move the vertices in any direction The vertex always remains between its two adjacent vertices Validity tests If one or both of the moved segments intersect another contour or the contour they belong to Argus ONE beeps and relocates the violating vertex to its original location Changing the Contour s Values and Name Changing contours values is a powerful tool
453. p layer e Click the arrow to the left of the group layer s name Layers of untitled show Show lt i a i v ro Group m Group Domain Outline Group2 i Density Domain Outline 1 A TriMesh _ Density 1 E7 QuadMesh C5 INFO_EXACT Grid Ci INFO_LINTER Data Ch INFO_ALLOW Maps A TriMesh 1 wv Group I7 QuadMesh 1 E Gridi i2 Data 1 E Maps 1 T Density lt TriMesh E7 QuadMesh Grid Data Maps v Group2 Y Domain Outline 1 Density 1 INFO_EXACT INFO_INTER CN NFO_ALLOW A TriMesh 1 E QuadMesh 1 H cridi Hi A Laimi t b r Talat Laimi Domain Outline 1 Density 1 INFO_EXACT INFO_INTER CU New Layer cM INFO_ALLOW A TriMesh 1 Ty QuadMesh 1 H cridi A 0010189 010101910199 AA PEJ 5A VA bez i A x eeeeeeeeeeeiiiiiii ez koa xz ze ez ka r ka ka ez z z z z T To hide all layers All layers of the belonging to a group group are hidden a4 z Peay COMO To collapse a group All layers belonging al OFOUD ss click the arrow next to to that group are that group collapsed Argus ONE User s Guide About Argus ONE Help Introduction Layers Dialog Export Template Dialog Expression Dialog Search Dialog Functions Reference Supplement version4 11 s4 Selecting a Layer by Typing its Name You can type the first letters of a layer s name and it will be selected This is especially conve
454. parameter stored in an information layer onto your mesh nodes and want to investigate the nodal distribution of that parameter you can use the post processing tools to visualize that distribution The six available visualization methods are aoa Aa ON 3D Surface Vector Diagram Color Diagram Contour Diagram Path lines Diagram Cross Section Diagram Post processing objects can only use data stored in data type layers Post processing objects can be moved and deleted as any other graphic object in maps layer Post processing objects are created and edited in maps type layers Argus ONE User s Guide 24s2 5 Supplements version 2 5 Post Processing Tools Tool Tool s name and function Tool can be activated when The Visualization tools are grouped in a tool popup menu To select a tool click and hold the mouse button until the menu pops up Select the required tool as you select a menu item by dragging the mouse onto it The 3D Surface tool Allows you to create a 3D surface visualization of scalar data stored in a data type layer Or The Vector tool Allows you to create a 44 vector diagram of two components of a vector field stored in a data type layer Or The Color Diagram tool Allows you to create a color map visualization of scalar data stored in a data type layer Post Processing tools popup menu Or The Contour Diagram tool Allows you to create a contour
455. parameters The objects in the layer are evaluated for the selected parameter and assigned a color To automatically set the color range e From the View menu choose Calculate colors Each object in the layer is evaluated for the selected parameter the minimum and maximum values are calculated and the color scale is adjusted to the calculated range To fully control the color range e From the View menu choose the Colors command The Colors dialog box opens Colors Please specify colors range Maximum value 100 00 E Minimum value 76 00 e Enter Maximum value Enter Minimum value Objects out of color range Leave uncolored Use nearest color Auto Cancel e To set the range manually type in the required minimum amp maximum values e To automatically calculate the range click the Auto button This is equivalent to choosing the Calculate colors menu item e To leave objects that are out of the range uncolored choose the Leave uncolored radio button Chapter 1 The Argus ONE Workplace 59 Zooming Techniques Zooming allows you to easily navigate within your project canvas It also enables you to work in fine detail If for instance you need to digitize a background map in a high resolution you can zoom in before you start digitizing a contour and using the auto scroll capability which is available during object creation and editing digitize the whole con
456. plained in the previous paragraph a parameter always has a default value The default value is the value you assign the parameter when creating it or 0 zero automatically assigned to it by Argus ONE The default value can be a constant a link to another parameter or an expression Chapter 3 Layer Parameters 129 Every Argus ONE object is actually a detailed data structure An object s data structure holds the object location type any additional data it can be assigned such as name and icon and the values of the parameters it or the layer containing it is assigned When you create or change an object the object s information dialog box presents you with all layer s and object s parameters and their values An object s parameter value is the parameter s default value unless you manually override it for that object If the parameter is an expression or a link to another parameter its value is evaluated at the object s evaluation context to produce the object s default value for that parameter If you manually enter a value for an object parameter value you override the default value In this case if the parameter is a link to another parameter or an expression these are not resolved and the object s value for that parameter will be the overridden value Manually entered values are most common when working with information type layers The contours or points you import or digitize always have at least one
457. port their values For instance to create a simple script looping over elements and exporting their numbers their area and their node numbers Looping over elements 1 2 Click the Loop button In the Arguments Editing control panel choose Elements from the popup menu Click the Line button to create a new line Click the Expression button in the Script Commands control panel to create a new script line Click the Expression button in the Arguments Editing control panel to invoke the Expression dialog From the Functions popup menu choose ElementNumber function Click OK to close the Expression dialog Click the Edit button in the Arguments Editing control panel to edit the format choose Integer from the popup menu and set the desired format and click OK to confirm your choice Click the Delimiter button in the Arguments Editing control panel to insert a dynamic delimiter Repeat steps 4 9 for each additional expression Your script should look as follows Loop for elements Start a new line Export expression ElementNumber 18 Export expression ElementArea F10 4 Export expression NthNodeNum 1 I5 Export expression NthNodeNum 2 I5 Export expression NthNodeNum 3 15 End line End Loop This loop will loop over the mesh elements and export elements number of lines containing the element number element area and the element s first second an
458. port Templates Printing only some of the layers or some of the pages Your computer documentation Part 2 Chapter 1 The Argus ONE Workplace Part 2 Chapter 2 Working With Information Layers Supplements Supplements Part 2 Chapter 1 The Argus ONE Workplace Part 2 Chapter 2 Working With Information Layers Part 4 Chapter 8 Creating and Editing a Grid Part 3 Chapter 5 Meshing a Domain Part 3 Chapter 7 Exporting and Importing a Mesh Part 4 Chapter 9 Exporting a Grid Part 2 Chapter 4 Export Templates Part 2 Chapter 1 The Argus ONE Workplace The Mathematics Beneath Argus ONE Argus ONE is a powerful pre processor application rich with features that make it easy to describe complex physical problems To support the discretization and other numerical needs for such complex problems Argus ONE relies on sophisticated mathematical algorithms Argus ONE also includes a set of validity checking algorithms that are performed on line to check the validity of user actions such as creating and moving contours nodes and elements Since we realize you will be using Argus ONE for engineering and scientific work requiring high level of accuracy this chapter will give you a quick overview of Argus ONE s underlying mathematical algorithms and concepts 44 Part 1 Basic Things to Know About Argus ONE Numerical Precision and Coordinate Syst
459. port templates for information type layers will support this loop type as well Using Information Type Layer Functions You can use all available information type layer functions from within this loop The following example exports all contours in a layer called Domain Outline and for each object exports its name area length type and value of the parameter named Density It also exports for every contour the X and Y coordinates of its vertices Define Variable i integer Redirect output to contours exp The following loop will loop for every Object contour in the Domain Outline layer and for each object export some contour information and the value of the density parameter Loop for Objects in layer Domain Outline Start a new line Export expression ContourName G0 Export expression ContourArea G0 Export expression ContourLength G0 Export expression ContourType G0 Export expression Domain Outline Density G0 End line The following loop will export the X and Y coordinates of each vertex Loop for Variable i from 1 to NumVertices step 1 Start a new line Export expression NthVertexX i G0 Export expression NthVertexY i G0 End line End loop Start a new line End line End loop End file Argus ONE User s Guide Supplement version4 49 s4 Nesting Loop for Objects in Layer within Loops for Blocks or Elements You may nest a loop for Objec
460. pports the following DXF graphic objects e Line defined by its two end points e Polyline one or more consecutive line segments e Circle defined by its center and radius Arc defined by its center e Text the characters and a position The Z attribute and color of these graphic objects are imported as well The text imported is scalable and rotatable Argus ONE graphics objects the point object the open contour and close contour objects can also be imported and pasted into a Maps layer Chapter 1 The Argus ONE Workplace 69 To import a DXF file Mos gt 1 Click the bottom arrow in the Layers Selection Button E until the Layers Popup Menu reads Maps The Maps layer is active 2 From the File menu choose Import DXF File 3 In the Open dialog box choose the file and click the Open button New Open 0 As Argus ONE imports the file a progress dialog box appears to indicate that aan ain a time consuming operation 1s 1n progress Save S Save As Progress dialog box Export Import Press the keyboard sequence to halt import The keyboard combination on Windows and Unix platforms is CTRL C A Text File 3M DHF File Importing picture Page Setup Print Quit 30 StateLinesMap H A Argus ONE window with a maps layer containing an imported DXF file of some state lines
461. ps Layer Gapabilities vive escecsdcesBactesccasslitedececetedudesedessdecedadedessdiceessetetsdadetedensads 36 s4 Values BIGAtGrs 1 20 ce6iri eit E E les Oe GaSe GO eh TO GEER es eds 41 s4 Values Floaters anid Charts aeie e ae eaaa aeaa aE AE aE a a S 44 s4 New Export Script Commands cccscccssscessceeeseeeesecesseeeeseeessseeesseeeeeeeesseeenseeeneaes 48 s4 New and Enhanced PUES i cagscectavscinessea ss uacfuesuecteeaseatuaconsdveaseiaedudag ea sdse teases E E Ea 53 s4 Argus ONE User s Guide 4s4 Supplement version 4 Compatibility Issues Full backwards compatibility exists between version 4and version 3 This means that you can open Argus ONE files created with older versions in Argus ONE version 4 However you can not open files which will be saved under version 4 with earlier versions We suggest that until you are certain that all functions operate as you were accustomed to in earlier versions you save backup copies of your files created with the version you have been using prior to upgrading Also if you have enough disk space do not erase your previous copy until you are certain that all is fine with results you get from version 4 Revised Modules Structure Argus ONE module structure has been revised in version 4 The two new modules which have been introduced are the GIS and the Programmable Export modules The GIS module includes all non mesh and grid layers such as Information Data Maps and Domain type layers
462. put of all commands contained within it to the file specified as the command s argument This command s argument can be a dynamic argument or a specific name The command Redirect output to Myfile dat always redirects the output to the file Myfile dat The command Redirect output to SBasenameS redirects the output to a file its name you will specify while exporting If for instance you need to export node related information to a file with an extension nod and element related information to a file with an extension e1m you could write the following script Redirect output to SBasenameS nod Node Command Node Command End File Redirect output to Basename elm Element Command Element Command End File If during export you set the filename to be Myproj1 node related information will be written to the file Myproj1 nod and element related information will be written to the file Myproj1 elm Name Syntax Arguments Line Start a new line End Line e This command can not include another Line command e This command is a block command This command redirects the output of all commands contained within it to the a new line Start a new line Expression End line Chapter 5 Exporting a Project 175 Name Syntax Arguments Expression Export expression Delimiter or Argument Format This command exports an expression in the specified fo
463. r s name in an information type layer is the layer s name To change it you have to change the layer s name The names of any additional parameters you create within an information type layer or for that matter any mesh or grid parameters are made of the layer s name suffixed by the parameter s name Chapter 3 Layer Parameters 131 For example if you create a layer named Conductivity 1 with two parameters named Conductivity 1XY and Conductivity 12 their full names when referenced will be Conductivity 1 Conductivity 1XY and Conductivity 1 Conductivity 1Z To keep things simple Argus ONE does not show the parent layer s name if you refer to the layer s main parameter For example to create an expression defining the Conductivity 1Z parameter as 10 percent of the Conductivity 1XY parameter 1 In the parameters list click the line of the Coductivity1Z parameter to select it 2 Click the Value field and from the popup menu choose Expression The Expression dialog box opens 3 Select the layer Conductivity 1 from the layers list The layer s parameters will be listed in the list to the right 4 Double click the Conductivity IXY parameter to enter it into the expression text edit box Expression Conductivity 1X 0 1 3 TriMesh d 3 4 6 paee 1 Top 5 Enter the multiplication D Formation 1 Bot sign
464. r you should avoid using special characters The character must not be used in the TagName Example In the following example three parameter tags have been added to a layer These tags are assigned the information regarding the number of time steps the model should run the number of formations described and the number of iterations for each time step Parameter Info Specify parameter s Tags Tag Value TimeSteps 5 Formations 3 Iterations 20 Remove To export the information stored in these tags use the following Export Template script The if statements insure that the tags values will be exported only if you have created such tags Start a new line If SHasTag TimeSteps Export expression Tag TimeSteps I5 End if If HasTag Formations Export expression Tag Formations I5 End if If HasTag Iterations Export expression Tag Iterations I5 End if End line Argus ONE User s Guide 58 2 5 Supplements version 2 5 New Argus ONE Export Macros Three new export macros have been added Also the File script command is enhanced to allow calling it from within other commands and to nest it within other File commands New Export Macros The HasTag TagName Macro This macro returns 1 true if it finds a tag having TagName and 0 false if it does not In an export loop over parameters each parameter is tested for TagName The Tag TagName Macro This macro retur
465. r 2 This insures that each layer parameter has a unique name Creating object specific parameters When you create parameters in any Argus ONE layer these parameters are assigned to all objects in the layer For instance if you create a parameter in a mesh layer Argus ONE sets it by default to be a mesh parameter Since it is a layer parameter both nodes and elements will be assigned this parameter However Argus ONE allows you to create object specific parameters in the mesh and grid layers Such parameters are assigned only to objects of the parameter s type Object specific parameters enable you to access object specific functions in the expression dialog Layers Name Units Type Domain Outline Density aaa Creating mesh node and oan element type parameters Information Maps Layer Parameters Units Mesh Layer Parameter ee 0 Node Parameter New Element Parameter Z Duplicate Multiple Add Type Layer Params Click the radio button to set Element Params Domain in Domain Outline Density MI Density Node Params the parameter type Chapter 3 Name Units Layers Type Domain Outline Density Mesh Density Maps Domain Mesh Information Maps Layer Parameters Name Units Grid Layer Parameter Block Parameter Domain hd Domain Outline Density M Density
466. r 9 Creating and Editing a Grid 277 Move the grid Resize the grid Delete the grid Use the Magic Wand to re grid To unlock the grid 1 Bring the cursor over the handle at the top left corner of the grid The cursor changes into an open hand cursor a pointing down Click the hand cursor it changes into a closed hand 4 4 to indicate the grid is unlocking itself When unlocking is accomplished the cursor changes into an open hand cursor dh indicating that you can now use it to lower the handle to lock the grid To indicate the grid is unlocked the other three corners of the grid are highlighted SSS untitled Ce rou The grid lock handle is in a horizontal position indicating the grid is unlocked d Also note the three grid corners are highlighted Argus ONE User s Guide 278 Part 4 Finite Difference Grids Adding Rows and Columns When you first create the grid Argus ONE divides it into rows and columns of one 1 unit If one of the sides of the grid is too small it divides it and creates rows or columns of 1 10 1 100 of that side You can add grid lines one at a time or many at once To add one Vertical grid line 1 From the tool palette select the Add Column Tool F the tool highlights itself to designate that it is the active tool Hj and the cursor changes its shape to a vertical line 2 Click the tool i
467. r copy of version 2 5c until you are certain that all is fine with results you get from version 3 Change in Custom Grid Export Templates If you developed a custom grid export template you should edit such templates under version 3 to change all loops over parameters to loops over block parameters For a detailed discussion of the new features requiring this change refer to the section New Export Template Dialog and New Script Commands on page 61 Using Plug In Extensions PIEs Installing PIEs You can only use PIEs with Argus ONE version 3 and later When you install version 3 a special directory is automatically placed on the disk The directory is named ArgusPIE and contains one example PIE developed by Argus If you want to add a PIE you should place it in the this directory You can group PIEs and place them in sub directories within the ArgusPIE directory When you run Argus ONE all PIEs located in the ArgusPIE directory are loaded and become available If you purchase a product which uses PIEs follow the instructions provided by the PIE developer Disabling PIEs If you do not want a certain PIE to load when you use Argus ONE you need to take them out of the ArgusPIE directory We suggest you create a directory called UnusedPIEs in the root directory and move PIEs you do not want to load into that directory Supplements version3 5 s3 Miscellaneous New Features View Show Layers Window 3L Layers Show Hide Hid
468. r layers For example you might be describing the permeability of two formations In such cases although you might name both layers units as md you need a way to differentiate between the two on the screen To do so add a suffix such as the letters 1 and 2 to the md string TE Permeability 1 md 1 Information yf Permeability 2 md 2 Information Argus ONE User s Guide 76 Part 2 Argus ONE User s Guide Basics for Using Argus ONE To set the layer s type After creating a new layer and until you click the Done button you can change a newly created layer s type When you first create a layer its type is set to an Information type layer The small triangle at the right corner of the type field indicates that you can still change its type 1 Click and hold the mouse button in the Type field A menu with the available types pops up 2 Choose a type and release the mouse button The layer s type is changed Information Mesh Maps ral E Hew Layer Choose the required layer type Information Grid k Domain To show and hide a layer When you create a layer it is visible e To Hide a layer click the Eye icon The eye is shut to indicate the layer is hidden e To Show a layer click the Eye Lashes icon The eye is open to indicate the layer is visible Visible md 1 Information TE Permeability 1 Information Permeability 2 Hidden To turn a
469. r your numerical model at the exact format it requires Combining export scripting and the conceptual model approach Argus ONE offers a model independent environment which enables you to use it as a pre processor for any model At the same time it also enables you to interchangeably use geospatial coverages for any simulation model coupled with Argus ONE Application Development Environment Plug in support allows one to automate the use of all of the above mentioned Argus ONE components Argus Plug in Extension PIE technology enables a two way communication between external programs and Argus ONE Such external programs may be numerical models and any other algorithms or utilities that may install menus launch dialogs and execute external programs in and from within the Argus ONE graphical user interface Argus ONE PIEs may be freely distributed to any user of Argus ONE Contents INntKOdUCHON nae aseene eah Bie en aha tage Aah v Contents e an E E E Aa AE TEA aE S EE ade vii Before You Begins isenana waa eh eas Maa xi Argus ONE Grid and Mesh Modulles ccceeccecssccesteceeseceneeeeeeeeeees xii Argus ONE Plug In Extensions PIEs sssssssesssessessessseessersesssssssess xii Argus ONE Documentation ssssssseseesssessessesseesseesseessersssesssessresseeso xiii Installing and Starting Argus ONE sessssssssssssssssessseesessersseessessseesess XV Registering Argus ONE ccsssscsssccsrsscessessccenssssnsc
470. rameter over the elevation distribution of a geological formation or the bathymetry of a lake 8 Click the OK button E E Flow Around Elin d er E O cmx 8 68 y 2 07 eosimos TIEN 4rous g TE cgi TER po HO ERE ESN Q Q 0 0 Q 0 001 z0 20 Q Q Q i J GS Every post processing object is surrounded by a frame Bullets at the four corners of the object are highlighted when the object is selected To set your point of view You can instruct Argus ONE to change the 3D Surface appearance by changing your point of view You set your view by turning the object with respect to your view The three available movements are Argus ONE User s Guide 28s2 5 Supplements version 2 5 e Pitch Turning the object around your horizon e Yaw Turning the object around the vertical to your horizon e Roll Turning the object around the line of sight the line connecting your eye and the center of the object The View Panel is where you set your point of view and the object appearance The View Panel contains quick setting buttons and the extended setting buttons Using the quick setting buttons you can set your view to a number of predefined views reset to the default view and copy and paste views Using the enhanced setting buttons you have full control over the view using the three movements buttons At all times the preview window presents you with th
471. rameter_name Description amp Return Value Returns the Y gradient calculated as central difference real between the value of parameter_name at the blocks to above and below the current block NthColumnPos co _num NthRowPos row_num The two functions described in Chapter 3 have been enhanced to return the appropriate values for rotated grids If the grid is rotated these are measured as the distance from the document s origin along the grid rotated axes NthColumnPos 5 Document s Origin XN l NthRowPos 2 Supplement version 4 33 s4 New Node Functions Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value EffectiveValue parameter_name Intersects the nodes effective area with parameter_name all contours in parameter_name to create a set of polygons and returns the sum of polygons areas multiplied by their respective values Example In the following illustration the hatched polygon represents the node effective area The hatched polygon is intersected with the contours in the referenced information layer and returns the value A 20 B 10 C 30 where A B and C are the areas of intersection of the node effective area hatched and the contours in the information layer and 10 20 and 30 are the values of the contours in the referenced information layer If in the referenced layer Allow Intersection is turned on then the function will return A 20 B 10 C 30 A 10 C 10
472. rd of the area of each of the elements connected to the node Example Rainfall EffectiveArea if rainfall is an information layer describing the rainfall distribution returns the replenishment rate mass contributed by the node Name amp Syntax NodeNumber Arguments no arguments Description amp Return Value Returns the number of the node Note Used mainly in Export templates to export the node s number Name amp Syntax NodeOnBoundary Arguments no arguments Description amp Return Value Returns True 1 if the node lies on the perimeter of the domain occupied by elements the node belongs to otherwise returns False 0 Chapter 3 Layer Parameters 151 Note Can be used in an export template using the export template script If statement to export only boundary nodes Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value PositionX no arguments Returns the node s X coordinate Note Used mainly in Export templates to export the node s X coordinate Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value PositionY no arguments Returns the node s Y coordinate Note Used mainly in Export templates to export the node s Y coordinate Grid Layer Functions Grid type layers has two types of functions Grid layer functions returning general grid layer information and block fu
473. re replaced by E underscore _ Argus ONE User s Guide Supplements version3 11 s3 Expression Dialog New Appearance and Functionality Due to the large number of Argus ONE functions and Argus ONE PIE functions available and due to the large number of layers and layer parameters being used routinely by Argus ONE users the functions and layer parameters have been grouped These groups appear on the Group list The functions and layer parameters are listed in the Functions Parameters list located to the right of the Groups list This new arrangement replaces the Funcs and Layers popup menus Expression The expression editor panel E Functions ContourArea Layer Contourlcon The calculator panel Contour Length m g PIEs ContourName C E String ContourType Mathematical CountObjects nContour Layers NthY ertexx The logical operators panel HHE Maortow domain o NthYertexY MODFLOW GRID NumYertices The Group List lists all The Functions Function groups and Parameters list Layer parameters Entering Functions and Parameters in the Expression Editor Functions and Layers are separated into two different groups appearing one below the other in the Groups list Instead of selecting a function or a parameter from the shortcut menus Funcs and Layers not available anymore you should double click them in the Functions Para
474. read about these post processing and visualization capabilities refer to the Supplement chapter You can import DXF maps and Argus ONE contour maps into your project Digitized maps are very often saved in DXF format and you can also instruct most of your CAD applications to export your drawings in DXF format and import them into Argus ONE You can use maps layers containing such DXF imported files to digitize information contours in information layers within Argus ONE s workplace without the need for a stand alone digitizing table You might use maps to digitize domain boundaries material distributions topographic legal geological boundary and initial condition information Maps layers also help you orientate within complex domains where the outline of the domain is not sufficient for orientation If the DXF file you import contains polyline type objects you can import them directly into an information layer providing the contours are valid Argus ONE contours see chapter 2 You can also import Argus ONE exported contour files copy contours from other layers and paste them into Maps type layers and copy graphic objects from a maps layer to any other layer Maps type layers can serve as scratch pad layers since they do not check the graphics objects brought into them for contour validity as the other layers do Supported graphic objects A DXF file might contains vast amounts of information Argus ONE import command currently su
475. reference to a layer parameter that contains a number or an expression that results in a number such as Power Rainfall ElementArea If ElemOnBoundary 2 0 Power ElementReplenishment If ElemOnBoundary 2 0 The second preceding example is equivalent to the first if the layer parameter ElementReplenishment is defined as Rainfall ElementArea Argus ONE User s Guide 140 Part 2 Basics for Using Argus ONE Mathematical Functions Argus ONE User s Guide Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value Abs number number Real number Returns the absolute value of number Example Abs 5 0 returns 5 0 Abs layer 1 layer 2 returns the absolute of the difference in values between layer 1 and 2 at the point of evaluation Name amp Syntax Arguments Div number divisor number divisor Description amp Return Value Real number Real number Returns the integer division INT number divisor rounded towards zero Example Div 7 2 returns 3 00 Div 7 2 returns 3 00 Div 7 2 returns 3 00 Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value Exp number number Real number Returns the natural exponent of number Example Exp 4 returns 54 5982 Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value Log number number Real number Returns the natural logarithm In of number Ex
476. rent units as they appear on the rulers In the following example a simple close contour was created in the domain layer and assigned the default density of 2 centimeters File Edit Yiew Special Navigation Domain Outline C RN 10 0 o P A simple domain contour assigned a grid density of 2 cm The auto grid generator finds the domain s outline contour enclosing rectangle and creates a grid of the enclosing rectangle s size If the grid density you specify is much larger than the size of the domain Argus ONE creates a grid of one block If the enclosing rectangle s width or height can not be divided into a whole number of grid lines using the specified grid density the AGG calculates the whole number of grid lines that can be inserted and spaces them evenly over the width or height Argus ONE User s Guide 266 Part 4 Finite Difference Grids Creating Grid Density Contours When griding a domain you usually want to have more grid lines smaller blocks at some parts of the domain and less grid lines at others You may want to have a fine grid at areas were gradients are expected to be higher These areas may be along boundaries or at any other part of the domain If for example you have a well pumping at the middle of the domain or a source of contamination at the middle of a lake you want to have a fine grid around these points You define different grid densities
477. resize your window On other widowing systems use the Window Frame to resize the window This enables you to view windows from different applications while still having a view of your Argus ONE project The Maximize Box or the Zoom Box On the Macintosh click the Zoom box On other windowing systems click the Maximize box The window zooms to your screen size Click it again and the window zooms back to its previous size For further platform specific matters refer to your computer user manual Argus ONE window on the Apple Macintosh s File Edit View Special Navigation SS untitled SS 8 54 y 146 Domain Outline _ vi Arou Domain Outline 0 10 00 15 00 re Edit View mE rn lavigation cl are een ores File y Edit View Special Navigation vy emx 7 02 y 13 3 DomainOutline i Argus Domain Outline 0 5 00 10 00 m FE boy Chapter 1 The Argus ONE Workplace 51 Argus ONE window on Microsoft Windows Temz 11 y 11 8 Domain Outline fal 4reu Domain Outline 0 Argus ONE window on IBM OS2 2 untitled oO File Edit Yiew Special Navigation cmx 15 2 y 12 8 fl cee 4rgus Domain Outline 0 10 00 F 15 00 Argus ONE User s Guide 52 Part 2 Argus ONE User s Guide Basics for Using Argus ONE The Coordinate Rulers The vertical and horizontal rulers reflect the current coordinate system its scale and its units Changing the coordin
478. resolved for every parameter assigned to the layer yielding the parameter s name The Element loop iterator When using the Element loop iterator within a loop over elements it will be resolved for every element resulting in the element s number This is equivalent to using the element function ElementNumber The Node loop iterator When using the Node loop iterator within a loop over nodes it will be resolved for every node resulting in the node s number This is equivalent to using the node function NodeNumber The Block loop iterator When using the Block loop iterator within a loop over Blocks it will be resolved for every block yielding the block s number designated by row column The Column loop iterator When using the Column loop iterator within a loop over grid columns it will be resolved for every column resulting the current column number If used within the function NthColumnPos Column it results in the current column position The Row loop iterator When using the Row loop iterator within a loop over grid rows it will be resolved for every row resulting in the current row number If used within the function NthRowPos Row it results in the current row position Chapter 5 Exporting a Project 185 Resolving loops Loops are resolved during export to their value in the exported layer Loop for nodes will loop for number of nodes in the exported mesh layer Loop for e
479. rganizes menus which are created and installed by PIEs Not all PIEs will have their menus installed under the PIEs menu The PIEs menu also hosts the About Argus PIEs command which open a dialog listing the available PIEs and their description Their are 3 groups of menu items 1 The New Project group storing all commands to create a new PIE project 2 The Run Import Export group storing menus which invoke a model export data or import data 3 The Project Information group storing the current project s PIE information menu PIEs About Argus PIEs New gwflow2d Project New SUTRA Project New PTC Project New MODFLOW Project Bon MOR yy Sutra Post Proc MODFLOW Post Proc Edit Project Info The PIE Information Dialog New PIE Projects commands Run Import Export commands Edit Project Info command Select to open the PIE Information dialog The PIE Information dialog provides you with valuable information regarding the PIEs that are installed in your Argus ONE workplace Such information might include the PIE developer PIE name and the PIE version The information is provided by the PIE developer and Argus can t control it List of available PIEs PIE Information Information about available PIEs Available PIEs PIE Information ArrayPle Effective K PIE Functions PIE GenericExport PIE UnitConver
480. rgus ONE User s Guide 254 Part 3 Finite Element Meshes General Information Elements Nodes Number of Node Number of Element count count Parameters Parameters 23 20 cl 1 Empty line Node No x Pos y Pos Depth N 1 10 2306 12 5272 7 N 2 8 94292 12 8153 10 N 3 9 39094 13 7267 10 N 4 2 50472 14 2558 10 N 5 3 38667 15 323 10 N 6 3 79236 13 9677 25 Node Infromation N 7 6 0325 18 5244 7 N 8 6 87211 175325 7 N 9 5 15056 17 4573 7 N 10 8 10471 14 0059 10 N 11 7 65528 13 1034 10 N 12 8 55133 14 9261 10 N 13 6 6459 14 4909 29 N 14 6 36764 13 3915 25 N 15 7 34391 15 1631 10 N 16 Pst L172 16 1256 7 N 17 5 06341 14 8927 25 N 18 5 08 13 6796 25 N 19 6 02619 16 0471 10 N 20 4 26861 16 3901 10 Empty line Elem No Node 1 Node 2 Node 3 Depth E 1 1 2 3 10 E 2 4 5 6 10 E 3 7 8 9 7 E 4 2 10 3 10 E 5 11 10 2 10 E 6 3 10 12 10 E 7 11 13 10 10 Element Information i a 7A o os E 9 10 15 12 10 E 10 13 15 10 10 E 11 12 15 16 10 E 12 14 17 13 25 E 13 18 17 14 25 E 14 13 19 15 10 E 15 17 19 13 25 E 16 15 19 16 10 E 17 16 19 8 7 E 18 8 19 9 7 E 19 9 19 20 10 E 20 19 17 20 10 E 21 20 17 5 10 E 22 5 17 6 25 E 23 7 18 6 25 Argus ONE User s Guide Chapter 8 Exporting and Importing a Mesh 255 Export a Selection Exporting only parts of a mesh is a powerful tool enabling you to communicate with other programs you use Export nodes only Examples When you change some of the nodes values such as boun
481. rgus ONE file format is multi platform compatible You can open any Argus ONE file regardless in what platform it was created To transfer a file over the network between different platforms just make sure the transfer type is set to BINARY Save and Load Progress Bars Saving and loading large Argus ONE project files may take some time When loading and saving Argus ONE presents you with a progress bar indicating the status of the save and load operations and specifies the file name Saving Flow Around Cylinder Loading Flow Around Cylinder a Save progress bar Load progress bar Argus ONE User s Guide 30 Part 1 Basic Things to Know About Argus ONE Adding Information to the Project Argus ONE User s Guide The design of a project usually begins by incorporating different types of information That information is the basis for the definition of the problem domain and its characteristics The information source is most often obtained from maps either scanned or digitized and from nodal information listed in tables or files The scale and units of the problem domain are also derived from such maps Incorporating maps or data from maps into your Argus ONE project is supported by Maps type layers Information type layers and Data type layers described in the Supplement to this User s Guide You can describe quantitative information in an Information type layer by using three information location objects
482. rical Environments Version 4 The many new features and capabilities introduced in Argus Open Numerical Environments Argus ONE version 4 are described in detail in this supplement We suggest that you go through the table of contents and locate items that may relate to your work Contents Argus Open Numerical Environments Version 4 ccesccesseeeseeeseeeeeeeeseeeseeesaeeeneeeeeens 3 s4 OMLCIS 2 Gere S a ee Peale e sires Gir oe ee teeta tate teed I E OT 3 s4 Compatibility ISSUES v 25 cesFeiGe Sele Ge eles Bes Gee L eh es OE ates 4 s4 Revised Mod l sStr ct re ssi ee aee aere earen aea oao a o EE aE RE RE aa 4 s4 Improved Installer for MS WindowS cccscccsesscessneeeeseeceeseeeessecensneeeeseecesseeessneeeseeenaes 4 s4 Support for MS Windows 3 x Discontinued sis siecicssscasctscsdusedesenesedsnedessdesstenetenedessdeseneseneye 5 s4 Registration of Argus ONE Versions 2 6 fen elon GeO nS Sen ee One 5 s4 User Interface Enhancements ccccccccssccsssceeeseecssecesseecesseeessseeesseeeeeseecssseeesseeeessneeneaes 6 s4 New Data Layers Capabilities n ca a T R R E RERE ERR E R a a 14 s4 TET ALLO tat E dat gadieatva ass taceduae cnasadtasmeaesastaeedseaoeaee de 16 s4 Miscellaneous New Features 16136050 O eC ee C OaeeeeOeoe COG Os COO ods 21 s4 PSS UENCE CNS Cites ca ate it ag cake ateste E E E odes E E A 30 s4 New Functionality in Information Type Layers 0 cecceeceesceesneceseceseeeeneceeeeseeeseeeaees 35 s4 NewMa
483. rid 279 Specifying zero number of lines in the Horizontal or Vertical text edit boxes will add grid lines only in the specified direction un title d1 ENTS Ti SSeS y iE e1 E TE ee m NNE SSS HPS a Specifying add by count of ten by ten grid adds them to the grid lines in the selected rectangle Deleting Rows and Columns You can delete grid lines one at a time or many at once To delete one grid line 1 From the tool palette select the Delete Grid Line Tool X the tool highlights itself to designate that it is the active tool and the cursor changes its shape to across X 2 Click the tool in the grid on a grid line you wish to delete The grid line is deleted If you click in the intersection of a vertical and a horizontal grid lines both grid lines are deleted To delete a group of grid lines Click the Delete Grid Line Tool X 2 Click drag the mouse and move the cursor to create a stretch band spanning over the area from which you wish to delete the grid lines When you release the mouse button all grid lines in the marked area horizontal as well as vertical are deleted Argus ONE User s Guide 280 Part 4 Finite Difference Grids Moving a Grid Line You can move a grid line by hand or re position it at an exact location To move a grid li
484. rilateral Element Mesh Layer The Argus Numerical Environments now support a quadrilateral element mesh type The new element type is supported in the Quad Mesh layer which is available as a separate module or as a combined triangular and quadrilateral module Automatic mesh generation manual creation editing exporting and all other mesh functions are identical to those used in the triangular element module and described in detail in the User s Guide Part 3 Finite Element Meshes The Quadrilateral Auto Mesh Generation Engine The quadrilateral AMG Engine is a two stage engine At first a triangular mesh is created and then the triangular mesh is transformed into a quadrilateral mesh Argus chose to first implement this quadrilateral AMG because it enables you to mesh a domain of any shape and complexity The resulting element shapes and other characteristics such as domain shape similarity may differ from classic transformation type meshing engines Differences Between Triangular and Quadrilateral Meshes Working with quadrilateral elements only differs from working with triangular ones as a result of the quadrilateral s element additional node e The manual element creation tool has quadrilateral shape e While manually creating a quadrilateral element you can use the delete key to remove the last recorded node e Maximal angle can be set in the Preferences dialog e Element functions that require the number of the
485. ript Commands Reference 188 Argus ONE User s Guide 170 Part 2 Basics for Using Argus ONE Export Templates Overview The development and use of export templates is only available through the use of the Programmable Export Module All Plug In Extensions PIEs make extensive use of the Programmable Export Module but you can use them without having to purchase this module Export templates give you control over your export file format This enables you to directly export the information you ve created in Argus ONE to any numerical model you use in the exact file format the model requires In an export template you can specify into which files you want to redirect the output which parameters you need to export set the delimiters set the format of a parameter loop over nodes elements and blocks calculate new expressions during export set the line length etc You can name each export template you create save it to disk and load it when needed This enables you to maintain as many export templates as you need for the various models or versions of a model you use The export template is created using the Template Editor dialog The template is written in a script like language You can either use the dialog buttons to construct an export script or write an export script in you favorite text editor and load it later into Argus ONE You can create dynamic templates like those used by Argus ONE Dynamically defined templates ar
486. rmat For instance to export the number of nodes click the Expression button and type the argument NumNodes or choose it from the Funcs popup menu Export expression NumNodes i5 An expression can be either a literal that is any string or a mathematical expression A mathematical expression can include any valid Argus ONE function or parameter Argus ONE functions and parameters include mesh node element and grid functions mathematical and logical operators mathematical functions layer parameters and constants To insert an expression using the expression dialog 1 Click the Expression button in the Script Commands control panel A new script line is created 2 Click the Expression button in the Argument Editing control panel The Expression dialog box opens Mesh template Expression Construct Export Template Shortcuts Redirect output to BaseName h Start a new line 1 aan z esh rea Export expression NumElements 18 NumElements End line NumElemParameters End file NumElements NumNodeParameters NumNodes NumParameters EJ ACos ASin A Aten A A ATan2 Expression to export NumElements Expression 2 Cos Format 8 3 Delimiter CosH z Div Exp Number Format if Index Please specify number format Inter polate Use the Number Format type Bore Funciare Format dialog to Total number of d
487. rmation layers you can instruct Argus ONE to add the layer name at the top of the corresponding data column Although Argus ONE does not limit the name length do not use very long names as they might not fit in the window title Although a layer s name can contain any character if you use a digit as the name s first character use punctuation marks or use the numeric keys such as the plus sign Argus ONE will not be able to use this name in an expression If you create such a name the application brings up an alert to warn you but allows you to keep the invalid name This layer name is invalid for use in expressions The name Temperature 1 cannot be used in a calculation because it begins with a digit or contains oe ate To set the layer s units The layer s units can be any string you choose ff Temperature Information 1 If your cursor is in the name field hit the TAB key to move to the Units field Or If in another layer s line double click the Units field in the layer s line you wish to change its units 2 Type in the units name Since the units you choose appear in a text box attached to every contour you create concatenated to the value you specify for the contour keep the units name short so they do not clutter your workplace The units description appears also in the Contour Information dialog box Some times you will need to describe the same parameter in few use
488. rom which vertices are to be deleted 2 Select all vertices to be deleted 3 Press the DELETE key on your keyboard Or From the Edit menu select Clear or Cut a we wr 7 N 7 D g 7 l Lod l ae EN N Pa N N 1 Select contours 2 Select all vertices 3 Press the delete key from which vertices to be deleted or select Clear or Cut are to be deleted from the Edit menu All segments which are connected to a selected vertex are removed To copy or cut vertices 1 Select all contours from which vertices are to be copied or cut 2 Select all vertices to be copied or cut 3 From the Edit menu select Copy or Cut The contours and contour parts copied or cut are placed in the clipboard You can now paste them in any Information or Maps type layers or in any text editor Undoing Contour Editing All new editing commands are undoable Contour validity tests All contour validity tests User s Guide The Rules on page 95 are performed while you edit the contours To avoid contour validity tests you can either work in Maps type layers or if necessary and appropriate use the Allow Intersection option in Information type layers Using copy of parts of contours for setting boundary conditions Using the mesh function NodeAboveCntr layer_name to specify line type boundary conditions for nodes which lie along domain boundaries required the use of the epsilon distance optional parameter This was true
489. rops down displaying the commands To scroll through open menus drag across the menu bar with the mouse To use some commands you must first select the objects you want the command to act on These commands dimmed on a menu are unavailable until a selection is made For example you can t choose the Goto Node command on the Navigation menu until you have created at least one element Argus ONE carries out some commands right away If more information is needed to complete a command Argus ONE displays a dialog box You select options in the dialog box to control how the command is carried out When an ellipsis follows a command name choosing the command Domain Outline Mesh Grid Density Maps Formation 1 Top Depth Formation 1 Bot Depth Permeability 1 displays a dialog Porosity 1 Temperature Domain Outline Permeability 1 ae Porosity 1 Permeability 1 Permeability 1Y md 1 Permeability 12 md 1z Expression E Expression a H Multiple Add al Domain Boundary Conditions 1 Mesh Mesh Formation 2 Bot Depth Grid Grid Permeability 2 Density Information Porosity 2 Maps Maps Boundary Conditions 2 Formation 1 Top Depth m 1T Information Formation 1 Bot Depth m 1B Information nformation Information New J Remove Nearest Contour method Argus ONE User s Guide 82 Part 2 Basics for Using Argus ONE Choosing Commands You can choose commands from menus
490. rried out during each redraw of the screen If your grid contains a large number of blocks this re evaluation process slows the redraw considerably Coloring blocks should be considered as a post processing feature You should not try to work with colors all the time but use colors when you need to preview a parameter s distribution in the blocks If however you do wish to work with colors on at all times consider using the Manual Calculation command explained below Temporarily halting color evaluation If colors is on and you wish to stop color re evaluation immediately and even before all blocks are redrawn in color click the mouse anywhere in window Color evaluation is halted and the redraw continues but in black and white mode Manual Calculation and Calculate Now Menus If your mesh or grid contain many elements or blocks which are linked to complex parameters screen redraws may temper with your work Using the Manual Calculation command under the Special menu you can now instruct Argus ONE to refrain from recalculating elements and block colors values at each redraw However you must be aware that when Manual Calculation is on the colors of elements and blocks as well as the values presented on the different information dialogs will not reflect any changes you have made from the time you turned manual Calculation on To update the values you can either select Calculate Now from the Special menu or turn Manual calculati
491. rs 1 Make sure that the active layer is the data layer from which you wish to export data 2 From the File menu select Export 3 Use the standard Save File dialog box to name and select where to save the file All of the data layer parameters and data point locations are exported to the file Export Data File Format The file format is identical to the input file format of scattered data For a detailed listing of that format refer to the section Scattered data on page 10 in this chapter Argus MeshMaker User s Guide Supplements version 2 5 19 s2 5 Enhanced Maps Layers Overview The Maps type layer has been enhanced to enable you to perform many CAD and Post Processing tasks These enhancements include additional drawing tools scientific visualization methods enhanced color for DXF objects and scalable fonts Using these tools Argus ONE enables you to complete a full cycle of a modeling project within the same workplace You can import your data into Argus ONE s workplace create your meshes and grids interpolate information onto them export to all the models you use and develop import the model results and visualize them and print images for your reports The visualization methods are created as maps layer objects that can be resized moved and arranged so that you can create a meaningful presentation that overlay your project s region Color and Values in DXF Files When you import objects from DXF fi
492. rs 12 2 Empty line Rows position 2058 3175 3 13 4252 479 5328 5867 6405 6943 7482 Colums position 867486 1 94702 02656 1061 18564 26518 34472 42426 50379 758033 11 6629 12 7424 13 8798 Empty line Chapter 10 Exporting a Grid 297 Deactivated blocks matrix Blocks parameters values Importing a Grid See supplement version 3 0 1 1 0 0 Empty line Depth dl 7 7 10 7 10 7 10 7 10 7 10 7 7 7 Existency table 0 10 10 25 10 10 PrPrPrPrP RP RP PRP Oo 10 10 25 25 29 10 PRR OOFrRPrFR EHF oO 10 25 25 25 25 10 PrPrPrRPOFRFRFR oO 10 25 25 25 10 10 PPP rPrP PrP RP PrP Oo PPP rP PPP PPB PPP rP PPP PB ee ee OrRPrRPrRRP FP BP FP b COCO OOF FO ee a ee ee ee ee ee Argus ONE User s Guide 298 Part 4 Finite Difference Grids Argus ONE User s Guide Appendixes Appendix A Keyboard and Mouse Shortcuts This appendix summarizes the shortcut procedures you can use with either the keyboard or the mouse to help speed your work with Argus ONE The first section of the appendix lists and describes the keyboard shortcuts available to you The second section summarizes the mouse shortcuts The final section summarizes keyboard and mouse combination shortcuts Keyboard Shortcuts You don t always have to use the mouse to use Argus ONE most commands and operations ar
493. rsion 2 5 Layer v First Realization Data Value MAMMAL UUL CEN 1 Available data layers are listed in the menu 6 Second Realization Data From the Value popup menu select the parameter its distribution you wish to plot All the parameters that have been read or imported into the selected data layer are presented Layer M First Realization Data Value Y Pressure1 Y Pressurel 7 Click the OK button A Contour Diagram post processing object representing the pressure distribution in a flow field around a cylinder a CG Sss555e0009 Brite DERDE NADwD NANM 0 6 5 4 2 l a 1 2 3 4 5 amp Controlling other parameters You can also control the following parameters Argus MeshMaker User s Guide Show Hide axes Show Hide legend Keep Ignore ratio When keep ratio is off the objects frame horizontal vertical ratio overrides the coordinate system ratio Revert the X axis Revert the Y axis Set the contour line thickness Turn off contour coloring Set the minimum and maximum values to be contoured Set the contours interval Supplements version 2 5 3782 5 Creating and Editing a Path Line Diagram The path line diagram post processing object enables you to visualize particle path lines while letting you control the size location color line thickness axes and legend To create a particle path line diagram you specify t
494. rst and second sides e To constrain a line segment to 0 15 30 etc press SHIFT and drag at the approximate angle Selecting and Opening Objects Argus ONE s workplace contains the objects you create These are nodes elements grids blocks contours and maps layer objects You can reshape delete and move each of these objects To operate on objects you must first select them When you select objects Argus ONE changes their status and indicates they are selected by highlighting them Argus ONE highlights different objects in different ways Since Argus ONE s objects carry not only shape information you can open objects to view and set the object s related information The following paragraphs describe selecting and opening techniques Chapter 1 Selecting objects The Argus ONE Workplace 85 To select Method deselected Visual Feedback selected Node Bring the cursor over the node and click The node is highlighted to indicate it is selected EZ GW g 9 Element Bring the cursor over the element and click The element is highlighted to indicate it is selected Grid Bring the cursor over the grid and click Handles at the four grid corners are highlighted to indicate it is selected Block Bring the cursor over the block and click The block is highlighted to indicate it is selected Contour Bring the cursor over the contour a
495. ry Inverse Distance weighted Interpolation algorithm In the following example a grid is linked to the information layer Concentration The Concentration layer was set to use the Interpolate contour method Grid blocks are assigned interpolated values Forinterpolation Concentration El Arou emx 13 4 y 13 4 Concentration 30 ppm bo ne ee A finite difference mE a i grid linked to an information layer describing the initial concentration of a contaminant Note that since the Interpolate Contour interpretation method is applied to the Concentration layer the grid blocks values are the interpolated values of the point wise information Important Note Choosing the Interpolate Contours method for an information layer interpolates contour values as well Argus ONE disassembles the contours to their vertices and treats them as discrete points All vertices on a contour are considered as equal value points the value of the contour they form You can also use the Interpolate function available through the Expression Dialog Funcs menu to instruct Argus ONE to interpolate any expression you define Chapter 2 Working with Information Layers 119 Setting the Contours Interpretation Method You can change the interpretation method of an information layer at any time When you first create a new layer Argus ONE sets it to the default interpretati
496. ry Seg ments on Mesh Density 197 Disabling Small Segments Effect 198 To open the preferences dialog 199 To open the mesh preferences controls 199 To disable the small segments effect 199 Other Domain Factors Affecting Mesh Density 200 Setting Other Meshing Preferences 203 Setting the Element Growth Rate 203 To set element growth rate to maximum 204 To set element growth rate to minimum 205 Setting the Number of Smoothing Iterations 206 To set the number of smoothing iterations 206 Creating Mesh Density Contours 206 To Define Mesh Density Contours 206 To Check your Mesh for Acute Elements 208 To find out the total number of acute elements 208 Setting Different Mesh Densities in Differ ent Domain Areas 209 Assigning Domain Contour Objects Mesh Densities 211 To assign mesh density to other domain contour objects 211 Controlling Automatic Mesh Generation 212 Meshing Multiple Domains 212 Argus ONE User s Guide 192 Part 3 Overview The three meshing rules Argus ONE User s Guide Finite Element Meshes The two Argus ONE mesh modules support two types of elements the Triangular element and Qquadrilateral element Except for their different shapes the two types are handled by Argus ONE in an identical manner Thus although all the examples and illustrations are of triangular elements the methods described are identical for Quadrilateral element meshes The mesh you create has a tremendous impact on the solut
497. s all layers are visible Chapter 7 Editing and Refining a Mesh 215 View v Opaque Elements v Show Element Name Show Element No v Show Element Icon v Show Nodes v Show Node Name Show Node No v Show Node Icon Layers L Showing and Hiding Layers Showing and hiding layers enables you to view the mesh with respect to only some of the layers Hiding and showing of layers and moving between layers are explained in detail in the chapter The Argus ONE Workplace To hide or show a layer e From the View menu choose Hide or Show Layer name EEK aa a THY KSEE DOD Show Hide Hide Others Show All v Show Info Ruler Colors Calculate colors Argus ONE s default zoom level is set to 100 percent When zooming using the zooming tools Argus ONE centers the zoomed view Saving a project saves the zoom level too Hide Domain Outline Hide Mesh Hide Permeability Hide Grid Hide Density Hide Maps 2 Zooming AN A LACE UT RA IPO AY COS OY The contours visible on the previous snapshot are hidden The domain outline contour is visible since the domain layer is visible When you want to edit a part of the mesh that is too small to edit in the current zoom level Zoom In or to select large areas of the mesh Zoom Out to refrain from tedious autoscroll A detailed discussion about zooming
498. s Info Contour Icon gt Icon Size All objects fit in the current window size The Zoom to Fit command fits all objects in your document to the current window size including those in hidden layers fo ed Argus 776 99 Argus ONE User s Guide 26 s4 Supplement version 4 Print Area The print area option allows you to set an area within your project s drawing size that will print when you issue the print command The default print area is set to be identical to the drawing size Setting the Print Area You can set the print area in one of two ways e Moving the Tab icons in the horizontal and vertical rulers e Using the Set Print Area dialog to define it numerically medit mmb EE The horizontal Tab icons defining the horizontal extent of the print area The vertical Tab icons defining the vertical extent of the print area The Print Area rectangle Set Print Area Please specify print area Horizontal Origin Pull to Show Hide the Yertical Origin print area rectangle Import Domain Outline gt Horizontal Extent Vertical Extent 8 73142 Document Limits Page Setup Print Area Print lav Show Print Area Set Print Area Reset Print Area Pull to open the
499. s ONE where you want the project stored Each time you save the project thereafter the current version of the project on your screen replaces the version on the disk The project remains open so you can continue working 1 From the File menu choose Save Argus ONE displays the Save As dialog box 2 Type the project s name in the Save as box File naming conventions on the different computing platforms vary On MS Windows running under DOS file naming is very limited If you intend to send your files to a colleague working on MS Windows under DOS keep in mind that your file names will be truncated to eight characters followed by a period followed by three additional characters 3 Open the directory folder you want to save the current project in 4 Click the Save button If you assign a name of a project already on the disk or in the current folder Argus ONE asks you if you want to replace the existing project Choose No to preserve the existing project and then type a different name Choose Yes to replace the existing project with the one on the screen Chapter 4 Opening and Saving Your Projects 167 To Rename a Project or Copy It to Another Location When you choose the Save command Argus ONE saves the open project under the name and location you last gave it using the Save As dialog box Use the Save As command to create more than one version of the project or to save copies on another disk for safekeeping You can save e
500. s ONE User s Guide 36 Part 1 Node Information dialog box Argus ONE User s Guide Basic Things to Know About Argus ONE Editing and Adding Node Element or Block Information Since every object on the screen is a dynamic object you may view and change its related information by double clicking on it This is true for contours nodes elements and blocks You can view and edit the information linked to nodes and elements by selecting and double clicking them If you are using finite difference grid the same applies to block information To edit node information e Double clicking a node or a selected group of nodes brings up the Node Information dialog box Node coordinates Node number Information about Node 6 OK The node Icon opup menu osition x 2 4 Cancel popup Position y 8 1 Node name The Source Node Parameter alue Units Initial Condition Boundary Condit 1 BC 01 BC Yalue 100 Permeability 0 5 md Temperature The node values from linked layers e To override the data automatically assigned to the node from an information layer just click the value field and enter the required data in the text edit box To re establish the link just select all the digits in the text edit box and delete them e To name the node type its name in the Node name text edit box e To assign the node an icon choose an icon from the Icon popup menu Nodes Marked with names and icons
501. s elements 2 times Supplements version 3 33 s3 Name amp Syntax CountNodes condition Arguments condition Description amp Return Value condition can be any logical expression returning True 1 or False 0 Returns the number of nodes in a mesh layer which satisfy the condition Example Some models require that you provide the number of nodes satisfying a condition These may be the number of nodes in which you specify boundary conditions Use this function in an export template to provide the model with the information required For instance if the model requires the number of nodes acting as sources create the expression CountNodes NodeAboveCntr Wells 0 Note Try not to use this function from within a mesh parameter as it performs nodes 2 times New Element Functions Name amp Syntax EffectiveValue Parameter_name Arguments Parameter_Name Description amp Return Value Intersects element boundary with all contours in Parameter_Name to create a set of polygons and returns the sum of polygons areas multiplied by their respective values 10 Units 20 Units The dark gray polygon is created by the intersection of the triangle element and the left contour of value 10 for example area 0 8 The light gray polygon is created by the intersection of the triangle element and the right contour of value 20 E for example area 0
502. s in every layer type For example the general function Cos returns the cosine of an angle you can use this function in any layer type Layer specific functions are available only in the appropriate layer For example the mesh layer function NumNodes returning the number of nodes in a mesh layer has no meaning in non mesh type layers All of Argus ONE functions can be also used in export templates Function Categories Argus ONE functions can be divided into five main categories mathematical trigonometric logical geometric and layer specific functions These are described in the following table Category Action Mathematical Performs mathematical actions on values Trigonometric Performs trigonometric actions on values Logical Returns logical values Geometric Returns location Mesh type layers Returns mesh layer related information Element Returns element related information Node Returns node related information Grid type layers Returns grid layer related information Block Returns block related information Information type layers Contour Returns Information layer related values Returns contour related information Chapter 3 Layer Parameters 139 How Function Descriptions Are Organized To help you find information function descriptions follow a template consisting of some or all of the following parts e Name The name of the function as you type it into Argus ONE e Returnvalue What the function re
503. s name from the Layers selection popup menu in the information layer Hidden layers names are dimmed The active layer is marked with a check mark to its left The active layer s name appears in the Layers selection popup menu 3 You could also open the Layers dialog box and set the layer to active by checking its active check mark Showing and Hiding Layers Since Argus ONE enables you to view and manipulate large amounts of information your workplace may become cluttered To allow you to have a clear view of your work and to concentrate on different sets of data at different times Argus ONE supports many tools for information hiding Argus ONE enables you to fully control the types of data you want to see You can control layers hiding as well as hiding of the various objects in a layer The View menu is where you determine what is shown and what is hidden The following paragraphs describe layers hiding To learn other information hiding techniques refer to the chapters Working with Information Layers Editing and Refining a Mesh and Creating and Editing a Grid As described before you can set the active layer and the visible layers in the Layers dialog box However to quickly hide and show layers you should use the following techniques Chapter 1 The Argus ONE Workplace 79 View v Opaque Elements v Show Element Name Show Element No v Show Element Icon v Show Nodes v Show Node
504. s name is the active one 2 From the View menu choose Show Contour Name All contours names in the layer are hidden The check mark y next to the menu item is removed to indicate that this option is turned off To show contours name 1 Make sure the layer in which you want to show the contour s name is the active one 2 From the View menu choose Show Contour Name All contours names are shown A check mark y next to the menu item indicates that this option is turned on pN SSS World ESN oomen tutine IS 3 4roy s i _ 10 00 i SSS World BSB tome tutine Il 3 4roy s i _ 10 00 i i 5 i g Americas 2 Density Contours names and values are visible Contours names and values are hidden Chapter 2 Working with Information Layers 115 View v Opaque Contours theur Contaur hres v Show Contour Name v Show Contour Value i ie ay jogs Sham ihaw k Layers L Show Hide gt Hide Others 3H Show All v Show Info Ruler Colors Calculate colors Contours can be made opaque only when Colors is on Seeing Through Information Contours As explained in chapter 1 you can instruct Argus ONE to evaluate contours in an Information layer using colors When you turn colors on and set an evaluation parameter contours are colored to reflect their values When
505. s numbering 229 Detaching Elements 229 To detach an element or a group of ele ments 229 Node numbering 230 Finding a detached group of elements within the mesh 230 Assigning Element Information 231 To assign and edit element data 231 Creating Elements Manually 232 To Manually Create an Element 232 Validity Tests 232 To create an element using existing nodes 234 Constraining cursor movements 234 Refining Elements 234 To refine elements 235 Using manual element creation and re finement to create a regular mesh 236 Smoothing Elements 237 To smooth elements 237 To set the number of smoothing iterations 238 Renumbering BandWidth Optimization 238 Renumbering a Mesh an Example 239 To optimize the mesh BandWidth 240 Searching the Mesh Database 241 Using Nodes or Elements Parameters to De fine Search Criteria 241 To Search a Mesh 242 Defining a search criteria 242 Expanding the Search Scope 244 Search Examples 245 Coloring Elements 246 Colors and Performance Considerations 247 Temporarily halting color evaluation 247 Manual Calculation and Calculate Now Menus 247 Argus ONE User s Guide 214 Part 3 Finite Element Meshes Overview As you have seen in the previous chapters Argus ONE gives you a high degree of control of the mesh shape using the domain layer and the mesh density layer techniques Argus ONE s mesh editing capabilities enable you to control the mesh with regard to each element and node in it
506. s the number of the neighbour_num element s neighbour_num neighboring element Returns 0 if there is no such element Returns zero for all three arguments if the element is disjoined Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value NthNodeNum node_num 1 2 or 3 Returns the node number of the element s node_num Note Used mainly in Export templates to export the element s node numbers Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value NthSideCenterX side_num 1 2 or 3 Returns the X coordinate of the element s side_num side midpoint Argus ONE User s Guide 150 Part 2 Basics for Using Argus ONE Argus ONE User s Guide Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value NthSideCenterY side_num 1 2 or 3 Returns the Y coordinate of the element s side_num side midpoint Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value NthSideLength side_num 1 2 or 3 Returns the length of the element s side_num side Mesh Layer Node Functions These functions can be invoked only for node related parameters To read more about setting mesh layer parameter types refer to the chapter Editing and Refining a Mesh Name amp Syntax EffectiveArea Arguments no arguments Description amp Return Value Returns the node s effective area Node effective area is defined as the sum of thi
507. scribing a 256 node Moving a 17 223 nodes and elements Editing 15 nodes and elements Selecting 14 nodes only Select 221 nodes highlight Show and hide the 216 nodes names Show and hide 216 nodes Detaching 225 nodes Export only 255 nodes Joining 224 nodes Selecting groups of 14 nodes Selecting only 221 0 objects Opening 88 opaque and transparent blocks 270 opaque and transparent elements 214 Open another project 165 Open contour 195 264 Open contours representation 105 Open the construct export template dialog 170 Open the layers dialog box 73 Open the mesh preferences controls 199 Open the preferences dialog 199 open contour Create an 100 open contours Creating 99 Opening objects 88 operators Using 136 317 Optimize the mesh BandWidth 240 Order of evaluation of functions and parameters 137 Order of evaluation of operators functions and parameters 137 Order of evaluation of parameters 137 output files format Choosing the 39 overridden parameter values Default vs Manually 128 P parameter ordering Change 131 parameter value Manually override a 129 parameter values Default vs Manually overridden 128 parameter s name Change a layer 130 parameter Describing the spatial distribution of a 32 parameter Remove a 132 Parameters full names 130 parameters naming Linked 135 parameters Creating object specific 126 parameters Link 133 Paste contours in a
508. se is used for carrying out a menu command or a command button in a dialog box Argus ONE User s Guide xiv Before You Begin Argus ONE User s Guide The phrase Choose the OK button means that you can either click the OK button with the mouse or press the ENTER key on the keyboard to carry out the default action The word select is used for highlighting the part of the mesh grid contour or any selectable object that you want your next action to affect and for selecting a specific dialog box option Bulleted lists such as this one provide information not procedural steps A numbered list 1 2 indicates a procedure with one or more sequential steps Whenever possible general procedures are given that apply to the mouse For equivalent keyboard procedures see Appendix A Keyboard and Mouse Shortcuts Mouse Conventions You can either use a single button mouse or multiple button mouse with Argus ONE If you have a multiple button mouse Argus ONE assumes that you have configured the left mouse button as the primary mouse button Any procedure that requires you to click the secondary button will refer to it as the right mouse button Point means to position the mouse pointer until the tip of the pointer rests on what you want to point to on the screen For example Point to the node Click means to press and immediately release the mouse button without moving the mouse F
509. se Save 5 Save As Export Import b Page Setup Print Export b Import b Page Setup Print Quit 360 Point to the File menu and press the mouse button then drag the selection bar to Open and release the mouse button 2 Locate the file you want to open in the Open dialog box and open it by clicking the Open button On the Macintosh the Open dialog box will show only valid Argus ONE files To start a new project Use the New command from the File menu to open a new untitled project window Important note for Macintosh users If you close the last open window of the application the application quits Argus ONE User s Guide 6 Part 1 Basic Things to Know About Argus ONE Creating a Project Nature was not created on a grid ora mesh numerical entities the data assigned to them comes from the real world Argus ONE User s Guide A typical project encompasses the range of tasks you would perform in order to describe in detail the problem at hand Starting with defining the domain s outline from descriptive information such as digitized maps in DXF format of boundary conditions sources and sinks adding initial conditions material properties and ending up with a mesh or grid of that domain Argus ONE workplace is based on CAD like layers transparency sheets or mylars in which you create and maintain the different types of information you need usi
510. se contact us Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value Contains string string string is the string of characters in which substring substring substring is to be searched for Both arguments are case sensitive and thus the function is also case sensitive Returns True 1 if substring was found within string Returns False 0 if substring was not found within string Example Contains Argus Arg returns True 1 Contains Argus Args returns False 0 Contains ContourName Sources Well1 will return True 1 for all contours in layer Sources assigned a string containing the substring Wells Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value Length string string string is the string whose number of characters you wish to count Returns the number of characters in string Integer Example Length Argus returns 5 Length Argus Numerical Environments returns 27 Supplements version3 25 s3 Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value Lower string string string is the string whose characters are to be converted to lower case Returns string in lower case Example Lower ARGUS Lower Argus Lower argus returns argus returns argus returns argus Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp
511. select the source data layer Argus ONE creates a 3D Surface by plotting the Z values at the vertices of the triangulation read from the data layer To create a 3D Surface 1 Make sure that there is at least one data layer into which a data set was read 2 From the Layers menu select the maps layer in which you wish to create the post processing object 3 From the tool palette select the 3D Surface tool 4 Click the cursor where you want the object to start and stretch a rectangle to where you want it to end The 3D Surface dialog opens to let you specify additional parameters 3D Surface Please specify object information Pull down to select the data layer parameter to be visualized Pull down to select another data layer parameter to color the surface Layer v First Realization Data Value v Pressure 1 OK Cancel Position Check to view the triangulation triangles Color v Pressure 1 E From Top Paste Yiew S From Front Copy iew x D From Right Reset Yiew z pa E Uncheck to hide the legend C Show triangles border PJ Show legend EX Keep ratio EJ Show colors EJ Add Shading actor C JK Calculate Automatically Check to add shading Uncheck to allow Argus ONE to distort the X and Y ratio according to the object frame size Click here to cancel creating the object Click here to
512. sh layer Set the 262 density Default grid 265 density Default mesh 196 Detach an element or a group of elements 229 detached elements Finding a group within the mesh 230 Detaching elements 229 Detaching nodes 225 dialog boxes Choosing options in 303 Domain layers tool palette 57 Domain outline contour 194 263 domain and density layers associated with a mesh layer 262 domain contour objects mesh densities Assigning 211 domain layer associated with a grid layer Set the 193 domain outline contour Example of an exported 110 domain outline contours Ordering In Import 107 domain outline Create a 9 20 domain type layer Contours ina 94 domain s island contours using copy and paste Create 11 domain Defining the 8 19 Argus ONE User s Guide 312 domain Meshing the 11 Drag contours 103 Drawing size 65 Drawing size and scale amp units 65 drawing size Set the 66 drawing size View the entire 65 Duplicate a layer 77 Duplicate a layer parameter 132 Duplicating a contour 112 DXF file Import a 69 DXF file Import a background map stored as a 8 DXF file Import contours from a 104 Dynamic arguments interpretation and resolving 183 dynamic delimiter Resolving the 183 E Edit a template 171 Edit element and block information 37 Edit node information 36 Editing contours using other applications 111 Editing the grid 25 Element information 52 element and block informat
513. sh or grid layers Argus ONE alerts you and does not allow you to remove the layer Sorry this layer is used by another layer and can t be removed To duplicate a layer To shorten layers definition Argus ONE enables you to duplicate a layer 1 Select the layer you wish to duplicate 2 In the layers control panel click the Duplicate button The layer and all its parameters are duplicated To keep layer naming valid Argus ONE adds a suffix digit to the name of the duplicated layer If the originating layer s name has a suffix digit the digit is incremented to the next available digit Argus ONE User s Guide 78 Part 2 Mesh Mg Domain Outline Mesh Grid Density Maps Formation 1 Top Depth Formation 1 Bot Depth Permeability 1 Porosity 1 Boundary Conditions 1 Formation 2 Bot Depth Permeability 2 Porosity 2 v Boundary Conditions 2 Temperature Argus ONE User s Guide Basics for Using Argus ONE Moving Between Layers Moving between layers enables you to set the active front most layer The active layer is the layer that is currently above all other layers and in which you can operate on objects There are three techniques you can use to set a layer to be the active layer 1 Click the up or down arrow of the Layer selection button Using the Layer selection button enables you to scroll between the visible layers If no visible layer is available The arrow is dimmed 2 Choose the layer
514. si VirtualNode PIE PF Unregistered PIE Contains 71 PIE components To view a PIE s info select it from the PIEs list Supplement version4 13 s4 Dialog Enhancements Most of Argus ONE dialogs are resizable Some of the more complex dialogs feature tooltips for buttons an information ruler and a help button Domain Outline Domain Density Sem Click to open QuadMesh Quad Mesh the on line help Grid Grid Data Data New Remove Maps Maps Sp Q Duplicate 9 PA Lz Domain Outlines zf Density Click drag Set the current parameter type to resize Help about the item the cursor lies above the dialog Expression Dialog New Capabilities The following two new features have been added to the expression dialog e You can select a function or a parameter by typing their first letters e Global and export template variables are accessible from the function list Expression B G7 C ldealGasConstant Selecting the Variables group presents all the Functions AtomicMassUnit available global variables Li Avogad r r Sa n i in the function list Contour Yariables Global PIEs String y Mathematical dea To select an item from one of Layers Univera o the lists by its name porer Outline j spice 1 Click in the list from which QuadMesh you want to select an item Grid Data 2 Type
515. sibility of information To show and hide a group of layers 1 Select the group of layers you wish to show or hide by shift clicking them 2 Click the eye icon on one of the lines of the selected layers to toggle the layers visibility All layers in the selection are toggled KENNEDY 2 5 MMB EJ Km x 4 41e 05 y 5 2e 0 Domain Outline v MERA x r Domain Outline O Density sd gus apo ap opoo aopo Domain Outline Grid Density Depth Manning Eastern Boundary Southern Boundary Western Boundary IACTY h Maps courtesy of Adele Militello Conrad Blucher Institute Texas A amp M m a To hide all layers Click the None button to hide all layers but the active layer Supplements version3 7 s3 To show all layers Click the All button to show all layers To open the Layers dialog Click the Layers button to open the Layers Dialog To move resize and close the Layers window To move the window drag it in the window title To resize the window use the resize box To close it click the close box at the top left corner of the window Performance considerations If the Layers window floats above the main widget of the Argus ONE window scrolling and redraws may become very slow To avoid this either place the Layers window outside the main drawing area or close it all together SSS KENNE
516. sign a value to a set of elements nodes and or blocks and you can not do so using the automatic GIS functionality you can visually select them and assign them the required value e Assigning a value to a group of objects which are grouped based on the range of values assigned to them If you need to change a group of objects values which are within a known range to a single value you can use the search command to select them and then change their values e If you need to quickly clear all manually entered override values and reinstate the default values assigned in the layers dialog Enhanced Object Information Dialogs If more than one object is selected when you open the contour block node and element information dialogs additional buttons are presented to allow you to assign values to all or some of the objects in the selection Supplements version3 17 s3 Information dialogs for multiple selected objects The screen capture below is of the node information dialog The contour block and element information dialogs are all enhanced in the same way Node Information gt __The node information dialog Information about Node 1 OK as opened when multiple nodes are selected Position x 4 55083 Cancel a Use this panel to control the objects and parameters you Ieai assign changes to Node name Porosity 1 Porosity 2 Boundary Condition Typ BC Value Boundary Condition Typ BC Yalue 1 Ch
517. since you exported it to your model 2 Inthe Import Data dialog click the Grid Data radio button to set the data format to Grid data 3 Click the Read Triangulation from Layer radio button 4 Click the OK button Use the standard Open File dialog box to locate and choose the file containing the data Click this radio button to select grid data ___ rid aste Read triangulation from file Grid is Block Centered Click this radio button to specify that the triangulation information row and column positions is to be read from a grid layer Read triangulation from layer Line Centered Choose the grid layer which correspond to the data you import Grid data file format Read triangulation from a grid layer The first line of a file describing grid data Number of Block Parameters The line is terminated by a CARRIAGE RETURN The number of block parameters is the number of values assigned to each block The number of parameters is unlimited Matrix describing block parameters For each parameter value a matrix of Number of Rows by Number of Columns describing the blocks parameter value BlockParam BlockParam BlockParam numberof Columns 1 BlockParam BlockParam BlockParam umber of columns 2 BlockParam 3 BlockParam 3 BlockParam umber of Columns 3 BlockParam Number of Rows BlockParam 21 x s a BlockParam Number of Columns
518. sing Argus ONE Information digitized onto a contour map Digitized contour map in a Real world Argus ONE information layer Contours in a domain type layer Close contours are used to describe the domain s outline or border Open contours are used to describe line entities such as rivers faults etc Point objects can be used to describe point sources or point loads Open contours will force elements to be created along them element sides will not cross the open contour and point objects will force a node through them Contour Parameters and Values When you create information type or domain type layers they are created with one parameter This automatically created parameter is where you assign a contour s value You can create as many parameters as you need for a layer and they will act the same as the one automatically created You assign each contour you create a value for each of its parameters The automatically created parameter called the main layer parameter has a special meaning in a domain type layer It is named Density and is interpreted during auto mesh generation and auto grid generation as the required average element and block size On the meaning and use of mesh and grid density refer to the chapter Meshing a Domain and the chapter Creating and Editing a Grid Argus ONE User s Guide Chapter 2 Working with Information Layers 95 Contours and Contour Maps Definit
519. sion 3 e From the Interpolation Method popup menu select an interpolation method UnvDistSq NN2D SCANN2D v1 A simple example for testing the use of the PIE In the following example a synthetic data set is created at mesh nodes read into a data type layer and then interpolated using NN2D Simply substitute the reference name for any other interpolator desired Argus ONE User s Guide 56 s4 Supplement version 4 Argus ONE User s Guide Creating a synthetic data set 1 2 3 4 In a mesh type layer create a mesh See Argus ONE Manual for help Open the Layers Dialog Create in the mesh layer a new node parameter named OBSERVATIONS and for values assign it the expression X This will assign the nodes the nodal X coordinate values at each node Close the Layers Dialog Reading the synthetic data set into a data layer 5 6 7 In the main window select the DATA layer From the FILE menu select Read Data from Layer A dialog box opens From the list select OBSERVATIONS under the TriMesh layer The data are read from all nodes to the data layer The small dots indicate the position of data points Setting the interpolation method to NN2D 8 9 10 11 Open the Layers Dialog In the layers list select the appropriate parameter of the Data layer From the Interpolation Method popup menu at the bottom of the dialog select NN2D Close the Layers dialog Viewing the interpolate
520. supports the following file format for exporting grids Data fields can be delimited by the Tab Space or Comma or any other string of characters The first line of a grid export file Number of Row Number of Columns Number of grid amp block parameters 1 The number of grid and block parameters is incremented by one to acount for the active inactive block matrix see follwing paragraphs A line describing rows position There are Number of Rows 1 lines describing the rows Ycoordinate They are ordered from row 1 to Number of Rows 1 Row Y Coordinate After Number of Rows 1 lines there is an empty line A line describing columns position There are Number of Columns 1 lines describing the columns X coordinate They are ordered from column 1 to Number of Columns 1 Argus ONE User s Guide 294 Part 4 Argus ONE User s Guide Finite Difference Grids Column X Coordinate After Number of Columns 1 lines there is an empty line A matrix describing active and inactive blocks Each block is marked with either one 1 or zero 0 If you have deactivated a block it is marked by a zero 0 otherwize it is marked by one 1 Block Block Blocks BIOCK Number of Columns 1 Block 5 Block 5 Block BIOCK umber of Columns 2 Block 43 Block 53 Blocks BIOCK Number of Columns 3 Block 1 Number of Rows Block 21 Block 3 1 Blo
521. t For an end node it returns half the length of the single segment connected to it and which also lies above the object Can be used for boundary conditions For instance to calculate the mass contributed to a node from a river or a fracture create the following node parameter expression EffectiveLength Rivers Argus ONE User s Guide 36 s3 Supplements version 3 Name amp Syntax Nodelcon Arguments no arguments Description amp Return Value Returns the index integer of the icon assigned to the node If the node is not assigned an icon returns 0 zero Icons are indexed from 1 according to their order of appearance in the Node Icon pop up menu Name amp Syntax NodeName Arguments no arguments Description amp Return Value Returns the name string assigned to the node If the node is not assigned a name returns an empty string The return value is case sensitive New Functionality in Information Layers Information type layers including domain and density type layers and the contours they store have been enhanced to support the following capabilities Argus ONE User s Guide e Contour vertices editing tools e The contour s icon can now be copied and pasted with the contour e New preferences for contour copying e The Information ruler presents the value of the parameter selected in the Colors legend Editing Contours and Contour Vertices Argus
522. t grid densities to different zones in it and finally letting Argus ONE grid it The three main stages in griding a domain are 1 Defining the domain by creating a domain outline contour 2 Setting grid densities 3 Clicking the Magic Wand in the domain You define the domain in a domain outline type layer by creating an outline contour Creating contours is explained in detail in chapter 2 Working with Information Layers In this chapter you will learn the techniques that will enable you to create a grid that will answer your numerical needs This chapter explains the effects of a grid density layer and of the shape of the domain outline contour on the grid Argus ONE s grid editing capabilities enable you to control the grid with respect to each row column and block in it thus transforming grid creation into an art In this chapter you will also learn about grid editing techniques Argus ONE s automatic grid generation AGG engine performs griding in two major steps creating the grid rows and columns and deactivating grid blocks lying outside the domain and in domain islands Two finite difference grids types are available e Grid centered grid lines lie at block centers e Block centered grid lines lie at blocks borders Argus MeshMaker User s Guide Chapter 9 Creating and Editing a Grid 261 Grid Centered and Block Centered Finite Difference Grids Some finite difference based numerical simulators
523. t in Layer within a loop over blocks and elements This enables you to export all objects in a layer which intersect or are contained within a block or an element Usually you will need to export information by block however if your code requires that you list all the objects in all layers per block or element you can nest a loop over objects in layer within a loop over blocks or elements within a loop over layers The following example exports for each blocks the length of intersection of contours in each layer named rivers1 rivers2 and rivers3 as well as the area of intersection between each block and contours in each of the layers named lakes1 lakes2 and lakes3 The functions ContourIntersectLength and ContourIntersectArea which are unique to Loop for Object in Layer are described below Also the use of square brackets as loop variable is also explained below Define variable i integer Define variable j integer Define variable NumLayers integer Set variable NumLayers 3 Redirect output to rivers_lakes exp Loop from 1 to 3 Loop for Variable i from 1 to NumLayers step 1 Loop for Blocks Loop for Blocks Loop for all objects in layers named riversl rivers2 and rivers3 and export the length of rivers which intersects with the current block Loop for Objects in layer Rivers i Export expression ContourIntersectLength G0 End loop End loop Loop for Blocks Loop for all objects in layers named lakesl lak
524. t looses its magic and dims out Macintosh Holding down the OPTION key changes the arrow cursor to a magnifying glass Holding the OPTION and SHIFT keys turns it to a Zoom Out tool Other Platforms use the ALT key instead the OPTION key b9 3 2 0 Argus ONE is performing a timely task Basic Mouse Techniques The following table provides a review of basic mouse techniques you ll need to know to work in Argus ONE For more information and practice using these skills see Your First Argus ONE Project earlier in this manual Argus ONE User s Guide 84 Part 2 Argus ONE User s Guide Basics for Using Argus ONE To Do this Point Position the mouse cursor on or next to something Click Position the cursor and then quickly press and release the mouse button Double click Position the cursor and then quickly press and release the mouse button twice Drag Position the cursor Press and hold down the mouse button as you move the cursor to the desired position Then release the button You often drag something to a new location or drag through a list to select an item Constraining Cursor Movements You can constrain cursor movements during the creation and editing of objects Angle constraints When you create an element or a contour you can constrain the angle of the current line segment in steps of 15 starting at 0 During element creation you can constrain the fi
525. t the object to start and stretch a rectangle to where you want it to end The Vector Diagram dialog opens to let you specify additional parameters Arrows Diagram Please specify object information Click here to cancel creating the object Layer M First Realization Data Pull down to select a data layer parameter for Click here to open the H Value M Pressure 1 the X and Y component Pull down to select another data layer parameter to color the arrows Uncheck to hide axes Uncheck to hide the legend Uncheck to allow Argus ONE to distort the X and Y ratio according to the object frame size 5 Y Value M vxi Position dialog Color M By Length Size Factor Calculate automatically Check to let Argus ONE automatically calculate the arrows length or enter another value EJ Show axes Revert x axis m Eg Show legend EJ Keep ratio Arrows Thickness _ Revert Y axis 2 Points 1 Point 2 Points 3 Points v L Check to revert the X and or Y axis Click and hold to pop up the menu and select the line thickness From the Layer popup menu select the data layer containing the parameters you wish to plot All data layers into which you have read or imported information are listed in the menu Argus ONE User s Guide 32 s2 5 Supplements version 2 5 Lay
526. t to be the front most From the Edit menu choose Paste Argus ONE User s Guide 22 Part 1 Basic Things to Know About Argus ONE A project window showing a Domain Outline contour with islands holes Tip You can now hide the Maps Layer so that it will not disturb your work From the View Menu choose the Show Hide menu item to hide the Maps Layer A project window after auto grid generation Argus ONE User s Guide Argus ONE creates the two contours and designates them as islands holes by hatching them Ea untitled g omein une IS 8 4rous o a E a Island Outline Contours 1 fs Cotor 8 o k B 10 West oundary a B E i East foundary Domain Outline mo XG lt Contour South Boundary North jad m Automatically griding the domain To automatically gird create a finite difference grid the domain make sure you re in a Grid layer The layer selection popup menu should read Grid unless you have changed the default layer name If it doesn t click on the upper arrow in the layer selection button until you enter that layer 1 From the tool palette select the Magic Wand tool A 2 Click the Magic Wand anywhere within the domain outline contour The Magic Wand becomes active only when it is above a domain outline contour Sit back and watch the progress bar d
527. t wise information into Argus ONE To read more about data layers refer to Supplement for version 2 5 4 Mesh type layers where you create and manipulate your finite element meshes 5 Grid type layers where you create and manipulate finite difference grids 6 Maps type layers into which you can import digitized maps in DXF and Shape file formats annotate your project and create post processing objects Mesh Related Layers A mesh layer must be assigned a domain type layer and an information type layer serving as its density layer Such three layers enable you to define and mesh a domain Working with these layers is described in detail in chapter 2 Working with Information Layers and chapter 6 Meshing a Domain Grid Related Layers A grid layer can be assigned a domain type layer and an information type layer serving as its density layer Such three layers enable you to define and grid a domain Working with these layers is described in detail in chapter 2 Working with Information Layers and chapter 8 Creating and Editing a Grid Argus ONE User s Guide 68 Part 2 Argus ONE User s Guide Basics for Using Argus ONE Maps Type Layers Maps type layers enable you to perform two main activities in them e You can use maps layers to create and import background maps for your project e You visualize and investigate your model results and the distribution of parameters on your meshes and grids To
528. ta Mi leanne 124 ATP RAM Plessis eee t n sda tssstauocr a a Ged atehedte dl 125 Creating and Manipulating Layer Parameters 0 ee eeeeeeeeseeeeeee 126 Linking Parameters aeien e Rast ialeacathscavatsdateatslinseeestsateeshbeseetitesisters 132 EXPr SSIOMS errea ana aceasta ii te 135 About Functions seen ailai icine uae Sentai 138 Mathematical Functions 0 0 0 cee ceecceseeeseeeseecaeceeeeseceseeeaeeeaeesaeenaeens 140 Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions ec ceeceeeeseeeseeeseceeees 142 Geometrie FUNCHONS sises ne eenia oiite ran AER SE 144 Logical PUNCHIONS irn psn E E EE E 145 Search Functions skosenia n A a a eo clade 145 Action Taking Functions 00 0 0 ces cesceeeseseeeseesseceseceseceeeeeaeeeseeaeenaeen 146 Contents ix Layer Specific FUNCtions cece eaii aa ei 146 Creating and Editing Expressions ceeeeeeeesecseceeceeeeeeneeeeeenaees 159 Infinities and Non Numbers cece eeceeseeeeeeeseeeeeecneceseeeeneeeesenaees 162 Not Avatlable Values fssscccseesscyecescecsissoesssbenbocedos ct eetaceyetoeureeaieeseeds 162 Opening and Saving Your Projects 0 0 ccccccccssceesseeesecesseeeeeeeeees 163 CVELVIEW arem e e aee si ouside vein hs EE a aE aae a NEISES 164 Opening a ProjeCt usisni nrnna e a ee 164 Savine a PLOJSCt A 2 dessvechetessetsthecadeettssgebbulsgdbvebtacwsthescstrausecteressdensastas 166 Saving a Condensed Version of a Project 168 Exporting a Project c cs cccccc cesien
529. tc To access the object s related information e Double click the object A dialog box containing the object s information is presented Orienting in the Workplace Argus ONE User s Guide A typical project encompasses large amounts of data of different types and sources as well as complex meshes or grids with thousands of nodes elements or blocks When constructing the project as well as when iterating through the model calibration and realizations predictions one needs all the help he she can get to orientate through the project Argus ONE furnishes you with many tools and capabilities to allow you to easily find your way within the project Using the Rulers Present at all times are the rulers The coordinate rulers including tick marks The Information ruler showing the current mouse location nodes element and neighbors contour s value the current units the active layer and the Navigation window Using the Maps Layer Usually the outline of the domain is not sufficient for orientation Importing DXF digitized maps of cities roads rivers etc and drawing using the CAD tools available in maps layers will help you construct a meaningful picture of the region under investigation Chapter 1 The Argus ONE Workplace 89 Using Node Element and Block Names and Icons To relate numerical data to the physical data use the node element and block names and icons For instance naming and adding a well icon to a
530. te a Cross Section Diagram for paired parameters The two groups should be ordered in an alternating fashion 1 Make sure the parameters are ordered in an alternating fashion in the data layer If they are not use the Layers dialog parameter list to order them so EE _ 59 _ ees S VE Name i Type Permeability1 i G Information Bott i Information Permeability2 i Information Bot2 i Information Permeability3 i Information A Bot3 i Information Remove Permeability4 i Information M Dupticate Bot4 i Information H Paste Layer Parameters Name nE a 4 op ei lt Static Data Parameter 5 Bases amp xe gt 4 Permeability2 lt Static Data gt Di Lupticate S PB8S4 Bot2 Static Data gt D 9D J Permeability3 Static Data gt it 8 g wots Static Data M34 Per meability4 lt Static Data gt Source Grid Layer Interpolation To order the parameters in the required fashion use the promote demote buttons 2 From the Layers menu select the maps layer in which you wish to create the post processing object eo Select a graphic object to serve as the cross section polygon From the tool palette select the cross section diagram tool If a drawing object is not selected then you can not choose the cross section tool from the palette 5 Click the cursor where you want the object to start and stretch a rectangle to where you want it to end T
531. the View menu choose Opaque Blocks Blocks turn transparent and the check mark to the left of the menu item is removed View v Opaque Blocks N Show Block Name Show Block No v Show Block Icon Show Block Center Acquifer S IAcquIfer Show Nodes v Show Node Name Show Node No v Show Node Icon Layers L Show Hide gt Hide Others 38H Seats Show All FI FOTO POOR RS TS AZVAIINS ATAATA TA Tar aA VAN Pa va wy SY Show Info Ruler Colors Calculate colors Opaque Blocks hiding other layers Transparent blocks all layers visible Showing and Hiding Layers Showing and hiding layers enables you to view the grid with respect to only some of the layers Hiding and showing of layers and moving between layers is explained in detail in the chapter The Argus ONE Workplace Argus MeshMaker User s Guide Chapter 9 Creating and Editing a Grid 271 To hide or show a layer e From the View menu choose Hide or Show Layer name Acquifer aH ea g Opaque Blocks Show Block Name Show Block No v Show Block Icon Show Block Center SISIN SSNS S N Show Nodes v Show Node Name Show Node No v Show Node Icon The contours visible on the previous snapshot are Layers 36L hidden Show Hide Hide Others Show All Hide Domain Outline
532. the problematic areas to avoid having elements with two nodes on different boundaries Small contour to contour distance example Small point to contour distance example ivan Ay RRL WO i D Bl HE gt DTAS TATATATA AV AY AAS ZKA VW va PATA DS ANAN RAD Nf ay oi V 2 zs KEATS p SOO VE Two close domain islands A point object close to a domain boundary S T oe a F Pas A i You can disable each of the three effects in the preferences dialog However this is highly unadvisable and we do not recommend it Number of smoothing iterations Element growth rate Reduce mesh density when the default local density is higher than the distance between the following objects K Adjacent contour vertices K ay ie oeoo unabes Click the check box to E Point objects disable the option amp Contour objects Argus ONE s ability to automatically handle domain outlines with complex geometries becomes very important when you try to mesh complex domains The following snap shot is of a bay and harbor outline digitized for modeling and predicting the contaminant distribution from a source within the harbor The domain outline contour was digitized in much detail in the vicinity of the contaminant source Argus ONE User s Guide 202 Part 3 Finite Element Meshes Bay amp Harbor U2 0 lomx 9 85 y 11 Domain Outline v 4 nN xs
533. their new location Connected elements are distorted to adjust for the new location of the moved element Argus ONE User s Guide Your First Argus ONE Project 17 Moving a node User action and Argus ONE s Argus ONE s automatic validity reaction testing To move a node simply press the mouse button above the node and move the mouse while pressing down the mouse button An outline of the new shape of the connected elements follows your mouse movement while also showing you the original node position All elements connected to the If you release the node in a position where it relocated node are reshaped to causes element overlapping Argus ONE accommodate for the new node beeps and relocates the illegally moved location node to its original location Release the mouse button The node relocates to its new position If while moving a node you stretch some elements so that their minimal angle becomes smaller than specified in the Preferences dialog box Argus ONE will present a warning alert and will relocate the node to its original position Argus ONE User s Guide 18 Part 1 A project window after manual grid generation Argus ONE User s Guide Basic Things to Know About Argus ONE To Create a Finite Difference Grid of a Domain Argus ONE enables you to create grid centered and block centered finite difference grids When you launch Argus ONE the default grid type is block center
534. this manual To define a Mesh Density Contour 1 Click the appropriate arrow in the Layer Selection button J to move to the Density Layer 2 Using the Polygon tool create a contour around the area where you want to refine the mesh 3 When you finish creating the contour set its value to the size of elements you want to have in the area it encloses 4 Click the appropriate arrow in the Layer Selection button 4 to move back to the Mesh layer 5 Click the Magic Wand tool X anywhere within the domain If you have already meshed the domain Argus ONE asks you if you want to erase the existing elements o Allow Argus ONE to erase the mesh and re mesh it using the new density information To see the density contour through the elements when the mesh layer is the active one turn the elements transparent From the View menu choose Opaque Elements E E an a anon E 4rgus kad s VP ple z mee Gees CaN ee ee SES LRAT HERES CEES SORE ENE Tewescenay m el KORRES RD CRERERAREBOV SD Value assigned to this ERENER caiman The final mesh density is a combination of the mesh density applied to the domain outline contour the mesh density contours and the size of the line segments constructing the domain outline contour Other factors influencing the final mesh density such as sources and sinks are explai
535. ths Although you can export row heights and column widths by altering the default export template you can now do so using the default grid export as well The format of the exported file is the same as before except for the lines describing the row heights and column widths For a full description of this file format refer to chapter 10 To export row heights and column widths 1 Activate a grid layer 2 From the file menu select Export and from the sub menu select Export Grid The General Export Arguments dialog opens General Export Arguments Please set export arguments Separator amp Export Titles Tab O Export Related Data Comma BX Export Row Height Col Width Check to export row heights and gt RE column widths instead of row and column absolute positions 3 Check the Export Row Height Col Width check box 4 Click the OK button 5 Specify the file name and save Supplements version 3 53 s3 Changes in file format In case you use this option the file format differs from the standard one only in the lines describing the rows and columns positions The first line of a grid export file Number of Row Number of Columns Number of grid amp block parameters 1 The number of grid and block parameters is incremented by one to account for the active inactive block matrix A line describing the absolute position of the first row There is one line describing the first row absolut
536. thus transforming meshing into an art In this chapter you will learn about mesh editing and refining and about manual element creating techniques Setting Your Views View v Opaque Elements v Show Element Name Show Element No v Show Element Icon v Show Nodes v Show Node Name Show Node No v Show Node Icon Layers L Show Hide gt Hide Others 38H Show All v Show Info Ruler Colors Calculate colors Argus ONE User s Guide When you edit your mesh you can take advantage of Argus ONE s information hiding capabilities to concentrate on the objects you need In the following paragraphs we will outline some of these capabilities For a detailed explanation of showing and hiding layers refer to part 1 chapter 1 in this manual All the commands you will use to set your views are presented in the View menu Seeing through the mesh To view the mesh and the other layers you have defined at the same time you can set the mesh transparent If you need to hide all other information you can set the mesh to opaque Argus ONE s default is set to Opaque Elements To toggle between opaque and transparent elements e From the View menu choose Opaque Elements E Acqui f er ESN ee IS Argu 5 00 10 00 15 00 ZORRES RATINI IIAIR LIIIN NENON OIEA Sataa TATA TAVA VAVAVAVAT AAYAN Opaque elements hiding other layers Transparent element
537. til the Layers Popup Menu reads Maps the Maps layer is active 2 From the File menu choose Import DXF File 3 In the Open dialog box open the DXF file As Argus ONE imports the file a progress dialog box appears to indicate that a time consuming operation is in progress Progress Dialog box Press the keyboard sequence to halt import The keyboard combination on Windows and Unix platforms is CTRL C Importing picture An Argus ONE window with a DXF file imported into a Maps type Layer Your First Argus ONE Project 9 To learn more about the Maps type layers about DXF files and DXF graphics objects manipulation refer to chapter 1 The Argus ONE Workplace Ela untitled Ej ves AE Argus bo 2 00 f 4 po 1 5 p0 North Boundary f West Houndary No ea E flo Flow one Zone ES East Boundary Color vi 8 o 6 00 South Boundary 100 North To create a domain outline 1 Using the Layer Selection Menu or Button activate the Domain Outline layer by bringing it to be the front most Click the Polygon tool J in the tool palette Your cursor will change from an arrow amp to a cross Click the cursor where you want to begin creating the outline contour polygon Move the cursor to the point where you would like to have the
538. ting and Refining a Mesh 231 Use manual overrides carefully Assigning Element Information Like a node an element is actually a detailed data structure The element s data structure includes its center s location area minimal angle three nodes name icon and data from the other layers Argus ONE allows you to access all data types The following table summarizes element data Element Data Description Access Element X and Y coordinates Move or reshape by mouse Position of the element s center of gravity Element Name Any string Element Info dialog Element Icon One of ten pre Element Info dialog and Element configured icons Icon menu item Data from Any real number Through mesh layer parameters linked layers referenced parameters and manual override in the Element Info dialog To assign and edit element data You can edit and assign element data at any time by opening the Element Information dialog When you manually set the value of an element parameter the parameter is no longer evaluated for that element instead the overridden value is used If you create a new mesh or delete the element the overridden value is lost 1 Select the element its data you want to edit 2 From the Navigation menu choose Elements Info or Double Click one of the selected elements The Element Information dialog box appears Element position Element number Element name Element icon popup Center x 9
539. to Negative y column numbers decrease column decrease row numbers increase as X and Y numbers as X increases as Y increases increase New Method for Automatic Block Deactivation The default automatic block deactivation method tests the location of the center of each block with the domain outline contours If the center of the grid block lies outside the domain outline contour or inside a domain outline island it marks that block as inactive The new method tests whether a block intersects the domain outline If is does the block is considered inactive and is deactivated To automatically deactivate blocks using the new method 1 From the Special menu select Preferences 2 Select the Grid Generation Preferences panel Preferences Grid Generation OK Mark blocks as inactive Cancel When block center is out of the domain When any part of the block is out of the domain 3 Check to use new deactivation method 2 Select the Grid generation preferences panel Argus ONE User s Guide 52 s3 Supplements version 3 Argus ONE User s Guide 3 Check the When any part check box All grids automatically created or re gridded will be deactivated according to the new method Blocks automatically deactivated using the block centers method Blocks automatically deactivated using the he DNA er reroa kiTa Export Row Heights and Column Wid
540. to select the cells to be charted Data Chart Info Axes Lables Sin X vs X chart info Block values for layer Grid X and SinX are selected for row number 1 and clicking the Chart tab produces a in the grid Choosing XY Line chart type plot of the variation of SinX with X Supplement version4 45 s4 Selecting Cells Selection is performed by clicking the mouse in the cells Selected cells are highlighted You may use several techniques for cell selection To select a single cell e Click the cell The cell is highlighted To select a number of cells using click drag e Click drag from the upper left cell to the bottom right cell If you stretch the selection outside the floater size the window will scroll automatically to allow you to add cells outside the current view All cells within the rectangle are selected To select a number of cells using click and shift click 1 Click the first cell to be selected 2 Shift click the last cell to be selected The group of cells across rows and columns is selected To select discontinues cells or groups of cells You may select discontinues groups of cells This allows you to chart non adjacent columns or rows 1 Select the first group using one of the methods described above 2 Hold the Control key and use any of the methods described above to add another non adjacent group of cells to the selection i untitled Grid Layer
541. tour There are few ways you could zoom a view e Click the Zoom by percent text box type the zoom level in percent For example to zoom in four times type 400 and hit the ENTER key on your keyboard To zoom in to twice the current zoom level click the Zoom In button To zoom out to half the current zoom level click the Zoom Out button To magnify a specific area of the view 1 Click the Magnifying Glass tool to select it the cursor changes into a magnifying glass amp 2 Click and drag the tool around the area you want to magnify A stretch band follows your cursor movements 3 Release the mouse button Your view is zoomed in so that the area contained in the stretch band occupies the whole window To zoom in around a specific point to twice the current zoom level while maintaining it at the center of the screen 1 Hold down the OPTION key Macintosh or the ALT key other platforms the cursor changes into the magnifying glass amp 2 Click the point Your view is zoomed in to twice the current zoom level and is centered around the point you clicked To zoom out around a specific point to half the current zoom level while maintaining it at the center of the screen 1 Hold down the OPTION SHIFT keys Macintosh or the ALT SHIFT key other platforms the cursor changes its shape intoa amp 2 Click the point Your view is zoomed out to half the current zoom level and is centered around the point you clic
542. triangulation is read from To avoid problems you must be certain that the information you import fully correspond to the referenced mesh Argus MeshMaker User s Guide Supplements version 2 5 1382 5 Grid data Both block centered and line centered grids can be read into a data type layer Data created on a grid can be read into a Argus ONE data layer in two formats The first format includes the grid triangulation information within the file while the second contains only matrices of parameter values In the latter the grid triangulation row and column positions is read from a Argus ONE referenced grid The latter is very convenient when you need to visualize your model results and when the grid on which you simulated the problem was created in Argus ONE You must however be sure that you did not change or edit that grid since the time you exported it to your model To import grid data with grid triangulation 1 In the Import Data dialog click the Grid Data radio button to set the data format to Grid data 2 Click the Read Triangulation from file radio button 3 Click the OK button Use the standard Open File dialog box to locate and choose the file containing the data Click the Block or Line centered buttons to select the grid topology to be read Click this radio button to select grid data __ crid asta Click this radio button to specify that the H Read triangulation from file triangulation informati
543. turns or what actions the function performs and suggestion for using the function e Syntax The name of the function including all required and optional arguments in the correct order Arguments A description of each argument in the order of the function s syntax If the argument is mandatory it appears in bold italic lettering otherwise it appears italic lettering Using Arguments Arguments are the information that make up an expression and that a function uses to produce a new value or to perform an action Arguments are always located to the right of the function name and are enclosed in parentheses Most arguments are expected to be of a certain data type The argument you give should be either the appropriate type or another type that Argus ONE can convert to the appropriate type An argument can be anything that produces a desired data type For example the Power function raises a given number to the power of the second given number You can give the Power function any of the following three kinds of arguments which produces a number e A value that is a number constant such as Power 3 2 e An expression that results in a number such as Power 3 If ElemOnBoundary 2 0 Using a function as an argument to a function as in the preceding example is called nesting functions In this example the If function is an argument to the Power function You can nest as many levels of functions as needed e A
544. ty checking is performed over commands arguments or expressions These are resolved and evaluated only during the actual export process If an error is detected at this stage the export will be terminated and the export file will include all data that was successfully interpreted and evaluated Creating Export Template Scripts An export template script is made of script commands These commands allow you to specify the file you redirect your output to the parameters to be exported etc A script command may have command arguments It can be either a block script command or a one line command A block script command can contain one or more other commands For instance the command to create an output file and redirect the output to that file is Redirect output to SBasename Other Command Other Command End File The commands within a block command are indented Arguments can be explicit or dynamic A dynamic argument is resolved when the script is interpreted that is during the actual export process Newly added script commands and export macros are listed in the Supplements chapters Argus ONE User s Guide 174 Part 2 Basics for Using Argus ONE Argus ONE User s Guide Script Commands Name Syntax Arguments File Redirect output to Filename or Basename End File e This command can be nested in another File command e This command is a block command This command redirects the out
545. u have Argus ONE installed on Opening a Project Argus ONE User s Guide You can open a project in a few ways From within Argus ONE e From the File menu choose the Open command From the desktop or the shell All the operating systems Argus ONE is supported on allow you to open a file or a number of files from their desktop or the shell If you are not familiar with opening a file from your desktop or shell refer to your operating system documentation When you open a project stored on the disk Argus ONE loads it from the file on the disk into memory As long as you work on an open project Argus ONE maintains the file in memory The copy on the disk is not changed until you save the project Memory Considerations Argus ONE s memory requirements are relative to the size of your project Each object you add to the project such as a layer a contour an element and a grid increases the memory Argus ONE needs To open a project Argus ONE must have sufficient memory to read the entire project into memory If Argus ONE does not have enough memory it will alert you of the problem Memory shortage can happen while you open a large file or while you work on the project and create objects in it You can increase the memory allocated to Argus ONE Increasing the memory available for an application differs among the various operating systems and computing environment Chapter 4 Opening and Saving Your Projects 165 To in
546. u to edit contours While editing the contours Argus ONE performs validity tests of your actions to ensure that the contour map remains valid Some additional editing options are described in the Supplement chapter Argus ONE User s Guide 102 Part 2 An information layer with selected and deselected contours Argus ONE User s Guide Basics for Using Argus ONE Selecting Contours If you wish to change a contour s shape location or value select it first To select a contour 1 Make sure the active layer is the layer its contours you wish to select 2 Using the Arrow cursor click within the contour If the contour includes another contour click in the area between the two contours To select a point object or an open contour click the object itself The vertices of the contour are highlighted as bullets to mark it s selected A point object icon is highlighted 2 SSSSeSe E 2 Formations kame ETS emx 9 01 y 7 75 Formation 1 Top v 4 DS ay Formation 1 Top 110 m SATQUS po 5 00 10 00 15 00 20 00 5J DE To add a contour to the selection e SHIFT Click within or on the contour to be added to the selection To remove a contour from the selection e SHIFT Click within or on the contour to be removed from the selection To select all contours e From the Edit menu choose Select All Deleting Contours e Select the contour or group of cont
547. ue Checked options Triangle Borders Keep ratio Scale Factor Unchecked options Show colors Add Shading Show legend Checked options Add Shading Keep ratio Scale Factor Unchecked options Triangles borders Show colors Show legend Checked options Triangle Borders Add Shading Keep ratio Scale Factor ad ae H al iF vi Unchecked options Show colors Show legend Checked options Add Shading Keep ratio Unchecked options Triangles borders Show colors Show legend Scale Factor 5 Argus MeshMaker User s Guide wat Pull down to select the source data layer Supplements version 2 5 3192 5 Creating and Editing a Vector Diagram The vector diagram post processing object enables you to visualize the a vector field in a plane while letting you control the size location color line thickness axes and legend Argus ONE creates a vector diagram by plotting an arrow of length Jvx vy at an tan 2 angle at the vertices of the triangulation read from the data layer To create a Vector Diagram 1 Make sure you have at least one data layer into which a data set was read Also the data should have at least two parameters representing the Vx and Vy components From the Layers menu select the maps layer in which you wish to create the post processing object From the tool palette select the vector diagram tool Click the cursor where you wan
548. und Elements Add Found Elements To Current Selection Remove Found Elements From Current Selection Using several search processes together with different settings of the current found set enables you to expand or reduce the search scope Defining a search criteria Set the search range In the following paragraphs each of the fields and options in the Search For dialog are explained Choosing between elements and nodes search e From the Search For popup menu choose Nodes or Elements Search for Elements y That JE searen tor Elements That Chapter 7 Editing and Refining a Mesh 243 Choosing the nodes or elements parameters to be searched You can create a search criteria containing up to three linked parameters If you need to define a search criteria based on more linked parameters execute one search for the first three and then define and execute more searches using the Add Found To Current Selection option e From each of the three Parameters popup menus choose the parameter to be searched for and assign its range aly Formation 1 Top Is Not v From v 125 4 To 254 82 amp v Formation 1 Top Transmisivity 1 Formation 1 Bot Conductivity 1 Porosity 1 Formation 2 Bot Formation 2 thickness New Parameter Conductivity 2 Porosity 2 254 82 To search for nodes or elements names Assigning names to very special nodes and elements can he
549. undant By default the Argus ONE AMG algorithm ignores such vertices thus reducing the creation of unnecessary nodes along and inside the domain EDE iffectfignerevertite ENT cm x 20 8 4 8 Domain Outline v Bas 4 Domain Outline O Density ea gus enS i a aT 2i Lai L 4 5 4 In other instances however it might be required that such vertices shall force nodes above them You can now control whether you wish the AMG to ignore such vertices or not If vertices lie along lines which are approximately straight If the angle between two consecutive segments in the domain outline is small and the segments are long then such a vertex might be ignored and nodes might not be placed above the domain outline contour If you must have all boundary nodes placed exactly above the domain outline so that the areas of the domain outline and the mesh are equal or if you intend to use the NodeAboveCntr layer_name function with open contours it is imperative that you turn this option off Argus ONE User s Guide 44 s3 Supplements version 3 Argus ONE User s Guide To quickly find out if boundary nodes do not lie exactly above the domain outline compare the mesh area appears in the Mesh Info dialog and the domain outline area double click the domain outline to open the contour info dialog To force node creation above all domain outline vertices 1 From
550. upplements version 2 5 4192 5 Layer First Realization Data v First Realization Data p Second Realization Data 7 Click the OK button Available data layers are listed in the menu The pressure distribution along the cross section line The cross section line WB Pressure _ The legend The background dots showing the source data points Identifying the cross section object and its cross section polygon When you select a cross section object it highlights an image of the cross section line it is defined for Note that after a cross section object is created it is detached from the polygon you used to define it Moving that polygon does not change the cross section diagram Controlling other parameters You can also control the following parameters e Add parameters to be plotted e Edit the cross section polygon e Show Hide axes e Revert the X axis e Revert the Y axis e Line Color assisting in identifying the various parameters plotted Using graphic objects as cross section polygons You can use any of the graphic objects as a cross section polygon When you use the arc or circle objects Argus ONE translates them into polygons as it does when you copy such objects You can control the angle and hence the segment length into which Argus ONE will subdivide these objects To read more about the subdivision of arcs and circles refer to Setting the segment
551. ur around the area where you want to refine the grid 3 When you finish creating the contour set its value to the size of blocks you want to have in the area it encloses 4 Click the appropriate arrow in the Layer Selection button 4 to move back to the Grid layer 5 Click the Magic Wand AX tool anywhere within the domain If you have already grided the domain Argus ONE asks you if you want to erase the existing grid 6 Allow Argus ONE to erase the grid and re grid it using the new density information The final grid density is a combination of the grid density applied to the domain outline contour and the grid density contours defined in a Density layer File Edit Yiew Special Navigation 2 00 Blocks their center lies outside the domain contour or in islands are deactivated and marked by a hatch The grid density assigned to this domain outline contour is 0 15 units inch Argus ONE User s Guide 24 Part 1 Manual changes to the Grid may be useful at times however remember that they will not be retained the next time you re grid the domain Argus ONE User s Guide Basic Things to Know About Argus ONE Making Changes to the Grid The grid you have just created is made up of blocks cells Each block is a dynamic object You can select a block or
552. urn Value Returns the row number the block belongs to Chapter 3 Layer Parameters 157 Name amp Syntax SumObjectsInBlock parameter_name contour_type Arguments parameter_name contour_type optional Description amp Return Value The name of an information type layer parameter for which you need to sum the values of objects of type contour_type intersecting the block or contained in it 0 for Point objects 1 for Open Contour objects 2 for Close Contour objects Returns the sum of the objects values of type contour_type in parameter parameter_name intersecting or contained in the block If contour_type is omitted returns the sum of values of all objects intersecting or contained in the block Argus ONE User s Guide 158 Part 2 Basics for Using Argus ONE Argus ONE User s Guide Name amp Syntax WSumObjectsInBlock parameter_name contour_type Arguments parameter_name contour_type optional Description amp Return Value The name of an information type layer parameter in which you need to calculate the weighted sum of objects of type contour_type intersecting the block or contained in it The weighted sum is defined as the sum of the products of each intersecting segment length multiplied by its value 0 for Point objects 1 for Open Contour objects 2 for Close Contour objects Returns the weighted sum of objects
553. us returns ARGUS Upper Lower Argus returns ARGUS New Layer Functions Layer functions are a new family of functions available in ArgusNE They currently include the following functions Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value LayerName no arguments Returns the name string of the layer The return value is case sensitive Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value NumParameters no arguments Returns the number of parameters assigned to the layer Previously this function was only available for mesh and grid layers It is now available for all layer types Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value NthParamName Parameter_Number The number of the layer parameter Parameter_Number in order of appearance in the layer dialog Returns the name string of the Parameter_Number layer parameter The return value is case sensitive Supplements version 3 27 s3 New Contour Functions Contour functions are a new family of functions available in ArgusNE These functions available in Information type layers allow you to access contour information such as the contour length area and type They currently include the following functions Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value ContourArea no arguments Returns the area real of a contour If the contour is an open or point contour the value returned is zer
554. use button in the Type field to pop up the Layer type menu 2 From the menu select Data When you create a new data type layer it is created with no layer parameters You also can t create data layer parameter yourself Data layer parameters are automatically created as you read or import information into a them Layers Domain Outline Mesh Density Domain Mesh Bathuymetry Datd Mesh1 Grid Grid Density Density Maps Mesh Grid Grid Information Information Maps k Layer DOme Layer Parameters Name Units Value Parameter Data layers are not assigned a layer parameter when you create them When you read or import information into a data layer Argus ONE automatically creates the required number of layer parameters Argus MeshMaker User s Guide Supplements version 2 5 1782 5 Linking Data layers Parameters to Other Layers You link data layer parameters in the same manner you link other parameters You can link data layer parameters to mesh and grid parameters To learn more about parameter linking refer to Chapter 3 Linking Parameters on page 132 Interpretation of Data in Data Layers Interpreting information in data layers onto mesh nodes and elements and onto grid blocks is very useful when your data was sampled or created on a
555. ust be ordered consecutively and in ascending order from node number 1 to Number of Nodes Each node line must start with the character N denoting Node N Number X Y A line describing an element There must be exactly Number of elements lines describing the elements They must be ordered consecutively and in ascending order from element number 1 to Number of elements Each element line must start with the character E denoting Element E Number Node 1 Node 2 Node 3 Any additional information stored in a line or after the last element line is ignored Data Validity While importing Argus ONE performs validity tests of the file format and of the mesh If Argus ONE fails to complete the import it alerts you states the probable cause of the problem and if possible suggests a solution to the problem 3 ae ae cheep a T E a htt ate se ett E A a5 ee tot aa ae a Bae eee n Brae hhh oh tet Da Be EE Erp Hehehe ae s EE co phir ache et ae hih iT are cet ae oh ae i EEEN NR EE Er Sc We eos i5 peer ts HRS Spe ee Saeco Ree eect ee Fern C Mora nating agra age age ey agra aye age Ane Ps oe ee an x i an aes cdg 1 cetera bh 42 te he oe Ma age age om pet a SE y EEREN mA A E E E EEEE EEE a ee E z i C7 t a TERE
556. utton Chapter 6 Meshing a Domain 207 A simple domain outline contour assigned default mesh density of 2 cm File Edit Yiew Special Navigation Density 10 00 LE D Ki age iii RS A mesh density contour telling Argus ONE that elements within this contour should have sides of 0 5 cm To mesh the domain move to the mesh layer and click the Magic Wand anywhere within the domain outline contour Argus ONE gradually increases the element size from the smallest specified to that specified for the domain outline contour 2 cm in this example File Edit Yiew Special Navigation Element 94 Nodes 75 76 51 Neighbors 14993 91 0 5 00 SZAZ oe KARO DS ERE ERENT OEE DIDI Elements within the mesh density contour of 0 5 cm are forced to that size NIA ae oN oo AAW OO Kes ZS ATA WAN SL J WAY et Argus ONE User s Guide 208 Part 3 Select Adjoining Search For Zoom In Zoom Out Actual Size Reduce to Fit Goto Node Goto Element Goto Position Mesh Info Ctrl F Elements Info Nodes Info Node Icon Element Icon gt Argus ONE User s Guide Finite Element Meshes To Check your Mesh for Acute Elements Argus ONE enables you to create very complex meshes that are free of acute elements It also furnishes you with the tools to test the mesh validity One of the most common criteria for test
557. ved To show and hide the block icon If you assign an icon to a block Argus ONE enables you to decide whether it shows on the screen Argus ONE presents the icon at the center of the block If the block is too small to contain the icon Argus ONE does not show it When you zoom in Argus ONE tests each block again to decide whether the icon can be contained within the block and if possible presents it e To hide block icons from the View menu choose Show Block Icon The check mark to the left of the menu item is removed Argus ONE is set by default to hide block icons Argus ONE User s Guide 274 Part 4 Finite Difference Grids acqite SS z AE Opaque Blocks Grid bud A Show Block Name i Argu Show Block No show Block icon D K WG WX NIN g ow Nodes N v Show Node Name Show Node No v Show Node Icon GU WY a asa Yi ANS SERS BY WU a gt YUL l Wy j ALA Layers 3L Show Hide gt Hide Others 38H Show All a UP A g Uff aor YZ wy pA Ne Show Info Ruler Colors Calculate colors Blocks icons are shown in blocks large Blocks icons are hidden enough to contain their icon To see the other icons zoom in e To show block icons from the View menu choose Show Block Icon The menu item is
558. vertices to be added to the selection 3 When all vertices are within the lasso release the mouse button To deselect a vertex e While holding the SHIFT key click the vertex to be deselected To deselect multiple vertices all at once using the arrow tool 1 From the tool palette select the arrow tool 2 While holding down the SHIFT key click and drag the mouse to create a stretch rectangle around the vertices to be deselected 3 When all vertices to be deselected are within the stretch rectangle release the mouse button To deselect multiple vertices at once using the lasso tool 1 From the tool palette select the lasso tool 2 While holding down the SHIFT key click and drag the mouse around the vertices to be deselected 3 When all vertices to be deselected are within the lasso release the mouse button To deselect all vertices in a contour at once In case only one contour is selected or you want to deselect all contours e Just click outside the contour to deselect its vertices In case more than one contour is selected and you do not wish to deselect other contours or vertices e SHIFT click within the contour Argus ONE User s Guide 38 s3 Supplements version 3 Argus ONE User s Guide To add vertices from another contour to the selection 1 SHIFT click to select the other contour 2 Use any of the above methods to add vertices to the selection Reshaping contours Reshaping contours
559. ving the meshes and grids When you or your colleague wants to work with the mesh or grid again all you or he she has to do is click the magic wand within the domain outline contour to re mesh or re grid The mesh or grid will then be recreated and elements and nodes will automatically be assigned their values from the user layers contours Important note If however you have extensively edited the mesh and added node element and block information deleting the mesh or grid will erase all this information This is another very good reason not to use specific element node or block information To save without the mesh 1 Save a copy of the project under a new name 2 Delete meshes and grids 3 Save the project You should now have a much smaller version of the project Chapter 5 Exporting a Project Export Templates Overview 170 Creating and Editing an Export Template 170 To open the template editor dialog 170 To edit a template 171 To create a new mesh or grid export template 172 To save your export template 172 To end template editing 172 To load a template from a disk file 172 Script validity checking 172 Creating Export Template Scripts 173 Script Commands 174 Dynamic Arguments Interpretation and Resolving 183 Resolving Basename 183 Resolving the dynamic delimiter 183 Loop iterators 184 Resolving loops 185 Export Template Examples 186 Mesh Template Example 186 Grid Template Example 187 Sc
560. vy defines the length of line segments making up the path line Maximum number of iterations Source density The intervals in current ruler units at which path lines start points will be created on data boundaries Limitations If the flow does not intersect the data boundaries no path lines will be created Since path lines start points are only created on the data boundaries path lines can not be created if the flow does not cross these boundaries Argus ONE User s Guide 40s2 5 Supplements version 2 5 Pull down to select the source data layer Creating and Editing a Cross Section Diagram The cross section diagram post processing object enables you to visualize the distribution of a parameter or parameters along a cross section while letting you control the size location color axes and legend To create a cross section diagram you must first select the cross section polygon and then specify the parameters you wish to plot Argus ONE then performs the following sequence for each of the parameters you select 1 It finds the intersections of the cross section polygon with the triangulation 2 Ateach intersection it interpolates the value of the parameters investigated 3 It then plots these values while connecting them by straight line segments To create a Cross Section Diagram 1 Make sure you have at least one data layer into which a data set was read 2 From the Layers menu select the maps layer in which
561. w Hide gt Hide Others 3H Show All v Show Info Ruler Colors Calculate colors All elements are selected Show Nodes All elements are selected Show Nodes is enabled is disabled e To enable nodes highlighting from the View menu choose Show Nodes The check mark to the left of the menu item reappears To show and hide nodes names If you assign a name to a node Argus ONE enables you to decide whether it shows on the screen or not This is useful when the nodes names overlap or hide other nodes When creating a new project Argus ONE s default is set to Show Node Name e To hide nodes names from the View menu choose Show Node Name The check mark to the left of the menu item is removed Argus ONE User s Guide Chapter 7 Editing and Refining a Mesh 217 Opaque Elements v Show Element Name Show Element No v Show Element Icon v Show Nodes v Show Node Name Show Node No v Show Node Icon Layers L Show Hide gt Hide Others 3H Show All v Show Info Ruler Colors Calculate colors View Opaque Elements v Show Element Name Show Element No v Show Element Icon v Show Nodes Show Node Name Show Node No v Show Node Icon Layers L Show Hide gt Hide Others 38H Show All v Show Info Ruler Colors Calculate colors Acquifer SSS Acquifer 2E
562. well as its other parameters can be assigned tags Every layer and parameter line in the Layers dialog is marked with an icon standing for additional information Clicking that icon brings up the Parameter Tag dialog Click this icon to open the Parameter Tag dialog Layers VE Name Type Density Information Maps Maps scrapbook Maps Rainl 1 elevl1 elevl2 elevl3 cond 1x cond 2x m day 11 m day 11 Information Information Information Information Information Information Layer Remove cae Name Layer Parameters Units Type m day 11_ Real m day 11 Real m day 11 Real Expression j Expression Parameter New Duplicate Multiple Add When probed for value use Exact Contour method To assign tags to a parameter g Parameter has no tags id Ki Parameter has tags Click this icon to open the Parameter Tag dialog and edit tags 1 Select the line of the layer its tags or its parameters tags you wish to edit 2 Click the icon The Parameter Tags dialog box appears Argus MeshMaker User s Guide Supplements version 2 5 5782 5 Parameter Tags Specify Parameter s Tag Tag Value Type the tag s Value Type the tag s Name Add Remove j Click to remove a tag Click to add a tag Although both the TagName and TagValue can include any characte
563. xample isNA if NodeOnBoundary NodeAboveCntr BCType 1 BCTyp e n a The function isNA returns True 1 if the if statement evaluates to false and returns n a and False 0 if the if statement evaluates to true and returns BCType which is not equal to n a This is useful for creating Export Template Script which will export only nodes with boundary conditions values Argus MeshMaker User s Guide Supplements version 2 5 49 s2 5 Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value IsNAN expression expression An expression containing any Information Layer number of Information type parameter layer parameters Returns True 1 if expression evaluates to NaN and False 0 if expression does not evaluate to NaN Name amp Syntax Arguments Description amp Return Value IsNumber expression expression An expression containing any Information Layer number of Information type parameter layer parameters Returns True 1 if expression evaluates to a number and False 0 if expression evaluates to n a or NaN Example These two functions can be used to test expressions returning illegal numbers when evaluated Nest any expression within one of these functions and search the mesh or grid for nodes elements or blocks that are NaN or Numbers Argus ONE User s Guide 50s2 5 Supplements version 2 5 Quadrilateral Mesh Layer and Additional Mesh Layers Tools New Quad
564. xport template dialog Open the construct 170 export template scripts Creating 173 export template Create a new mesh 172 export template Save your 172 Expression dialog 158 Expression editor 161 Expression validity testing 161 expressions Using 136 F file format Import 255 First line of a contour s description 105 Function categories 138 functions element 148 functions Grid layer 151 functions Grid layer block 154 functions Mesh layer 146 functions node 150 functions parameters and operators Order of evaluation 137 G Goto block 89 Goto contour 90 Goto element 89 313 Goto node goto element goto block 89 Goto position 90 graphic objects 68 Grid layer functions 151 Grid layer block functions 154 Grid layers tool palette 56 Grid related layers 67 Grid template example 187 grid 276 Lock the grid and blocks parameters values Matrices describing 294 grid densities Controlling the horizontal and vertical 267 grid density contour Define a 23 266 grid density Default 265 grid export file First line of a 293 grid generation Controlling automatic 269 grid layer Assigning domain and density layers 262 grid layer Link an information layer toa 34 grid layers Linking to information type layers 34 grid line Add one horizontal 26 278 grid line Delete one 27 279 grid line Move a 27 280 grid line Moving a 27 280 grid line Position at an exact location 27 28
565. you choose are too large this alert Horizontal Extent E is presented f Sorry the requested document size is too large Vertical Extent Horizontal Origin Vertical Origin aan 2 Type the required horizontal and vertical extents in the current units If you type in numbers which exceed the currently allowable drawing size Argus ONE presents an alert and automatically presents again the Drawing Size dialog box Important note If you reduce the drawing size some objects might be left partially or fully out of the new drawing size Also enlarging or reducing the document size is always performed towards the origin and not from it To set the coordinate system s origin 1 From the Special menu choose the Drawing Size command You are presented with the Drawing Size dialog box 2 Type in the required Horizontal and vertical origins If for instance your project spans in the horizontal from 1 100 000 meters to 1 600 000 meters you can set the horizontal origin to 1 000 000 Every object you create a contour an element a node or a grid block will have the correct coordinates that is it will include the 1 000 000 meters deduced from the origin Using the Scale amp Units command in the above example you could also set the scale to 1 1000 and your project will span on the screen only 6 screen units Layers Chapter 1 The Argus ONE Workplace 67 Layers are one of the very basic conc
566. you create them they are not assigned a parameter Map type layers are the only layers you can not assign parameters to since they are designed to hold descriptive graphical information and not quantitative numerical information Data type layers are automatically assigned parameters as you read or import information into them To read more about Data type layers refer to the Supplement chapter To read about layer creation and manipulation refer to chapter 1 earlier in this manual An Example Chapter 3 Layer Parameters 125 You need to assign your mesh or grid objects the intensity thickness of the geological formation presented in the following picture You have received or digitized yourself two digitized contour maps describing the surfaces of the top and bottom of the formation A contour map The Real world A contour map To calculate the formation s thickness Formation Top layer IE te Wi Formation Bottom layer 1 Create two information layers and import the digitized maps into them Name the two formations Formation Top and Formation Bottom or any other names you choose 2 Create a second parameter in one of the layers and name it for instance Formation Thickness 3 Assign the Formation Thickness parameter an expression subtracting the two layers Formation Top Formation Bottom 4 Link the parameter
567. you to perform searches based on all the types of data assigned to a node and an element Node and element number e Node and element name Node and element icon e Node and element data originating from linked parameters It also enables you to differentiate boundary and domain nodes and elements You can use these searching capabilities to orientate within the project or to create selection groups for exporting specific parts of the mesh While iterating through the processes of model calibration and solving for different realizations you can use the search facilities to relate numerical information node numbers from the solution program with the nodes or elements location in the mesh For instance if you get a singular solution at some nodes and you want to query the boundary or initial conditions at these nodes or elements you can search for these nodes elements using the Search For command You can then use the Node Information dialog to change these nodes and or elements values one by one or all at once The Search For dialog enables you to search for elements or nodes define a search criteria and to decide how to treat the current selection After you have selected a group of nodes or elements based on some search criteria you can extend or reduce the found group by adding or removing from it another group of nodes or elements satisfying a different search criteria You can also negate each search criter
568. you to set the starting node and element number at any integer and to optimize the Band Width as well 2 Check the Optimize Bandwidth check box Renumber RegquiarMesh Sez Mesh Please specify renumber request CMen vis Arou EJ Renumber Elements 4 00 6 00 L n Start numbering from fi EJ Renumber Nodes Start numbering from fi EJ Optimize Bandwidth Check to optimize bandwidth Check to renumber the nodes and enter the starting integer The resulting half bandwidth equals to 5 Check to renumber the elements and enter the starting integer wx Ww Co NI oA OFF A WG N e on 10 x 10 x tla x x 13x x X 14 14 x xX 15 X x 25 x 16 x 17 17 18 18 19 19 20 x x 22 x xX x 22 x 23 23 24 x x 24 25 x x 25 Chapter 7 Editing and Refining a Mesh 241 Searching the Mesh Database As you add information to your project using the Information layers and node and element information fields you re actually building a database Argus ONE enables you to perform extensive and complex searches of the nodes and elements based on their data The Search For command is the graphical interface to the query language you use to build your queries It allows
569. z value assigned to them These values are assigned to the object and override the parameters s default value Other parameters containing expressions or links are usually automatically calculated Important note When it comes to mesh or grid objects such as nodes elements and blocks you should try to avoid using overridden values since they are lost each time you delete the mesh or grid Contour Information Please enter value for this contour Contour is Closed Number of vertices 16 Contour area 138 52114 Contour perimeter 99 453086 Contour name Parameter alue Units Formation 1 Top qm This value is a manually overridden value Formation 1 thickness Transmisivity 1 2 sed If this parameter is the expression Formation 1 Top Formation 1 Bot it automatically evaluates its value at the contour s evaluation context To manually override a parameter value e Enter a value The parameter s value text box is enclosed by a black frame to indicate the value is not the default value but a manually overridden value Argus ONE User s Guide 130 Part 2 Important note Argus ONE prevents you from creating or renaming a layer parameter to a name that is already assigned to another parameter in that layer Argus ONE User s Guide Basics for Using Argus ONE To remove the manual override To remove the manually overridden value 1 Select the text edit box and delete th
570. zed rectangle to the required size and Argus ONE User s Guide Values Floaters View Show Layers Window 3L Layers K Hide Others Show All Colors Calculate Colors Show Node Values N Show Element Values v Opaque Elements v Show Element Name Show Element No v Show Element Icon v Element Boundary Line v Show Nodes v Show Node Name Show Node No v Show Node Icon Supplement version4 41 s4 As Data type layers Information Mesh and Grid type layers have the ability to show values assigned to objects in them in a table type window These windows which are floating windows are referred to as Values Floaters They also include charting capabilities which enable you to plot values using various methods These enhanced Values floaters allow you to resize columns select the range of information for charting and they also automatically update when you add or delete objects to your layer or add or delete parameters in the layers they belong too In future versions you will be able to select an object in your layer and see its line highlighted in the values floater and vice a versa Working with Values Floaters You can have as many open values floaters as you need at any time You open a values floater from within the active layer However once it is opened it will stay open even if you switch the active layer This allows you to view information in layers that are not currently active Va

Argus ONE User`s Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents